Universal Service Contribution Methodology; a National Broadband Plan for Our Future, 33896-33944 [2012-13611]
Download as PDF
33896
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 54
[WC Docket Nos. 06–122; GN Docket No.
09–51; FCC 12–46]
Universal Service Contribution
Methodology; a National Broadband
Plan for Our Future
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
AGENCY:
In this document, the Federal
Communications Commission
(Commission) seeks public comment on
approaches to reform and modernize
how Universal Service Fund (USF or
Fund) contributions are assessed and
recovered. The Commission seeks
comment on ways to reform the USF
contribution system in an effort to
promote efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability. The Commission seeks
comment on proposals in four key areas
regarding the contributions system: Who
should contribute to the Fund; how
contributions should be assessed; how
the administration of the contribution
system can be improved; and recovery
of universal service contributions from
consumers.
DATES: Comments are due on or before
July 9, 2012 and reply comments are
due on or before August 6, 2012. If you
anticipate that you will be submitting
comments, but find it difficult to do so
within the period of time allowed by
this notice, you should advise the
contact listed below as soon as possible.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by WC Docket Nos. 06–122;
GN Docket No. 09–51, by any of the
following methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
• Federal Communications
Commission’s Web Site: https://
fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
• People with Disabilities: Contact the
FCC to request reasonable
accommodations (accessible format
documents, sign language interpreters,
CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov
or phone: (202) 418–0530 or TTY: (202)
418–0432.
For detailed instructions for submitting
comments and additional information
on the rulemaking process, see the
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of
this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Vickie Robinson, Wireline Competition
Bureau, (202) 418–2732 or Ernesto
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
Beckford, Wireline Competition Bureau,
(202) 418–1523 or TTY: (202) 418–0484.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
synopsis of the Commission’s Further
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM)
in WC Docket No. 06–122, and GN
Docket No. 09–51, FCC 12–46, adopted
April 27, 2012, and released April 30,
2012. The complete text of this
document is available for inspection
and copying during normal business
hours in the FCC Reference Information
Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW.,
Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554.
The document may also be purchased
from the Commission’s duplicating
contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc.
(BCPI), 445 12th Street SW., Room CY–
B402, Washington, DC 20554, telephone
(800) 378–3160 or (202) 863–2893,
facsimile (202) 863–2898, or via the
Internet at https://www.bcpiweb.com. It
is also available on the Commission’s
Web site at https://www.fcc.gov.
Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the
Commission’s rules, interested parties
may file comments and reply comments
on or before the dates indicated on the
first page of this document. Comments
may be filed using: (1) The
Commission’s Electronic Comment
Filing System (ECFS); (2) the Federal
Government’s eRulemaking Portal; or (3)
by filing paper copies. See Electronic
Filing of Documents in Rulemaking
Proceedings, 63 FR 24121, May 1, 1998.
• Electronic Filers: Comments may be
filed electronically using the Internet by
accessing the ECFS: https://www.fcc.gov/
cgb/ecfs or the Federal eRulemaking
Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.
Filers should follow the instructions
provided on the Web site for submitting
comments.
Æ For ECFS filers, if multiple docket
or rulemaking numbers appear in the
caption of this proceeding, filers must
transmit one electronic copy of the
comments for each docket or
rulemaking number referenced in the
caption. In completing the transmittal
screen, filers should include their full
name, U.S. Postal Service mailing
address, and the applicable docket or
rulemaking number. Parties may also
submit an electronic comment by
Internet email. To get filing instructions,
filers should send an email to
ecfs@fcc.gov, and include the following
words in the body of the message, ‘‘get
form.’’ A sample form and directions
will be sent in response.
Æ Paper Filers: Parties who choose to
file by paper must file an original and
four copies of each filing. If more than
one docket or rulemaking number
appears in the caption of this
proceeding, filers must submit two
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
additional copies for each additional
docket or rulemaking number.
• Filings can be sent by hand or
messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or
overnight U.S. Postal Service mail
(although we continue to experience
delays in receiving U.S. Postal Service
mail). All filings must be addressed to
the Commission’s Secretary, Office of
the Secretary, Federal Communications
Commission.
Æ The Commission’s contractor will
receive hand-delivered or messengerdelivered paper filings for the
Commission’s Secretary at 236
Massachusetts Avenue NE., Suite 110,
Washington, DC 20002. The filing hours
at this location are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
All hand deliveries must be held
together with rubber bands or fasteners.
Any envelopes must be disposed of
before entering the building.
Æ Commercial overnight mail (other
than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail
and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300
East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights,
MD 20743.
Æ U.S. Postal Service first-class,
Express, and Priority mail should be
addressed to 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20554.
In addition, one copy of each pleading
must be sent to the Commission’s
duplicating contractor, Best Copy and
Printing, Inc, 445 12th Street SW., Room
CY–B402, Washington, DC 20554; Web
site: www.bcpiweb.com; phone: 1–800–
378–3160. Furthermore, three copies of
each pleading must be sent to Charles
Tyler, Telecommunications Access
Policy Division, Wireline Competition
Bureau, 445 12th Street SW., Room 5–
A452, Washington, DC 20554; email:
Charles.Tyler@fcc.gov.
Filings and comments are also
available for public inspection and
copying during regular business hours
at the FCC Reference Information
Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW.,
Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554.
Copies may also be purchased from the
Commission’s duplicating contractor,
BCPI, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY–
B402, Washington, DC 20554.
Customers may contact BCPI through its
Web site: www.bcpiweb.com, by email at
fcc@bcpiweb.com, by telephone at (202)
488–5300 or (800) 378–3160 (voice),
(202) 488–5562 (tty), or by facsimile at
(202) 488–5563.
To request materials in accessible
formats for people with disabilities
(Braille, large print, electronic files,
audio format), send an email to
fcc504@fcc.gov or call the Consumer &
Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202)
418–0530 (voice) or (202) 418–0432
(TTY). Contact the FCC to request
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
reasonable accommodations for filing
comments (accessible format
documents, sign language interpreters,
CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov;
phone: (202) 418–0530 or TTY: (202)
418–0432.
For further information regarding this
proceeding, contact Vickie Robinson,
Deputy Chief, Telecommunications
Access Policy Division, Wireline
Competition Bureau at (202) 418-2732,
vickie.robinson@fcc.gov, or Ernesto
Beckford, Attorney Advisor, Wireline
Competition Bureau at (202) 418–1523,
ernesto.beckford@fcc.gov.
I. Summary
A. Who should contribute to Universal
Service
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
1. Statutory Authority To Require
Contributions
1. Under section 254(d) of the Act, the
Commission has mandatory authority to
require contributions to the Fund,
‘‘[E]very telecommunications carrier
that provides interstate
telecommunications services.’’ In
addition, the Commission has
‘‘permissive’’ authority that extends to
‘‘any * * * provider of interstate
telecommunications * * * if the public
interest so requires.’’ Over time, the
Commission has periodically exercised
its permissive authority to extend
contribution obligations to particular
classes of providers on a service-specific
basis. We seek comment on the scope of
our permissive authority, including how
we should interpret the statutory terms
that define that authority.
a. ‘‘Provider of Interstate
Telecommunications’’
2. We seek comment on how we
should interpret the terms ‘‘providing’’
and ‘‘telecommunications’’ and whether
it is appropriate to revisit any previous
Commission interpretations based on
the evolution of the industry and
significant marketplace changes over the
last decade.
3. In exercising our permissive
authority, we must determine whether
an entity is a ‘‘provider’’ of interstate
telecommunications as specified in
section 254(d). Although Congress has
not defined the terms ‘‘provide,’’
‘‘provider,’’ or ‘‘provision,’’ the
Commission has addressed these terms
in several orders. First, the Commission
has concluded that ‘‘provide’’ is a
different term from ‘‘offer.’’ The
Commission has drawn a distinction
between what is ‘‘offered’’ from a
demand perspective (i.e., what the
customer perceives to be the integrated
product), and what is ‘‘provided’’ from
a supply perspective i.e., what the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
provider is furnishing or supplying to
the end user, including not only the
integrated product but also the discrete
components of the product). Second, the
Commission has previously held that
‘‘provide’’ is broader than ‘‘offer.’’
Under this view, an entity may both
‘‘provide’’ and ‘‘offer’’
telecommunications, but an entity may
also provide telecommunications
without offering telecommunications.
Many participants in today’s
marketplace do not separately offer
telecommunications to end users, but
instead offer integrated services that
include both telecommunications (i.e.,
transmission) and nontelecommunications components. For
such integrated services, however, the
service provider still ‘‘provides’’
telecommunications as part of the
‘‘offering.’’ The D.C. Circuit has upheld
the Commission’s interpretation. In light
of the marketplace changes over the last
decade, should the Commission revisit
its interpretation of what it means to
‘‘provide’’ or to be a ‘‘provider of’’
telecommunications?
4. Telecommunications. The Act
defines the term ‘‘telecommunications’’
as ‘‘the transmission, between or among
points specified by the user, of
information of the user’s choosing,
without change in the form or content
of the information as sent and
received.’’ Here and in Section IV.C
below, we seek comment on how we
should interpret each component of this
definition for purposes of potentially
exercising our permissive authority.
b. ‘‘If the Public Interest So Requires’’
5. We seek comment on what factors
we should consider in deciding whether
the public interest warrants exercising
our permissive authority. We seek
comment generally on whether the
public interest would be served, and to
what extent exercising our permissive
authority would achieve any or all of
the goals set forth above—efficiency,
fairness, and sustainability. For
example, is it in the public interest to
exercise permissive authority over a
provider of telecommunications if the
telecommunications is part of a service
that competes with or is used by
consumers or businesses in lieu of
telecommunications services that are
subject to assessment? In the past, the
Commission has stated that the
principle of competitive neutrality
dictates that it should assess
contributions from entities that are not
mandatory contributors, but benefit
from access to the PSTN. Is that
consideration relevant in today’s
marketplace? Should we assess
providers of services that are capturing
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33897
a growing portion of overall
communications spending as a means of
achieving sustainability? Should we
consider whether those services are
being used in ways that may replace,
partially or wholly, services that are
subject to mandatory assessment? Does
the public interest analysis differ
depending on whether we are
considering consumer services or
business/enterprise services? What
other factors should we take into
account?
2. Determining Contribution Obligations
on a Case-by-Case Basis With Respect to
Providers of Specific Services
6. We seek comment on whether and
if so, to what extent, the Commission
should exercise its permissive authority
contained in section 254(d) of the Act to
clarify or modify contribution
requirements for providers of several
specific services, or if we should
otherwise modify or clarify the
contribution obligations of such
services. As discussed above, the
Commission has exercised its
permissive authority on several
occasions to expand or clarify
contribution obligations on a servicespecific basis. In the Universal Service
First Report and Order, 62 FR 32862,
June 17, 1997, it required private line
service providers and payphone
aggregators to contribute to the Fund,
reasoning that the services offered by
these entities rely on access to the PSTN
and compete with services offered by
mandatory contributors to the Fund
(i.e., common carriers). In 2006, the
Commission assessed interconnected
VoIP services without reaching the
statutory classification of such services.
The Commission concluded that
deciding the statutory classification was
unnecessary, because even if
interconnected VoIP services did not
fall under the mandatory contribution
provision of section 254(d), it was
appropriate to assess such services as an
exercise of permissive authority. The
Commission determined that an
immediate extension of contribution
obligations to interconnected VoIP
service was warranted due to the growth
in demand for the Fund, the decline in
the contribution base overall, and the
‘‘robust growth in subscribership’’ to
interconnected VoIP services, from
150,000 subscribers in 2003 to 4.2
million subscribers in 2005.
7. We seek comment on continuing
this general approach of addressing the
contribution obligations of specific
services on a service-by-service basis.
First, we seek comment on exercising
permissive authority with respect to
certain services for which contribution
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33898
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
obligations are currently subject to
dispute. To the extent commenters
believe that any such services should be
non-assessable, we also seek comment
on alternative approaches to clarifying
contributions, including forbearing from
any applicable contribution obligations
to the extent these services are
telecommunications services, and we
seek comment on the effect of such
approaches on the contribution base and
the sustainability of the Fund. Second,
we seek comment on exercising
permissive authority with respect to
other services that are clearly not
currently assessable, but which various
commenters have proposed should be
assessed.
8. In particular, we seek comment on
exercising our permissive authority to
require contributions from providers of
enterprise communications services that
include interstate telecommunications;
text messaging; one-way VoIP; and
broadband Internet access services. Each
of these services has found a significant
niche in today’s communications
marketplace. The question of whether
certain enterprise communications
services are currently assessable as
telecommunications services or nonassessable as information services has
led to significant disputes, uncertainty,
and incentives for providers to attempt
to characterize their services in a
particular way in order to avoid
contribution requirements, resulting in a
pending request for guidance from
USAC regarding the treatment of certain
services. Likewise, the question of
whether text messaging is currently
assessable has been disputed, and there
is a pending request for guidance from
USAC regarding text messaging. In
contrast, one-way VoIP services and
broadband Internet access services are
clearly not in the contribution base
today, although various parties have
argued they should be assessed. We seek
comment on these arguments.
9. We seek comment on addressing
the contribution obligations of such
services, regardless of their statutory
classification as information services or
telecommunications services, in order to
provide clarity for contributors and
greater stability for the Fund. We also
seek comment on whether exercising
our permissive authority would ensure
that competitive services are not
unfairly disadvantaged by disparate
contribution obligations, while further
simplifying the requirements imposed
on contributors.
10. We seek comment on adopting the
following rule, in whole or in part:
Providers of the following are subject to
contributions: * * * Enterprise
communications services that include a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
provision of telecommunications; Text
messaging service; One-way VoIP
service; and Broadband Internet access
services.
11. Enterprise Communications
Services Providers. We seek comment
on clarifying the contribution
obligations of various enterprise
communications services that include
the provision of telecommunications,
without classifying those services as
telecommunication services or
information services, to advance our
proposed goals for contributions reform,
namely, creating greater efficiency,
fairness, and sustainability of the Fund.
12. We note that, as stated above, the
Act defines telecommunications as ‘‘the
transmission, between or among points
specified by the user, of information of
the user’s choosing, without change in
the form or content of the information
as sent and received.’’ The Commission
has found that transmission is the heart
of telecommunications, and has
classified data transmission services
that have ‘‘traditionally’’ and
‘‘typically’’ been used for basic
transmission purposes, such as ‘‘standalone ATM service, frame relay, gigabit
Ethernet service, and other highcapacity special access services,’’ as
telecommunications services.
13. We have not formally addressed
enterprise communications services
such as Dedicated IP, VPNs, WANs, and
other network services that are
implemented with various protocols
such as Frame Relay/ATM, MPLS and
PBB for purposes of determining USF
contribution obligations. To the extent
that such enterprise communications
services would not fall within the
definition of telecommunications
services, should we exercise our
permissive authority with respect to
providers of those services? Are such
enterprise communications services
substitutes for other enterprise
communications services that are
subject to mandatory contributions, and
would such an exercise of permissive
authority increase clarity and fairness?
If we were to exercise our permissive
authority over enterprise
communications services that may be
information services, should we
enumerate the specific services that
would be subject to a contribution
obligation, or should we attempt to craft
a more general definition that would
capture future generations of such
services that deliver similar
functionality, regardless of technology
used, in order to promote the
sustainability of the Fund? What would
be the appropriate transition period for
such changes?
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14. If we choose to exercise our
permissive authority in this fashion,
how would that affect the size of the
contribution base? To what extent
would assessing enterprise
communications services bring
additional contributors into the system
that do not otherwise contribute today
directly or indirectly? How would an
assessment of additional enterprise
communications services affect the
distribution of contribution obligations
among various industry segments? How
would such assessment affect the
relative distribution of contribution
obligations between services provided
to enterprise and residential customers?
How would such assessment affect the
average contributions of different
categories of residential end users, such
as low-volume versus high-volume
users, or vulnerable populations such as
low-income consumers?
15. To the extent we conclude that
Dedicated IP, VPNs, WANs, or other
communications services for which
contribution obligations have been in
dispute should not be subject to
contribution obligations, should we
exercise our forbearance authority under
section 10 of the Act to exempt these
services from mandatory contribution
insofar as they may be viewed as
telecommunications services? How
would that impact the current
contribution base, and the relative
distribution of contribution obligations
between enterprise and residential
consumers? Do these services differ
from other explicitly assessed enterprise
communications services in a way that
makes their exemption from
contribution appropriate, and would the
section 10 criteria otherwise be met?
16. We note that the Commission has
expressly declined to exercise
permissive authority over systems
integrators for whom
telecommunications represents a small
fraction (less than five percent) of total
revenues derived from systems
integration services. To the extent that
we explicitly exercise our permissive
authority to assess enterprise
communications services, should we
also eliminate the system integrators
exemption, so that systems integrators
would contribute even if their
telecommunications revenues were
under the current threshold? In the
alternative, if we determine that we
should clarify that certain enterprise
communications services are not subject
to contributions, should we modify the
systems integrators exemption, and if so
how? How would our decision to clarify
the contribution obligations for any
category of these services affect current
contributions?
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
17. We seek comment on the size of
the enterprise communications services
marketplace, including comment on the
Telecommunications Industry
Association estimates, and whether this
marketplace is likely to grow or shrink
in the future. If commenters believe the
estimates are too high or too low, they
should provide specific data to more
accurately size this segment of the
communications marketplace. We also
seek comment and data submissions on
how assessing these services would
affect the contribution base under the
different methodologies proposed in the
Notice. We seek comment and data on
the extent to which service providers
are currently treating these services as
assessable. We seek comment on how
revenues from such services should be
apportioned into assessable and nonassessable segments if the Commission
continues with a revenues-based
methodology. We encourage
commenters to provide comments and
data regarding the structure of typical
enterprise communications services
contracts. In particular, we seek
comment on whether such contracts
typically break out costs for different
parts of the services provided and, if so,
how they generally do so.
18. Text Messaging Providers. We
seek comment on whether text
messaging services should be assessed
in light of our proposed goals for
contribution reform. To what extent is
there a lack of clarity within the
industry over whether such services are
subject to universal service
contributions? Would adopting a clear
rule establishing that text messaging is
in the contribution base further the
Commission’s efforts to promote
fairness and competitive neutrality? If
providers of text messaging services
were required to contribute, would that
create competitive distortions between
text messaging service providers and
providers that offer applications that
allow users to send messages using a
wireless customer’s general data plan—
applications that consumers may
increasingly view as a substitute to text
messaging? Given the rapid growth in
the text messaging marketplace, a
number of stakeholders have suggested
in recent years that text messaging
revenues should be added to the
contribution base to enhance the
sustainability of the Fund. To what
extent would including these services in
the contribution base add to the stability
of the Fund? If we modified our rules to
explicitly assess text messaging, what
would be an appropriate transition
period?
19. If we conclude text messaging
services should be assessed, should we
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
exercise the Commission’s permissive
authority under section 254(d) of the
Act to assess providers of these services,
without determining whether such
services are telecommunications
services or information services?
Alternatively, if we conclude that text
messaging services should not be
assessed, should the Commission
conclude that even if such services are
telecommunications services, we should
exercise our forbearance authority under
section 10 of the Act to exempt text
messaging from contribution
obligations?
20. We seek comment on the extent to
which consumers are substituting text
messaging for traditional voice services
and other services that are subject to
universal service contributions. Are
there any reasons to treat short message
service (SMS) or multimedia messaging
service (MMS) differently for this
analysis? Commenters should provide
data to support their assertions.
21. We also seek comment on whether
wireless providers include revenues
generated through the use of common
short codes in their text messaging
revenues. If common short code
revenues are not reported as part of the
text messaging revenues, are there any
reasons to treat such revenues
differently in calculating the universal
service contributions?
22. We seek comment on the size of
the text messaging marketplace,
including the industry revenue figures
referenced above, and whether this
marketplace is likely to grow or shrink
in the future. Commenters who disagree
with the estimates above should submit
specific revenue data to support their
assertions.
23. To the extent commenters
advocate a position on whether text
messaging providers should be assessed,
we view it as highly relevant whether
those commenters earn text message
revenues themselves and, if so, whether
they have reported it as assessable in
recent years. We thus ask commenters to
include in their comments their
estimated recent text messaging
revenues, and the extent to which they
reported those revenues as assessable. If
we explicitly assess text messaging
providers, how would that affect the
size of the contribution base? How
would such assessment affect the
distribution of contribution obligations
between services for enterprise and
residential customers? How would it
affect the total average impact of
contributions on residential end users?
How would it affect the distribution of
obligations between low-volume and
high-volume users? How would an
assessment of text messaging providers
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33899
affect the distribution of contribution
obligations among various industry
segments?
24. We also seek comment and data
submissions on how assessing these
providers of these services would affect
the contribution base under the different
methodologies proposed in Section V
below. We note that to the extent that
providers of text messaging also are
providers of assessable voice services,
explicitly assessing text messaging
would not necessarily broaden the base;
to the extent we were to adopt a nonrevenues-based contribution
methodology. We also seek comment
and data on the extent to which service
providers are currently treating these
services as assessable.
25. One-way VoIP Service Providers.
We seek comment on whether the
Commission should exercise its
permissive authority under section
254(d) to include in the contribution
base providers of ‘‘one-way’’ VoIP with
respect to such service offerings,
regardless of the statutory classification
of such services. Such offerings would
include all services that provide users
with the capability to originate calls to
the PSTN or terminate calls from the
PSTN, but in all other respects meet the
definition of ‘‘interconnected VoIP.’’ We
seek comment below on a potential
definition of such services for the
purpose of USF contributions: One-way
VoIP service. A service that (1) enables
real-time, two-way voice
communications; (2) requires a
broadband connection from the user’s
location; (3) requires Internet protocolcompatible customer premises
equipment; and (4) permits users
generally to receive calls that originate
on the public switched telephone
network or terminate calls to the public
switched telephone network.
26. To what extent does this rationale
apply today to one-way VoIP services?
We note that one-way VoIP enables
consumers to originate or terminate
calls on the PSTN. Would the public
interest be served by exercising
permissive authority over one-way VoIP
to further our proposed goals of
efficiency, fairness and sustainability?
27. In particular, we seek comment on
whether competitive neutrality concerns
now support the inclusion of one-way
VoIP services within the contribution
base. Some parties argue that the oneway VoIP exemption is ‘‘an enormous
loophole’’ that creates competitive
disparities. We seek comment on the
extent of competition between one-way
VoIP and other services that are subject
to assessment, and how that should
affect our analysis. Commenters are
encouraged to provide data to support
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33900
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
their analysis. If one-way VoIP
providers are brought into the
contribution base, what would be the
appropriate transition period?
28. We seek comment on the size of
the one-way VoIP marketplace in the
United States, and whether this
marketplace is likely to grow or shrink
in the future. How many providers of
one-way VoIP are there, and who are
other major providers of such services?
What are the overall U.S. revenues for
this group of providers, and how many
customers do they have? Commenters
are encouraged to provide specific data
to support their assertions. We also seek
comment and data submissions on how
assessing these services would affect the
contribution base under the different
methodologies proposed in section V
below.
29. If we assess one-way VoIP, how
would that affect the size of the
contribution base? How would such
assessment affect the distribution of
contribution obligations between
services for enterprise and residential
customers? How would it affect the total
average impact of contributions on
residential end users? How would it
affect the distribution of obligations
between low-volume and high-volume
users, and how would it impact lowincome consumers? How would an
assessment of one-way VoIP affect the
distribution of contribution obligations
among various industry segments? We
seek comment on the relevance of
precedent to the question of whether
one-way providers should contribute to
universal service.
30. Broadband Internet Access Service
Providers. The State Members of the
Federal-State Universal Service Joint
Board (State Members of the Joint
Board) have proposed that the
Commission include ‘‘broadband and
services closely associated with the
delivery of broadband’’ in the base,
including Digital Subscriber Line (DSL),
cable, and wireless broadband Internet
access. Other commenters also support
extending assessments to broadband
Internet access.
31. In 2002, the Commission sought
comment on whether and how
broadband Internet access service
providers should contribute to universal
service. In the Wireline Broadband
Internet Service Access Order, 70 FR
60222, October 17, 2005, the
Commission classified wireline
broadband Internet access as an
information service. The Commission
also recognized, however, that wireline
broadband Internet access service
includes a provision of
telecommunications. In the Wireline
Broadband Internet Access Order, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
Commission stated that it intended to
address contribution obligations for
providers of broadband Internet access
in a comprehensive fashion in the
future, either in that docket or in this
docket.
32. Some commenters have suggested
that the Commission should exercise its
permissive authority to assess providers
of broadband Internet access services.
Several parties, however, have
expressed concern that assessing
broadband Internet access could
discourage broadband adoption. We
seek comment on those concerns and
invite commenters to submit empirical
data into the record of this proceeding
regarding the potential impact of
assessing broadband Internet access
services on consumer adoption or usage
of services. Would assessing broadband
Internet access service in the near term
undermine the goals of universal
service? Could the Commission address
such concerns by phasing in
contributions for mass market
broadband Internet access services over
time?
33. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, 76 FR 76623, December 8, 2011,
we adopted new rules to ensure that
robust and affordable voice and
broadband, both fixed and mobile, are
available to Americans throughout the
nation. In this proceeding, we are
looking to update and modernize the
method by which funds are collected to
support universal service. Some have
expressed concern that assessing
broadband Internet access may
indirectly raise the price of broadband
Internet access for some consumers. To
what extent, if any, would assessing
broadband services discourage
consumers from subscribing? To what
extent, if any, would that in turn slow
down deployment of broadband
infrastructure? We seek comments and
economic analyses that address the
overall effect on broadband deployment
of assessing or not assessing broadband.
34. The State Members of the Joint
Board recommend that both
telecommunications services and
information services (such as broadband
Internet access services) should be
assessed and suggest that if most of the
revenues currently reported on FCC
Form 499 Line 418 were assessed, that
would reduce the contribution factor to
approximately two percent. They also
suggest this would simplify billing
‘‘since the new federal USF surcharge
rate would generally apply to an end
user’s total bill.’’ We seek comment on
this recommendation of the State
Members of the Joint Board. Would such
an approach make telecommunications
more affordable for consumers with
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
lower overall telecommunications
expenditures? What is the relationship
between household income and the
percentage of a household’s
telecommunications bill subject to
assessment under the current system,
and what would it be under the State
Members’ proposed approach? Would
such an approach affect consumer
adoption of telecommunications
services that are not currently assessed?
We ask commenters to provide any
analysis and data regarding their
estimated reduction in the contribution
factor, if we were to require
contributions based on the total bill. If
we were to assess broadband Internet
access, to what extent would that reduce
the contribution factor if we maintain a
revenue-based methodology?
35. If the Commission does assess
broadband Internet access service, now
or at some point in the future, should
the Commission assess all forms of
broadband Internet access, including
wired (including over cable, telephone,
and power-line networks), satellite, and
fixed and mobile wireless? Should it
assess mass market broadband Internet
access as well as enterprise broadband
Internet access? As a practical matter,
how would the Commission
differentiate between mass market
broadband Internet access, and other
forms of broadband Internet access, and
would such a distinction create any
distortions in the marketplace?
36. We note that TIA estimates the
wired broadband Internet access
marketplace to be $38.3 billion in 2011
and $40.3 billion in 2012, and the
marketplace for wireless data services to
be $73.6 billion in 2011 and $89.8
billion in 2012. TIA also projects
wireless data services to be over $140
billion, or double that for wireless voice,
by 2015. It is not clear; however, from
how TIA presents the data whether its
estimates include both enterprise as
well as mass market broadband Internet
access. To what extent are any of these
revenues in the contribution base today?
What proportion of those revenues
should be considered mass market
broadband Internet access, if we were to
retain a revenues-based system but
adopt an approach that would exempt
mass market broadband Internet access
services from contribution obligations?
Under such an approach, how should
we define ‘‘mass market’’?
37. We also seek comment on whether
exercising our permissive authority with
respect to broadband Internet access
services would be consistent with the
Act and our potential goals for
contributions reform, namely, creating
greater efficiency, fairness,
sustainability, and other goals that
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
commenters identify. If we assess
broadband Internet access services, how
would that affect the size of the
contribution base? How would such
assessment affect the distribution of
contribution obligations between
enterprise and mass market customers if
we assess only enterprise broadband
Internet access services, only mass
market broadband Internet access
services, or all broadband Internet
access services? How would these
different approaches to assessing
broadband Internet access services affect
the total average contribution impact for
mass market end users? How would
they affect the distribution of
contribution obligations between
services offered to low-volume and
high-volume users, or between lowincome and higher-income users? How
would an assessment of broadband
Internet access services affect the
distribution of contributions among
various industry segments? Would
assessing retail broadband Internet
access service eliminate the current
competitive disparity that exists today
between providers that contribute on
their broadband transmission (small rate
of return companies) and their
competitors, who do not?
38. Listing of Services Subject to
Universal Service Contribution
Assessment. Section 54.706 of our rules
sets forth a non-exhaustive list of
services that are currently included in
the contribution base. Should we
continue to specify in our codified
regulations specific services that are
subject to assessment? Should that list
be updated to reflect marketplace
changes over the last decade? Does it
advance our potential goals for reform of
providing predictability and simplifying
compliance and administration to
maintain a non-exhaustive list of
services that are subject to
contributions, which by definition does
not provide clarity as to whether
services not on the list are subject to
contribution obligations? Could we
adopt a simpler approach that is flexible
enough to be applied to services that
exist today and ones that will emerge in
the future, without a need to continually
update our codified rules? Should the
Commission periodically set forth a list
of assessable services, similar to the
eligible services list used for the schools
and libraries universal service support
mechanism?
3. Determining Contribution Obligations
Through a Broader Definitional
Approach
39. In the previous section, we
inquired about using our section 254(d)
permissive authority or other tools to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
modify or clarify the contribution
obligations of providers of specific
services. In this section, we seek
comment on an alternative approach:
exercising our permissive authority to
craft a general rule that would specify
which ‘‘providers of interstate
telecommunications’’ must contribute,
without enumerating the specific
services subject to assessment. Like the
approach discussed above, such a rule
would not require us to resolve the
statutory classification of specific
services as information services or
telecommunications services in order to
conclude that contributions should be
assessed. Such a rule could potentially
produce a more sustainable contribution
system by avoiding the need to
continually update a list of specific
services subject to assessment. At the
same time, such an approach leaves
open the possibility of carving out or
excluding a specifically defined list of
providers or services, if inclusion of
those providers or services is not in the
public interest.
40. For example, we seek comment on
exercising our permissive authority to
adopt a rule such as the following: Any
interstate information service or
interstate telecommunications is
assessable if the provider also provides
the transmission (wired or wireless),
directly or indirectly through an
affiliate, to end users.
41. This rule is intended to
encompass only entities that provide
transmission to their users, whether
using their own facilities or by utilizing
transmission service purchased from
other entities. As discussed above, the
provision of ‘‘telecommunications’’
means, in part, the provision of
transmission capability. Under the
approach historically taken by the
Commission, some, but not all,
providers of information services
‘‘provide’’ telecommunications. By
statutory definition, an information
service provider offers the ‘‘capability
for generating, acquiring, storing,
transforming, processing, retrieving,
utilizing, or making available
information via telecommunications.’’
In the past, the Commission has found
that the telecommunications component
may be provided by the information
services provider or the customer. In
other words, some information service
providers ‘‘provide’’ the
telecommunications required to utilize
the information service, but others
require their customers to ‘‘bring their
own telecommunications’’ (in other
words, to ‘‘bring their own transmission
capability’’). The rule set forth above is
intended to include entities that provide
transmission capability to their users,
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33901
whether through their own facilities or
through incorporation of services
purchased from others, but not to
include entities that require their users
to ‘‘bring their own’’ transmission
capability in order to use a service. This
is consistent with Commission
precedent where the Commission has
exercised its permissive authority to
extend USF contribution requirements
to providers of telecommunications that
are competing directly with common
carriers. We seek comment on whether
the rule would achieve this intended
result. To the extent the rule above
would not achieve this intended result;
we seek comment on how the rule could
be altered to achieve this result.
42. We seek comment on whether a
rule such as the one above would
further our proposed goals of
contributions reform by improving
efficiency, fairness, and the
sustainability of the Fund. Would
adopting such a rule provide sufficient
guidance to potential contributors
regarding their contribution obligation?
Would such a rule be simple to
administer, monitor, and enforce?
Would it create market distortions or
impede innovation?
43. The National Broadband Plan
recommended that however the
Commission chooses to reform
contribution methodology, it should
take steps to minimize opportunities for
arbitrage as new products and services
are developed, so that there is no need
to continuously update regulations to
catch up with changes in the market.
Would a rule like the one discussed
above achieve these goals, minimizing
opportunities for arbitrage and
eliminating the need to continuously
update regulations? Or, alternatively,
would it result in new definitional
disputes and potential uncertainty?
44. Could the above rule be read to
make content fees assessable when
content is provided by the provider of
the interstate telecommunications? For
example, could an IP-based video-ondemand service be assessable? We note
that cable services are regulated under
Title VI of the Act, and that video
service providers are currently only
required to contribute to the extent they
provide interstate telecommunications
services or other assessable
telecommunications. We also note that
many video-on-demand services are
being provided through Internet web
sites, and thus are services that require
the viewer to bring their own
‘‘telecommunications’’ (i.e., Internet
access). Could the above definition lead
to the assessment of any other services
that compete largely or primarily against
services that remain non-assessable? If
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33902
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
so, would this lead to competitive
distortions? How could the definition be
altered to avoid this result?
45. As noted above, the Commission
has determined that ‘‘over-the-top’’
interconnected VoIP providers provide
transmission to or from the PSTN to end
users, and has subjected these services
to contribution obligations. Even where
a user obtains Internet access from an
independent third party to use an
interconnected VoIP service, an overthe-top interconnected VoIP provider
must still supply termination to the
PSTN for outgoing calls (which is not
covered by the Internet access service),
and origination from the PSTN for
incoming calls (which again is not
covered by the Internet access service).
Over-the-top VoIP providers generally
purchase this access to the PSTN from
a telecommunications carrier who
accepts outgoing traffic from and
delivers incoming traffic to the
interconnected VoIP provider’s media
gateway. The Commission held that
origination or termination of a
communication via the PSTN is
‘‘telecommunications,’’ and over-the-top
interconnected VoIP providers, like
other resellers, are providing
telecommunications when they provide
their users with the ability to originate
or terminate a communication via the
PSTN, regardless of whether they do so
via their own facilities or obtain
transmission from third parties. Are
there legal or policy considerations that
would warrant revisiting those
rationales, if we were to exercise our
permissive authority as set forth above?
Are there reasons to extend or not
extend the rationale above to other
services that provide origination or
termination of a communication via the
PSTN? Would interconnected VoIP
providers fall under the definition of an
assessable service set forth in this
section? If the objective is to include
only entities that provide a physical
connection (wired or wireless), should
we consider entities that provide PSTN
origination or termination to be
included within that group? If not,
should we alter the proposed definition,
or should we add some additional
provisions specifically including
additional services, like interconnected
VoIP or other services that are
substitutable for assessable services, for
assessment?
46. The State Members of the Joint
Board have proposed an alternative
broad definition, recommending that the
Commission exercise its permissive
authority to broaden the contributions
base to include ‘‘all services that touch
the public communications network.’’
The State Members conclude, however,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
that contributions should not be
required for ‘‘pure content delivered by
non-telecommunications over
broadband facilities.’’ They
acknowledge that their proposed rule
could result in difficult line drawing
problems when the same company sells
both broadband services and content.
We seek comment on the State
Members’ proposal.
47. Potential Exclusions. If we were to
adopt a rule such as the one above, we
seek comment on whether we should
adopt any additional limitations.
48. Non-Facilities-Based Providers:
The rule discussed above would assess
providers of interstate
telecommunications whether or not they
own the physical facility, or hold
license to the spectrum, that is used to
provide interstate telecommunications.
In the alternative, should we limit
contribution obligations to facilitiesbased providers, and if so, how should
we define ‘‘facilities-based’’? For
example, would a provider be
considered ‘‘facilities-based’’ for
contributions purposes if it provides
service only partially over its own
facilities? Should we define ‘‘facilitiesbased’’ services for contributions
purposes as those provided over
unbundled network elements, special
access lines, and other leased lines and
wireless channels that the provider
obtains from another communications
services provider? For example,
EarthLink has suggested that nonfacilities-based providers of Internet
access service do not provide the
‘‘transmission service.’’ We seek
comment on this viewpoint. The
Commission’s contribution
methodology has never exempted nonfacilities-based telecommunications
providers from their obligation to
contribute, and the Act does not itself
distinguish between facilities-based and
non-facilities-based telecommunications
providers for purposes of contribution
obligations. We note that the
Commission has previously found
resellers to be telecommunications
carriers supplying telecommunications
services to their customers even though
they do not own or operate the
transmission facilities. Carriers that
incorporate transmission obtained from
other providers into their own
telecommunications services are
currently subject to contribution
requirements under the mandatory
contribution requirement in section
254(d). Likewise, firms contribute today
when they resell private line service
provided by other carriers. Are there
policy or administrative reasons not to
exercise permissive authority over
entities that incorporate
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
telecommunications purchased from
others into their own service offerings?
49. Broadband Internet Access: If we
were to adopt a rule such as the one
above, should we exclude broadband
Internet access service? Several parties
have expressed concern that assessing
broadband Internet access could
discourage broadband adoption. As
described above, we seek comment on
those concerns and invite commenters
to submit empirical data into the record
of this proceeding regarding the impact
of assessing broadband Internet access
services on consumer or business
adoption or usage of services. To what
extent would assessment of universal
service contribution obligations
potentially deter adoption of such
services? Is there less likelihood that
assessment of USF contributions would
deter adoption of business broadband
Internet access services?
50. To the extent commenters believe
that assessing mass market broadband
Internet access service in particular
could discourage broadband adoption or
harm other Commission goals, we seek
comment on a specific exemption for
mass market broadband Internet access
services (both fixed and mobile). If we
were to take such an approach, how
should we define enterprise versus mass
market services, and from an
administrative standpoint, how would
carriers and USAC be able to distinguish
between the two? To what extent would
such an exemption potentially distort
how business and residential broadband
Internet access is provided, as carriers
may seek to characterize their offerings
as ‘‘mass market’’ to avoid contribution
obligations?
51. Free or Advertising-Supported
Services: If we were to adopt a rule such
as the one above, should we do so only
with respect to providers that offer
service for a subscription fee? Given the
broad meaning of ‘‘fee’’ in other
contexts, how would we frame an
exclusion for free or advertisingsupported services? Would such an
exclusion potentially cause marketplace
`
distortions vis-a-vis firms that have
business models that derive revenues
from other sources, such as advertising
revenues? Would imposing contribution
obligations on free or advertisingsupported services from contribution
obligations discourage innovative
offerings? Commenters should provide
specific examples and supporting data
regarding the business models of
relevant services.
52. Machine-to-Machine Connections:
If we were to adopt a rule such as the
one above, should we exclude machineto-machine services? Machine-tomachine connections have grown
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
rapidly in recent years. Would it be
consistent with our statutory authority
to exercise permissive authority over
machine-to-machine communications,
such as smart meter/smart grids, remote
health monitoring, or remote home
security systems? Should machine-tomachine connections be treated the
same as connections between or among
people? As discussed above, the Act
defines the term ‘‘telecommunications’’
as ‘‘the transmission, between or among
points specified by the user, of
information of the user’s choosing,
without change in the form or content
of the information as sent and
received.’’ In the case of machine-tomachine communications, who is the
‘‘user’’ that is specifying where the
information should go? Is there any
precedent outside the contribution
methodology context that should inform
our interpretation of the statutory term
here? Should we conclude that all
machine-to-machine connections that
transmit information over the Internet
include interstate telecommunications?
How would assessing machine-tomachine communications impact
marketplace innovation in this arena?
53. Statutory Interpretation. Above,
we asked whether a general rule like
that described in this section would
provide sufficient guidance to potential
contributors regarding their contribution
obligation. The rule described in this
section would not require us to resolve
the statutory classification of specific
services as information services or
telecommunications services in order to
conclude that contributions should be
assessed. The Commission would,
however, still be required to determine
whether services involved the provision
of interstate ‘‘telecommunications.’’ We
seek comment on additional issues that
may arise in interpreting the definition
of ‘‘telecommunications’’ for
contributions purposes as the
communications marketplace evolves.
We also ask how resolution of these
questions in the context of USF
contributions would impact other
regulatory obligations, such as
regulatory fees or other assessments that
utilize the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheets.
54. First, we seek comment on how to
interpret the statutory requirement that
a telecommunications transmission
must be ‘‘between or among points
specified by the user.’’ In particular, we
seek comment on whether we should
interpret ‘‘the user’’ to be a subscriber to
the service in question. For example,
suppose that Bookseller A sells an
electronic reading device to Ms. Smith.
The price of the device includes a 3G
wireless connection that allows Ms.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
Smith to connect to Bookseller A’s
servers at any time and purchase ebooks. Bookseller A, in turn, purchases
the wireless bandwidth for the
connection from Carrier B. In this
instance, should we consider Ms. Smith
to be the ‘‘user’’ of the service provided
by Bookseller A? Alternatively, is
Bookseller A the ‘‘user’’ of the service
provided by Carrier B? Under the former
view, would Bookseller A be viewed as
‘‘providing telecommunications’’ to Ms.
Smith, and therefore a contributor on
that service? Or should Carrier B be
viewed as the entity that is providing
telecommunications to Bookseller A,
and therefore the contributor? What
would be the potential effects in other
regulatory contexts if the Commission
were to interpret the term ‘‘user’’ in a
new way here?
55. We seek comment on what it
means for the user to ‘‘specify’’ the
‘‘points’’ of transmission. Many
communications services today allow
the user to specify the points of
transmission—for example, telephone
and text messaging services generally
allow a user to reach any other user on
the PSTN, and broadband Internet
access services generally allow users to
access any location on the Internet.
Certain services, however, arguably do
not allow the ‘‘user’’ to specify the
endpoints of the communication. To
return to the e-books example above,
suppose that the free wireless
connectivity on the reading device can
only be used to communicate between
the device and Bookseller A’s server,
and not to reach any other destination
on the PSTN or the Internet. In that
case, is Ms. Smith, Bookseller A’s
customer, ‘‘specifying’’ the ‘‘points’’ of
the transmission, or is Bookseller A?
56. We also seek comment on how to
interpret the statutory requirement in
the definition of ‘‘telecommunications’’
that the information transmitted must
also be ‘‘of the user’s choosing.’’ How
should we interpret this phrase? For
example, suppose a doctor provides a
remote monitoring device to a patient
that can send information back to the
doctor’s office. The monitoring device is
pre-programmed to transmit only
certain types of relevant medical data.
Assuming that the other statutory
components of ‘‘telecommunications’’
are present, is this an instance where
the patient should be deemed the ‘‘user’’
that is transmitting information ‘‘of his
or her choosing,’’ or would the fact that
only information specified by the doctor
or manufacturer that provides the
device to the patient is transmitted
mean that this communication does not
meet the statutory definition of
‘‘telecommunications’’?
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33903
57. We also seek comment on
whether, under a rule such as the one
described in this section, the
Commission would have to interpret the
statutory requirement that the
transmission must be ‘‘without change
in the form or content of the information
as sent and received.’’ Although
information services often include a
component that ‘‘processes’’
information in some way, the
Commission has in the past recognized
that an information service can also
include a separate
‘‘telecommunications’’ component.
Furthermore, the Commission has
previously found that while all
information services require the
transmission of information between
customers and ‘‘computers or other
processors,’’ the form or content of the
information is not altered during these
transmissions, and such transmissions
constitute ‘‘telecommunications.’’
Would we be required to revisit any
aspect of these interpretations in light of
changing technology and marketplace
developments?
58. Impact on the Contribution Base.
We seek comment on the number of
additional contributors and impact on
the contribution base if we were to
adopt the general definitional approach
discussed in this section, and whether
those figures are likely to grow or shrink
in the future. How would the answer to
this question differ if we were to assess
based on revenues, connections,
numbers or some other alternative? For
each contribution methodology
scenario, what services and providers
would contribute under such a rule that
do not contribute today? To what extent
are they contributing today? What other
services, not already discussed above,
might be included if we were to adopt
the general definitional approach
discussed in this section? How would
the answer to these questions differ
under the definitional approach
discussed in this section, as opposed to
the service-by-service approach
discussed in the preceding section?
59. Finally, to the extent not already
covered by the questions above, we
request clear and specific comments on
the Commission’s legal authority and
the type and magnitude of likely
benefits and costs of each of these
variants of the suggested rule, and
request that parties claiming significant
costs or benefits provide supporting
analysis and facts, including an
explanation of how they were calculated
and an identification of all underlying
assumptions.
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33904
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
B. How Contributions Should Be
Assessed
60. We seek comment on how to
simplify our contributions system,
consistent with the Act and our
proposed goals for reform. Over the last
decade, the Commission has sought
comment on a number of proposals for
alternative methodologies to the current
revenues-based system, including
methodologies based on connections,
numbers, and various hybrid solutions.
The record is mixed on whether we
should make modifications to our
existing revenues-based system, or move
to an alternative system such as
connections or numbers. Here, we seek
comment on reforming the current
revenues-based system as well as ask
parties to update the record on these
alternative methodologies. We seek
comment on how each option would
further our proposed goals and ask
about potential implementation issues
that are associated with specific
methodologies. We ask commenters to
provide data to quantify how potential
rule changes would impact the Fund
and reduce compliance costs and
burdens.
61. We request specific comments on
the type and magnitude of likely
benefits and costs of each of the possible
rules discussed in this section, and
request that parties claiming significant
costs or benefits provide supporting
analysis and facts, including an
explanation of how any data were
calculated and an identification of all
underlying assumptions.
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
1. Reforming the Current RevenuesBased System
62. We seek comment on whether we
should retain the existing revenuesbased system, and if so, how we can
reform the current system to provide
greater clarity to contributors, thereby
promoting efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability. Specifically, we seek
comment on the pros and cons of
retaining a revenues-based system. We
ask parties claiming significant costs or
benefits of a revenues-based system to
provide supporting analysis and facts
for such assertions, including an
explanation of how they were calculated
and all underlying assumptions.
63. What are the benefits or
disadvantages of retaining a revenuesbased system for a transitional or
indefinite period? Are there market
distortions caused by the existing
revenues-based system? We solicit
comment on whether the modifications
discussed below would sufficiently
address problems with the current
revenues system. If we adopt any of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
potential reforms discussed in this
section to modify the revenues system,
would such a system better serve our
proposed reform goals than a
connections-based, numbers-based, or
other alternative contribution system?
Would any of the potential reforms
suggested in this section also make
sense for a connections-based, numbersbased, or other alternative contribution
system?
64. To the extent that we retain the
current system, we seek comment on
rules to simplify how revenues are
apportioned for assessment, including
the allocation of telecommunications
service revenues between the intrastate
and interstate jurisdictions, and the
reporting of assessable revenues when a
customer purchases a bundle of services
only some of which are assessable. We
also seek comment on how to assess
revenues from information services and
services that have not been classified as
information or telecommunications
services. Such adjustments could
address some shortcomings in the
current system that stakeholders have
raised and could reduce administrative
burdens on providers and USAC. We
also seek comment on alternative
approaches to provide greater clarity
regarding the respective obligations of
wholesalers and their customers, which
has been subject to much dispute. We
seek comment on adopting a valueadded revenues system that would
require contributions from each
provider in the value chain, or, in the
alternative, substantially revising the
reseller certification process. Adopting a
value-added revenues system or revising
the certification process could eliminate
the complications and loopholes
associated with the current carrier’s
carrier reporting requirements. In
addition, we seek comment on measures
to clarify our prepaid calling card
reporting requirements to ensure that
competitors are contributing in a
consistent manner. Finally, we seek
comment on eliminating the
international-only and the limited
international revenues exemptions and
on modifying the de minimis exemption
to reduce compliance burdens.
a. Apportioning Revenues From
Bundled Services
65. We seek comment on modifying
our bundled offering apportionment
rules to adopt more specific standards
for determining what apportionment
methods are deemed reasonable for
allocating revenues from bundled
offerings, or to eliminate carrier
discretion in determining how to
apportion revenues from bundled
offerings. We ask whether doing so will
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
further our proposed goals of making
the contributions system more efficient
and fair, minimizing compliance
burdens, and reducing competitive
distortions in the marketplace.
66. We are concerned that the lack of
bright-line rules may encourage
providers to minimize their allocation of
revenues in a bundle to assessable
services to reduce their contribution
obligations in order to gain a
competitive edge. A number of
commenters have suggested, for
instance, that this is a concern in the
enterprise market, where there is fierce
competition to win contracts from large
corporate clients. We seek data from
commenters regarding what are
common industry practices regarding
the allocation of revenues from bundled
offerings. To what extent do
contributors rely on market studies of
stand-alone services offered by other
providers? To what extent do
contributors allocate revenues based on
the allocated cost of the underlying
individual services? To what extent do
contributors allocate revenues based on
revenue reporting requirements
imposed by other regulatory
jurisdictions, such as cable franchising
authorities or state sales tax authorities?
67. We seek comment on adopting a
revised apportionment rule that would
codify a modified version of the two
safe harbors provided under the CPE
Bundling Order, 66 FR 19398, April 16,
2001, for apportioning revenues from
bundled service offerings and eliminate
providers’ discretion on how to
apportion revenues derived from
bundled services. Specifically, we seek
comment on the following rule for USF
contributions purposes: If an entity
bundles non-assessable services or
products (such as customer-premises
equipment) with one or more assessable
services, it must either treat all revenues
for that bundled offering as assessable
telecommunications revenues or
allocate revenues associated with the
bundle consistent with the price it
charges for stand-alone offerings of
equivalent services or products (with
any discounts from bundling assumed
to be discounts in non-assessable
revenues).
68. We seek comment on whether this
rule would simplify the process of
apportioning bundled revenues in a way
that is transparent, enforceable, and
easily administrable. How would such a
rule be enforceable if the provider does
not offer stand-alone equivalent
services? Would we need a separate rule
to address such circumstances? If so,
how should that rule be structured?
Would the benefits of limiting the
method by which providers determine
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
assessable revenues for bundled services
outweigh any potential benefits of
allowing providers to present
individualized showing, as permitted
under the current rule? We seek
comment and examples of instances
where some providers of bundled
services may be allocating assessable
revenues differently than their
competitors, creating a competitive
disadvantage. Would eliminating the
open-ended apportionment option in
favor of the rule above minimize
competitive disparities? Would the rule
change incentives to offer (or not offer)
assessable services on an unbundled
basis?
69. We seek comment on the technical
aspects of such a rule. For example, if
we were to adopt such a rule, how much
discretion should carriers have in
determining what constitutes a ‘‘standalone offering of equivalent service’’?
How could we prevent contributors
from gaming a stand-alone option to
minimize their assessable revenues?
Should there be a requirement, for
instance, that such a stand-alone
offering be generally available and
actually subscribed to by a minimum
number of end users? If so, how and
how many end users? Are there any
alternative ways to ensure that
contributors are not creating a sham
stand-alone offering to minimize
contribution obligations?
70. We also seek comment on whether
such a rule would create competitive
disparities between providers that offer
stand-alone offerings of assessable
services, and those that only sell
bundled services in the marketplace.
Should we require carriers that do not
offer a stand-alone service themselves to
rely on a market analysis of services
offered by other carriers in the
marketplace or a tariffed rate of another
provider? If so, should we require such
carriers to submit any such market
analyses used for imputation purposes
or third party tariffed rate to the
Commission and to USAC? Should we
require that the stand-alone offering
price be objectively verifiable by the
Commission or USAC, such as by
reference to a public Web site or tariffed
offering? What measures would need to
be in place for USAC to be able to verify
stand-alone pricing for business
services, which are often individually
negotiated for individual customers? Is
there any reason to implement such a
rule only for certain types of bundled
offerings and not others, or certain
classes of customers and not others?
What is the least burdensome
mechanism to ensure allocations are
objectively verifiable?
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
71. We seek comment on how the rule
would impact the overall contributions
base, as well as the individual burden
on consumers. What would be the
impact of the rule on providers serving
consumers with lower
telecommunications expenditures (such
as a voice only subscriber with limited
long distance calling) compared to
providers serving consumers with
higher expenditures (such as a tripleplay subscriber)? How would such a
rule affect consumers with lower
telecommunications expenditures
compared to consumers with higher
expenditures? What would be the
impact of such a rule on mobile
providers, who increasingly are deriving
revenues from bundled voice-data
packages, and their consumers?
72. We also seek comment on
alternative rule language as well as
alternative means of determining
contribution obligations for bundled
service offerings. Parties that submit
alternative proposals should explain
how such proposals further our
proposed goals of reform and are
consistent with our legal authority. We
ask commenters to quantify, where
possible, how their proposed rule would
impact the contribution base and total
assessable revenues.
73. For each of these alternatives, we
seek comment on how the approach
would impact the overall contribution
base, as well as the individual burden
on contributors and consumers. We also
seek comment on what steps would
need to be taken to implement the
proposals above or alternative proposals
for apportioning revenues from bundled
service offerings for USF contribution
purposes. How much time would
parties need to transition to a new
method of apportioning revenues from
bundled offerings?
74. As discussed above, the
Commission has the authority to assess
all providers of interstate
telecommunications, if the public
interest warrants. Would a contribution
methodology that assesses the full retail
revenues of bundled services that
contain ‘‘telecommunications,’’ as that
term is defined in the Act, without safe
harbors or the ability to present
individualized showings, conform to the
statutory requirements? Given the
growth in bundled service offerings over
the last decade, would adopting such a
bright-line rule make the contribution
base more stable and thereby serve the
public interest? Would it further the
principle of ‘‘equitable and nondiscriminatory’’ contributions by
reducing potential competitive
distortions among providers and service
offerings that apportion revenues using
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33905
different methodologies? Would a
simplified approach that assesses the
total bill for bundled services promote
administrative efficiency and reduce
compliance and enforcement
expenditures? Would it be appropriate
to adopt such an approach even if the
Commission chose not to make every
component of a bundled service
individually assessable, or would that
create market distortions and discourage
bundled offerings?
b. Contributions for Services With an
Interstate Telecommunications
Component
75. We seek comment on what
revenues should be assessed to the
extent we choose to exercise our
permissive authority over services that
provide interstate telecommunications.
For example, to the extent enterprise
communications services that are
implemented with MPLS protocols are
information services that provide
interstate telecommunications, we seek
comment on whether we could and
should assess the full retail revenues of
such enterprise communications
services, or instead should adopt a
bright-line that would assess only a
fraction or percentage of the retail
revenues.
76. Would it be consistent with our
statutory authority under section 254(d)
to require contributions on the full retail
revenues of an information service that
provides interstate telecommunications?
Is there a potential for competitive
disparity, to the extent a non-facilitiesbased provider of such services is
assessed on its retail revenues, and also
may bear indirectly the cost of a
universal service contribution on
underlying transmission that it
purchases from a wholesale provider?
To what extent should the retail
revenues derived from information
services have some nexus with the
underlying transmission component, in
order for the full retail revenues to be
assessed? What are the advantages and
disadvantages of assessing retail
information service revenues, if we were
to exercise our permissive authority?
77. Alternatively, should we assess
only the telecommunications (i.e., the
transmission) component, and if so,
how would we determine what portion
of the integrated service revenues
should be associated with the
transmission component? For example,
the MPLS Industry Group proposes that
revenues associated with the access
transmission components of all MPLSenabled services be imputed on a
uniform basis and made subject to USF
contributions obligations through
Commission-established ‘‘MPLS
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33906
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Assessable Revenue Component’’
proxies. In other cases, the underlying
transmission is separately offered on a
Title II basis, which could provide a
basis for assessing only the revenues
associated with the transmission
component. We seek comment on the
MPLS Industry Group proposal. Is such
a proposal workable for other similar
services?
78. We seek comment on the
following rule: If an entity offers an
assessable information service with an
interstate telecommunications
component, it must treat all revenues for
that information service as assessable
revenues, unless it offers the
transmission underlying the information
service separately on a stand-alone
basis. If it offers the transmission on a
stand-alone basis, it may treat as
assessable revenues an amount
consistent with the price it charges for
stand-alone offerings of equivalent
transmission.
79. We seek comment on whether this
rule would simplify the process of
determining assessable revenues for
information services in a way that is
transparent, enforceable, and easily
administrable. How would such a rule
be enforceable if the provider did not
offer the underlying transmission on a
stand-alone basis? In such
circumstances, should we craft a rule
that looks at the general retail price of
such transmission services when offered
on a stand-alone basis by other
providers? Would the proposed rule
change incentives to offer (or not offer)
telecommunications transmission on an
unbundled basis? Would such a rule
create competitive disparities between
providers that choose to offer
transmission on a stand-alone basis
(such as small rate-of-return carriers that
offer broadband Internet access) and
providers that do not offer transmission
separately (such as cable operators in
the same geographic area as those rateof-return carriers)?
80. In the alternative, should we craft
a rule, or a safe harbor, that provides for
assessment of a certain percentage of the
retail revenues of information services
with a telecommunications
(transmission) component? Would it be
legally permissible for the Commission
to assess a set percentage of the retail
revenues, even when such percentage
might exceed the allocated revenues
associated with the underlying
transmission in that information
service? Would a set percentage be
easier to administer, reduce compliance
costs, and otherwise be in the public
interest? Would it create competitive
distortions? Should the percentage vary
depending on the type of information
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
service at issue? Is some other formula
for determining the assessable
percentage of retail revenues of an
information service appropriate?
81. For each of these alternatives, we
seek comment on how the approach
would impact the overall contributions
base, as well as the individual burden
on contributors and consumers. We also
seek comment on what steps would
need to be taken to implement the
proposals above or alternative proposals
for apportioning revenues from
information services for USF
contribution purposes. How much time
would parties need to transition to a
new method of apportioning revenues
from information services with an
interstate telecommunications
component?
c. Allocating Revenues Between Interand Intrastate Jurisdiction
82. We seek comment on modifying or
eliminating the requirement that carriers
are assessed based on interstate and
international revenues. While that
requirement may have made sense when
the Commission initially implemented
the Act, the marketplace has changed
dramatically since 1996 and will evolve
with the continued deployment of IPbased networks.
83. As a general matter, we seek
comment on whether the Act compels
us to only assess a portion of revenues
associated with services that operate
interstate, intrastate, and
internationally. We also seek comment
on whether as a policy matter we should
require that revenues be allocated based
on the jurisdiction that regulates the
associated service. Does this construct
make sense in an environment where
many contributors are not rate
regulated, and many of the services they
offer are only lightly regulated?
84. One approach would be to adopt
a rule that requires all providers that are
subject to contributions to report and
contribute on all of the revenues derived
from assessable services rather than
require providers to allocate revenues
between the interstate and intrastate
jurisdictions. Since many services
offered today are not priced and sold
separately as intrastate or interstate
service, any designated allocation
between jurisdictions may be arbitrary
to some extent. In the TOPUC decision,
the court found that the Commission
did not have jurisdiction to assess
federal universal service contribution on
intrastate revenues. Given the changes
in the marketplace, would the TOPUC
decision prohibit assessing a federal
universal service fee on the entire
service?
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
85. The State Members of the Joint
Board argue that the regulatory
jurisdiction over a service should not
determine whether that service
contributes to universal service. They
note that the states may constitutionally
impose sales taxes on both interstate
and intrastate telecommunications, and
they suggest that the U.S. Constitution
does not prohibit there being both a
federal universal service surcharge and
a state universal service surcharge on all
services delivered over the public
communications network. They
acknowledge that the 1999 TOPUC
decision limited the Commission from
imposing universal service surcharges
on intrastate services, but they contend
that TOPUC was wrongly decided. We
seek comment on the State Members’
analysis and ask commenters to address
whether it would be consistent with
section 254(d) for the Commission to
require contributions on all revenues
derived from services delivered over a
public network.
86. Would a rule that assesses all
revenues from services that operate
interstate, intrastate, and internationally
without allocation for intrastate
operations advance our proposed goals
for reform? How would such a rule
impact the contribution base, today and
in the future? We note that the sum of
interstate, international, and intrastate
revenues for all filers was $210 billion
in 2010, while the contribution base (the
total of reported assessable revenues) for
2010 was $67 billion. If such a rule had
been in place in 2010, i.e., a rule that
assesses all interstate, intrastate, and
international revenues, the contribution
factor would have been roughly four
percent, instead of 14 percent on an
annualized basis. Would such a system
be significantly simpler to administer,
reducing the costs of complying with
our contribution rules? How would such
a system affect states? How would such
an approach affect the allocation of the
contribution burden, especially between
residential consumers and enterprise
consumers? For example, would
residential consumers end up paying (in
USF pass through charges) a
substantially higher portion of the USF
burden than they do today, compared to
enterprise customers? If so, are there
ways to offset or limit this effect?
Commenters are encouraged to provide
additional data and analysis regarding
the impact of such a rule change.
87. Another alternative would be to
adopt bright-line rules for how
companies should allocate revenues
between jurisdictions for broad
categories of services. If we were to
adopt such rules, how narrowly or
broadly should we define the relevant
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
services? As shown in Chart 5 below,
the percentage of end user revenues that
are reported as interstate/international
have remained relatively stable for the
major subcategories of revenue that have
been reported on FCC Form 499
between 2004 and 2011. Should we
adopt a separate allocator for each major
category of service presently reported on
Form 499 (fixed local services, mobile
services, toll services), or should we
follow a simpler approach, for instance,
with just two allocation rules: one for
voice and one for data services? For
instance, we could adopt a standard
allocator for all voice revenues,
regardless of technology (fixed or
mobile, traditional telephony or
interconnected VoIP). Under such an
approach, we could specify that voice
revenues should be allocated according
to a specified ratio, such as 20 percent
interstate and 80 percent intrastate.
Should the interstate allocation be
higher or lower? Is there any policy
justification for setting a different
percentage for voice based on the type
of carrier or technology used?
88. In other contexts, the Commission
has recognized that Internet access
services are jurisdictionally interstate
because end users access Web sites
across state lines. We seek comment
whether a similar finding should be
made for USF contribution purposes.
Specifically, if we use our permissive
authority to expand or clarify USF
contribution requirements to include
enterprise communications services,
text messaging services, and broadband
Internet access services (both fixed and
mobile), should we find that for USF
contribution purposes, revenues from
such services should be reported as 100
percent interstate? Alternatively, should
we use an allocator lower than 100
percent interstate for contribution
purposes, to preserve a revenue base
that could be assessed for state universal
service funds?
89. What data should be considered
when developing that fixed percentage
of interstate and intrastate revenues for
services? Appendix C presents in more
detail the percentage of end user
revenues that are reported as interstate/
international for each individual
subcategory of end user revenue
reported on FCC Form 499 for the
periods of 2004 through 2011. For 2011,
filers reported $73.5B in total revenues
for fixed local revenues, with 30 percent
allocated to the interstate category and
0.6 percent allocated to the international
category. For mobile services, filers
reported $106.6 billion in total revenues
in 2011, with 22.8 percent allocated to
the interstate category and 0.4 percent
allocated to the international category.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
For toll services in 2011, filers reported
$34.3 billion in total revenues, with 50.3
percent allocated to the interstate
category, and 21.4 percent allocated to
the international category. We note that
there is significant variation in some of
the individual subcategories of revenues
as currently reported on FCC Form 499.
How should our decision be informed
by the interstate percentages reported
for individual subcategories of service
as reported on the current Form 499,
such as fixed local exchange (line 404)
and mobile services monthly and
activation charges (line 409)?
90. To what extent should we take
into account ratios reported by wireless
carriers and interconnected VoIP
providers in their traffic studies? If we
were to adopt a ratio applicable to the
broad category of ‘‘mobile services,’’ for
instance, should we base the percentage
for mobile services, on the average (23
percent) or median (19 percent) ratio
that carriers have reported in their most
recent traffic studies? Commenters that
support a different percentage should
explain why adoption of that alternative
is preferable.
91. If we were to adopt such a rule
specifying that a set percentage of
revenues should be reported as
interstate for a category of service,
should carriers still be permitted to
make a particularized showing that a
higher percentage of their traffic is
intrastate? Should the Commission
adopt a mechanism to periodically
update the percentage and, if so, what
would be the basis for updating the
fixed percentage factor? How would
such a rule impact the contribution
base, today and in the future?
Commenters are encouraged to provide
additional data and analysis regarding
the impact of such a rule change.
92. Would adopting a fixed allocation
method for categories of services, or an
across the board fixed allocation
method, further our proposed goals for
contribution reform? Using a single
allocation factor for contribution
purposes could potentially minimize
competitive distortions among providers
offering similar services. Would a single
allocation factor help stabilize the
contribution base by eliminating
incentives for providers to underreport
their interstate telecommunications
revenues? Would a single allocation
factor lessen providers’ compliance
burdens by eliminating the need to
perform traffic studies or to maintain
and update the methodology used to
establish their good-faith estimates?
Would using a single allocation factor
potentially provide greater
predictability?
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33907
93. We seek comment on whether, if
we were to adopt a rule imposing a
fixed interstate allocator, we would be
legally required to adopt a procedure by
which a provider could ‘‘opt-out’’ of
using the single allocation factor and
instead make an individualized
showing. We seek comment on whether
allowing any telecommunications
provider to opt-out would negate the
administrative simplicity of adopting a
single allocator for purposes of
universal service contributions. To the
extent that any commenter believes
there should be a mechanism to ‘‘optout’’ of the fixed allocation factor, it
should explain what showing should be
required to opt out, and what steps the
Commission should take to minimize
competitive distortions that may arise if
alternative allocations are used for
certain types of providers or for certain
types of traffic. For example, should a
provider that opts out of the fixed
allocation factor be required to allocate
revenues on a customer-by-customer
basis, given that each customer actually
uses the purchased telecommunications
differently?
94. We also seek to develop a factual
record on the regulatory compliance
costs stemming from the current
requirement to allocate revenue between
the intrastate and interstate
jurisdictions. We seek comment and
data submissions regarding the costs
imposed on companies today to separate
their revenues in this fashion, and the
costs associated with performing a
traffic study on an annual basis. We
encourage companies to provide
estimates not only of the costs
associated with their legal and
regulatory personnel, but also to include
any other costs that compliance with
such requirements may pose on other
personnel, including accounting,
billing, sales, network, IT, and
marketing staff, and any costs associated
with hiring outside resources, such as
attorneys or consultants, to assist in
implementing such requirements or
responding to any audits or
investigations relating to this aspect of
our contribution rules.
95. To the extent commenters have
concerns about any of these proposals;
they should present alternative methods
for simplifying the allocation of
revenues between the interstate and
intrastate jurisdictions and explain how
their proposals would meet the
proposed contribution reform goals set
forth in this Notice. If we do not adopt
a fixed factor or factors to allocate
telecommunications revenues, what
modifications should we consider
making to the current rules?
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33908
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
96. If we continue to allow use of
traffic studies to estimate the allocation
of interstate revenues, should we codify
specific requirements or provide greater
detail in the Form 499 instructions for
how traffic is categorized in traffic
studies to ensure that reporting entities
are conducting the studies in a
competitively neutral manner? We seek
comment on current practices for
classifying traffic for traffic studies. We
have some concerns that contributors
may be using different methodologies in
conducting traffic studies, given the
broad variation in reported ratios. It is
surprising, for instance, that nine
wireless providers report no interstate
or international revenues at all.
Similarly, the fact that 47 VoIP filers
report no interstate/international
revenues, while some others report
ratios relatively close (but slightly
under) the current 64.9 percent safe
harbor, also suggests that VoIP providers
may be classifying their traffic in
significantly different ways, and there
may be a need to provide more
standardized guidance regarding how to
perform a traffic study. We seek
comment on this analysis.
97. We seek comment on what steps
would need to be taken to implement
the approaches above or alternative
approaches to simplify the allocation of
interstate and intrastate revenues for
federal USF contribution purposes. We
also seek comment on how much time,
if any, parties would need to transition
to any new allocation method.
d. Contribution Obligations of
Wholesalers and Their Customers
98. Value-Added Approach to
Assessing Contributions. We seek
comment on whether we should modify
the existing universal service
contribution methodology to assess
‘‘value-added’’ revenues rather than
‘‘end-user’’ revenues. Under this valueadded approach, each
telecommunications provider in a
service value chain (including both
wholesalers and resellers) would
contribute based on the value the
provider adds to the service. Thus, in a
revenue-based system, a wholesaler
would contribute on its wholesale
revenues, and a reseller of those services
would contribute based on its retail
mark-up.
99. Under this value-added revenues
approach each provider in a distribution
or value chain would contribute based
on the provider’s total interstate and
international revenues, less a credit for
any telecommunications services or
telecommunications purchased from
other contributors in the distribution or
value chain. Contributors would not,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
therefore, need to distinguish between
revenues from end users and revenues
from other telecommunications
providers.
100. We seek comment on the
following potential rule change, which
could implement a value-added
revenues system: A contributor must
contribute based on its projected
assessable revenue less a credit for
telecommunications services or
telecommunications purchased from
other contributors. Contributors shall
report such revenues on the FCC Form
499–A and 499–Q Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheets or such other
forms or filings as the Commission may
prescribe from time to time. Projected
revenue information shall be subject to
an annual true up, as prescribed from
time to time by the Commission in its
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet instructions.
101. We ask whether the proposed
value-added revenues approach would
meet the proposed goals of improving
administrative efficiency, while
ensuring sustainability of the Fund. For
example, how would a value-added
system further our proposed goals of
simplifying administration and
oversight of the contribution system?
Would a value-added system reduce
incentives to structure transactions to
avoid contribution obligations? Would
adoption of a value-added system have
unintended consequences that
undermine our proposed goals in
reforming the system? What records
should contributors be required to retain
to demonstrate compliance with a
value-added system? For example, if we
adopted the rule proposed above,
should contributors be required to retain
(and/or report) back-up for the ‘‘credit
for telecommunications services or
telecommunications purchased from
other contributors’’?
102. As an alternative to reporting on
the revenues earned minus any amounts
paid for telecommunications service
inputs, should we implement a valueadded methodology in which carriers
instead subtract from their final
contribution liability any pass-through
charges paid to other contributors? If so,
should we require or permit
telecommunications providers to pass
through an explicit universal service
line-item charge to customers that are
also telecommunications providers?
Would a pass-through charge in these
limited circumstances enable
telecommunications providers and
USAC to verify the universal service
charges paid by one contributor to
another for purposes of calculating the
credit the contributor should receive
against its own contribution obligation?
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Would mandated pass-through charges
benefit competition by eliminating the
ability of wholesale providers to
distinguish service offerings based on
whether or how they pass through
universal service charges to their
reseller customers? Would allowing
providers to retain discretion over
whether to recover their contributions
implicitly or via an explicit line-item
charge further our proposed goals of
ensuring competitive neutrality and
simplicity in the USF contribution
system? Under a value-added
assessment system, how should we treat
transactions between wholesale
providers and non-carriers (e.g., retailers
or distributors of prepaid calling cards),
or transactions between wholesale
providers and entities that are currently
exempt from directly contributing to the
Fund (e.g., non-profit schools, nonprofit libraries, non-profit colleges, nonprofit universities, and non-profit health
care providers)?
103. If we adopt a value-added system
based on credits for pass through
charges paid to other providers, we seek
comment on whether we should scale or
otherwise limit the credit a
telecommunications provider receives
to account for the fact that this system
may exclude some telecommunications
revenues from assessment. We also seek
comment on the implementation of a
value-added system. What would be an
appropriate time frame for
implementing such a rule? For example,
to what extent would the existence of
long-term contracts warrant delaying
implementation of a value-added
revenues system? If we delay
implementation, what would be a
reasonable period of time to transition
to this system?
104. We request clear and specific
comments on the type and magnitude of
likely benefits and costs of the suggested
rule, and request that parties claiming
significant costs or benefits provide
supporting analysis and facts, including
an explanation of how data were
calculated and identification all
underlying assumptions.
105. Value-Added Approach for
Alternative Contribution Methodologies.
The value-added revenues system
discussed above assumes retaining a
revenues-based contribution system. We
seek comment below on moving from a
revenues-based contribution system to a
system based on assessing connections
or numbers. Commenters should
indicate whether a value-added system
could and should be developed for a
connections-based or numbers-based
contribution system. If value-added is
needed or advisable for such other
contribution systems, commenters
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
should explain the basis for such
analysis, and should indicate how a
value-added system would work in such
instances.
106. We note that one of the
considerations in crafting the current
revenue-based system focused on end
users was to avoid ‘‘double counting’’
revenue. We ask commenters whether a
connections or numbers-based system
may also raise concerns of double
counting, and if so, how a value-added
proposal could be crafted to address this
issue. More generally, we seek comment
on whether avoiding double counting
remains a significant policy concern,
and if it should inform the structure of
a contributions methodology system.
107. In particular, we seek comment
here on whether a value-added system
similar in concept to the value-added
revenues proposal set forth above for a
revenues-based system may be desirable
for connections, and if so, how such a
system would operate. If we were to
adopt a service-based definition of
connections, there could be situations in
which a wholesaler sells a ‘‘connection’’
to a reseller who adds value by
separately selling more than one service
over that connection. For instance, to
the extent Carrier A sells a connection
to Carrier B, and then Carrier B sells two
connections to the retail customer,
would it simplify administration of a
connections-based system if both Carrier
A and B are assessed based on the
connections provided to their respective
customers, with Carrier B receiving a
credit for the number of connections it
has purchased from a wholesale
provider so that, in this example, Carrier
A and B would each be assessed for one
connection?
108. We also seek comment on how
one might adopt a value-added
approach for a numbers-based
methodology. Would a value-added
approach work in which each provider
of interstate telecommunications in a
service value chain (including both
wholesalers providers and their
customers) that provides a number to a
customer would contribute on that
number, with a credit provided to the
extent a carrier obtains lines with
numbers from another provider?
Alternatively, would it make sense to
adopt a system in which a wholesaler
could contribute on its wholesale
numbers at a lesser adjusted rate, and its
customer could contribute based on a
higher per-unit rate for numbers
associated with services provided to
retail customers, with an adjustment
made for any pass-through charges paid
to the wholesale provider?
109. Reasonable Expectation
Standard. We seek comment on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
potential bright line rules that we could
adopt that would provide greater clarity
to contributors as to what steps they
must take to properly report their
assessable revenues and lessen the need
to engage in such fact-intensive
inquiries, if we maintain a revenuebased contribution methodology.
110. We seek comment and data
submissions regarding the costs
imposed on companies today to separate
their wholesale from their retail
revenues, and the costs associated with
complying with the requirement that
they demonstrate a reasonable
expectation that their customers are
contributing to USF. We encourage
companies to provide estimates not only
of the costs associated with their legal
and regulatory personnel, but also to
include any other costs that compliance
with such requirements may pose on
other personnel, including accounting,
billing, sales, IT, and marketing staff,
and any costs associated with hiring
outside resources, such as attorneys or
consultants, to assist in implementing
such requirements or responding to any
audits or investigations relating to this
aspect of our contribution rules.
111. We seek comment on whether we
should adopt a rule mandating greater
specificity in contributor certifications
regarding the services on which the
certifying entity is contributing, so that
wholesalers are in a better position to
determine which of their revenues
should be classified as carrier’s carrier
revenues. Many contributors may obtain
such certifications from their customers
only on an entity-wide basis, rather than
on a service-specific basis, because the
model certification language provided
in the instructions beginning in 2007
does not specify service-specific
certifications.
112. We seek comment on adopting a
rule that would establish the following
language for customer certifications:
I certify under penalty of perjury that the
company is purchasing service which is
incorporated into the company’s offerings. I
also certify under penalty of perjury that
either my company contributes directly to the
federal universal support mechanisms for
those offerings that incorporate this
wholesale service, or that each entity to
which the company, in turn, sells those
offerings has provided the company with a
certificate in the form specified by
Commission rules.
OR I certify under penalty of perjury that
the company is purchasing service for which
is incorporated into the company’s offerings.
I also certify under penalty of perjury that:
(check one)
The company contributes directly to the
federal universal service support
mechanisms for those service offerings that
incorporate the wholesale service, or if the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33909
company resells the service to another
contributor, that the company has received a
certification from each customer in a form
specified by Commission rules that the
customer will contribute directly based on
revenues from each such service.
The company contributes on [number]
percent of the revenues for services that
incorporate the wholesale service, or has
received a certification from its customer
stating that the customer will contribute
directly based on revenues from the service.
On the remaining [number] percent of the
revenues of the service that incorporates the
wholesale service, the company does not
directly contribute, and it does not sell that
service to another contributor.
I also certify under penalty of perjury that
the company will notify [name of wholesale
provider] within [30 or 60 days] if the
information provided in this certification
changes.
113. Specificity as to Incorporation of
Wholesale Services into a Finished
Service. It appears that under our
current requirements, certain revenues
may be escaping assessment altogether,
in situations where a wholesaler does
not contribute on revenues derived from
customers that it believes to be
contributing when in fact the customer
is not contributing on those revenues.
We seek comment on the magnitude and
prevalence of this problem. In these and
other analogous situations, should there
be an affirmative obligation on the part
of the entity that purchases the
wholesale telecommunications to
specify in its certification the extent to
which the wholesale input is
incorporated into assessable services
versus non-assessable services? For
instance, should we adopt the following
rule: To the extent a company
purchases services that are incorporated
into its own offerings, with some of the
offerings subject to universal service
contributions and some of the offerings
not subject to universal service
contributions, the purchaser has an
affirmative obligation to provide
information to its wholesale provider
sufficient for the wholesaler to allocate
the revenues associated with its service
as carrier’s carrier revenue or end-user
revenue.
114. What burdens would such a rule
impose on entities that purchase
wholesale telecommunications to
incorporate into their finished offerings,
and what measures could be
implemented to minimize such
burdens? If we were to adopt such a
rule, what metric should the purchasing
entity use in developing the relevant
allocations? For instance, should it base
the percentage on the number of
circuits, the revenues associated with
individual circuits (to the extent that
can be determined), the average usage of
a circuit, or something else?
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33910
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
115. We seek comment on whether to
adopt a rule imposing an affirmative
obligation on entities purchasing
wholesale telecommunications that sign
certifications to notify their wholesale
carrier within a specified period of time,
such as 30 or 60 days, if their
contribution status changes over the
course of the year. For instance, we seek
comment on the following rule:
Providers who provide contributor
certifications to their wholesale carriers
must notify their wholesale carrier
within [30 or 60] days if the contribution
status provided in the certifications
changes.
116. Today, there may be situations
where an entity certifies in good faith at
the beginning of the year that it is a
contributor with respect to the services
provided to its retail customers, but
subsequently it ceases to be a
contributor. This could occur, for
instance, if the entity purchases a
special access circuit from a wholesaler,
and initially expects to provide special
access to a retail customer, but
ultimately uses that circuit to provide
broadband Internet access service,
which is not assessable under our
current rules. Or an entity purchasing
wholesale telecommunications may
expect to contribute, but ultimately it
turns out to be a de minimis contributor
due to lower than expected revenues. In
both situations, the wholesaler would
not contribute on the services (because
it has a contributor certificate from its
customer), but its customer ultimately
does not contribute, resulting in
revenues not being subject to
contributions at any point in the value
chain. Commenters should address the
time frame in which such notification
should occur, and what specific
procedures should be followed. To the
extent that parties support elimination
of certifications in favor of an
alternative system or a bright line, we
ask them to provide specific details on
how any such alternatives would be
implemented, administered, and
enforced.
117. Another alternative on which we
seek comment is whether we should
assess wholesalers at their point of sale,
but not their customers, so long as the
wholesaler certifies that the
contribution has been or will be paid.
Would such an approach be easier to
administer? Are there disadvantages to
such an approach? Commenters should
indicate, to the extent possible, the
reduction to the contribution base if we
were to adopt such an approach and
how such an approach would impact
contribution burdens.
118. Improved Certification
Requirements Compared to Value
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
Added Revenues System. Commenters
are encouraged to compare and
comment on both the improved
certification system and the value-added
system discussed immediately above in
this Notice. Is there a particular
advantage over one approach over the
other? Do aspects of both approaches
need to be adopted? If we adopt a valueadded revenues system, should we
adopt modifications to our contributor
certification rules on an interim or
transitional basis while we implement
the value-added approach?
119. Improved Certification
Requirements for Alternative
Contribution Methodologies. We also
seek comment on moving from a
revenues-based contribution system to a
system based on assessing connections
or numbers. Commenters should
indicate whether similar contributor
certification requirements as discussed
above should be developed for a
connections-based or numbers-based
contribution system. If improved
certification requirements are needed or
advisable for such other contribution
systems, commenters should explain the
basis for such analysis, and should
indicate how the contributor
certifications would work in such
instances.
120. We ask commenters whether a
connections or numbers-based system
may also raise concerns of double
counting, and if so, how a contributor
certification could be crafted to address
this issue. More generally, we seek
comment on whether avoiding double
counting remains a significant policy
concern, and if it should inform the
structure of a contributions
methodology system.
In particular, we seek comment here
on whether improved contributor
certifications similar in concept to the
proposals discussed above might be
desirable for connections, and if so, how
such a system would operate. If we were
to adopt a service-based definition of
connections, there could be situations in
which a wholesaler sells a ‘‘connection’’
to a customer who adds value by
separately selling more than one service
over that connection. We also seek
comment on how one might adopt
contributor certifications for a numbersbased system.
e. Contribution Obligations of
Wholesalers and Their Customers
121. Reporting Prepaid Calling Card
Revenues. Our rules require prepaid
calling card providers to contribute to
the Fund based on their end-user
revenues. We seek comment on
modifying existing rules to provide
clarity to the industry in response to
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
requests from USAC and record
evidence suggesting different prepaid
calling card providers may be
interpreting our rules in different ways,
which may result in an unlevel playing
field for competitors of these services.
We seek comment on adopting a rule to
require prepaid calling card providers to
report and contribute on all end-user
revenues, and who should be deemed
the end user for purposes of such a rule.
We ask whether prepaid calling card
providers should only report amounts
paid by the entity to which the provider
directly sells the prepaid service.
Alternatively, we seek comment on
adopting a rule to require prepaid
calling card providers to contribute
based on the amounts paid by end users
for prepaid cards, whether the prepaid
calling card is purchased by the end
user directly from the prepaid calling
card provider or from a marketing agent,
distributor, or retailer. We also ask
about the application of the value-added
contribution paradigm, discussed above,
to assessment of prepaid calling card
service. In addition, we seek comment
on measures to standardize how
providers report prepaid calling card
revenues, eliminating incentives or
opportunities for providers to avoid
their USF contribution obligations. We
also solicit comment on whether
adopting these reforms would further
our proposed goals for reform and the
potential impact on the Fund if we were
to adopt the measures described below.
122. Defined Terms. We first seek
comment on modifying the definition of
prepaid calling cards as explained
below. The terms ‘‘prepaid calling
cards,’’ and ‘‘prepaid calling card
providers’’ are defined in § 64.5000 of
our rules, as adopted by the
Commission in the Prepaid Calling Card
Services Order, 71 FR 43667, August 2,
2006. The definition of a prepaid calling
card is fairly expansive, encompassing
not just physical cards that require the
input of a personal identification
number (PIN) but also any ‘‘device’’ that
provides end users with the same or
similar functionality. Although we
propose retaining these definitions, we
seek comment on whether we should
add the phrase ‘‘or service’’ to the
definition to make clear that our prepaid
calling card rules will encompass new
ways to market prepaid
telecommunications services that do not
involve using a PIN or a device. Such
a modification could read as follows
(new language underlined): (a) Prepaid
calling card. The term ‘‘prepaid calling
card’’ means a card or similar device or
service that allows users to pay in
advance for a specified amount of
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
calling, without regard to additional
features, functions, or capabilities
available in conjunction with the calling
service; (b) Prepaid calling card
provider. The term ‘‘prepaid calling
card provider’’ means any entity that
provides telecommunications service to
consumers through the use of a prepaid
calling card.
123. We also seek comment on
whether we should define, for purposes
of prepaid calling cards, the term
‘‘prepaid calling card distributor’’ as we
use it in the context of reporting prepaid
calling card revenues. The use of such
term would acknowledge that prepaid
calling cards are often sold by means of
marketing agents, distributors or
retailers. We seek comment on the
following proposed definition: Prepaid
calling card distributor. A marketing
agent, distributor, retailer, or other third
party that sells or resells prepaid calling
cards on behalf of a prepaid calling card
provider.
f. Reporting Prepaid Calling Card
Revenues
124. We also seek comment on
alternative methods prepaid calling card
providers should use to report revenues
from prepaid calling card services.
Today, prepaid calling card providers
are required to report and contribute on
the end-user revenues from the sale of
prepaid calling card services. The
current version of the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet instructions calls for
reporting of such revenues by the
prepaid calling card provider, whether
the end user purchases the card from
the prepaid calling card service provider
or a marketing agent, distributor, or
retailer. Some stakeholders contend that
this method, which requires providers
to report the ‘‘face value’’ of a card as
assessable revenue—not the amount
actually paid by the provider’s end-user
customer—is unrealistic considering
that many cards do not have a face
value, and contributing providers often
do not know and have no control over
the ultimate retail price of a calling
card.
125. We first seek comment on
limiting the contribution and reporting
requirements of prepaid calling card
providers to report amounts paid only
by the person or firm to whom the
provider directly sells the prepaid card.
Prepaid calling card providers that sell
directly to an end-user customer would,
as now, easily identify and report the
assessable revenue amount. However, in
situations where the provider sells the
card to an intermediate distributor or
retailer, rather than an end-user
customer, under this paradigm we
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
would require the provider to report
revenue actually received from the
intermediate distributor. This concept
presumably would make it simpler for
prepaid providers to report accurate
revenues because they would recognize
actual assessable revenue amounts from
the sale to the end-user customer or the
intermediate distributor and would not
be required to estimate the amount paid
by an end-user customer with whom the
provider has no retail relationship. This
approach could benefit providers and
the Fund by permitting providers to
report the revenue realized in a more
timely fashion. We seek comment on
this alternative and ask whether
including an intermediate distributor or
retailer in the definition of an end user
for the purpose of reporting prepaid
calling card revenue would create any
competitive distortions or create
disparities among different types of
contributors.
126. In the alternative, we seek
comment on codifying in greater detail
the approach reflected in the existing
Form 499 instructions. We first
specifically inquire how prepaid calling
card providers should report revenues
from sales of prepaid calling card
services to marketing agents,
distributors, or retailers. The Form 499
instructions state that the revenue to be
included in a provider’s contribution
calculation is the amount actually paid
by the end-user customer, not the price
paid to the prepaid calling card provider
by intermediate marketing agents,
distributors, or retailers, even when the
distributor pays a different amount than
the end user.
127. Should there be symmetry in the
way that prepaid calling card service
transactions and other transactions are
treated for USF contribution purposes?
For example, the Form 499 instructions
also state that payphone providers
should not deduct from reported
revenues commission payments to
owners of premises where payphones
are located. Should we also adopt a rule
that payphone providers may deduct
from reported revenues discounts
provided to intermediate distributors?
We seek comment on potential bright
lines that would simplify administration
of contributions reporting for prepaid
calling providers.
128. Adopting a bright-line standard
for reporting end-user revenues could
reduce or eliminate competitive
disparities among providers of similar
services. We seek comment generally on
adopting a bright-line standard that
contributors must use to report prepaid
calling card revenues. Would a brightline standard create an incentive for
prepaid calling card providers to
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33911
establish a process with their marketing
agents, distributors, and retailers to
specifically identify and report the
actual prices paid by end users? Should
we also consider implementing a safe
harbor for providers to estimate enduser revenues when the price paid by
the end-user customer cannot readily be
determined by the prepaid calling card
provider?
129. If we adopt a bright-line
standard, we seek comment on what
mark-up would be appropriate for
prepaid calling card providers to use in
determining end-user revenues. Given
this wide range of estimated mark-ups,
we seek comment on whether a
standard mark-up of 50 percent would
be a reasonable mid-point between the
various estimates that have previously
been suggested by commenters. We also
seek comment on whether a higher or
lower standard mark-up would be more
representative of industry practice or
would better serve in creating an
incentive for providers to work with
their marketing agents, distributors and
retailers to identify the actual price paid
by end-users. Adopting a standard
mark-up that falls at the higher end of
the scale, for example, may provide a
greater incentive for prepaid calling
card providers to determine and report
the actual prices paid by end users.
Parties should provide specific data to
support their arguments.
130. To further ensure that all
reporting entities are reporting prepaid
calling card revenues in a consistent
manner under the current system, we
seek comment on requiring prepaid
calling card providers to report revenues
derived from the sale of prepaid calling
cards not later than 60 days after the
date the cards are sold by the prepaid
calling card provider to a prepaid
calling card distributor. Adopting a rule
that creates an appropriate time limit for
recognizing revenue derived from the
sale of prepaid calling cards could serve
to further reduce competitive distortions
that arise from disparate interpretations
and application of our rules. We seek
comment on this analysis. We also seek
comment on whether it is reasonable to
expect that most cards are sold within
sixty days of the date the provider bills
the prepaid calling card distributor for
the cards, taking into account a 30-day
billing cycle and an additional 30 days
for the end user to purchase the card.
131. We seek comment on whether
these alternative ideas further our
proposed goal of ensuring that
contribution assessments are fair.
Would such a rule be simple to
administer? Are there policy reasons
prepaid calling card providers should be
allowed to reduce or adjust reported
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33912
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
revenues based on discounts provided
to prepaid calling card distributors?
132. We also ask about the
relationship between assessment of
prepaid calling card providers and the
‘‘value-added’’ approach to assessing
revenues discussed above. Under this
approach, each telecommunications
provider in a service value chain
(including wholesalers, distributors, and
reselling retailers) would contribute
based on the value the provider adds to
the service. As applied to the prepaid
calling card marketplace, any firm that
derives revenue from the sale of prepaid
calling card services would report and
contribute based on that revenue and
would be permitted to take a credit
based on contributions made by other
contributors in the chain. We seek
comment generally on this approach
and inquire about the potential impact
on firms that are not already reporting
revenue or contributing to the Fund,
such as retailers and other noncontributors. Should we consider an
exemption from any reporting and
contribution obligations for certain
categories of retailers or distributors? If
so, what would be the basis for such an
exemption? What would be the impact
on other contributors in the prepaid
card chain, such as the service provider?
Should we also consider a more limited
exemption such that we require these
companies only to report revenue
derived from the card in order to ensure
the Fund is fully compensated? Finally,
we seek comment on what steps would
need to be taken to implement any of
the ideas discussed above or any
alternative proposals to modify the
contribution reporting requirements for
prepaid calling card revenues. We also
seek comment on how much time
parties would need to transition to any
such new rules.
g. International Telecommunications
Providers
133. We seek comment on whether we
should eliminate the limited exemption
for providers whose revenues are
exclusively or predominantly
international. We seek comment on
modifications to our current rules
regarding the contribution obligations of
international providers.
134. Eliminating the ‘‘International
Only’’ and the ‘‘Limited International
Revenues’’ Exemptions. We seek
comment on whether the Commission
should eliminate the exemption for
international-only providers and
Limited International Revenues
Exemption (LIRE)-qualifying providers,
and our legal authority for doing so. In
1997, the Commission interpreted
section 254 of the Act, and specifically
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
our authority to assess all ‘‘providers of
interstate telecommunications,’’ as
drawing a three-way distinction
between intrastate, interstate, and
international telecommunications. We
seek comment on whether, in light of
the changes in the industry and
telecommunications marketplace,
section 254’s reference to interstate
telecommunications in the context of
universal service contributions is better
viewed as drawing a jurisdictional line
between the authority of the states
(which have authority over providers of
intrastate telecommunications under
section 254(f)) and the authority of the
Commission (which has authority over
providers of interstate
telecommunications under section
254(d)). Such a reading of section 254
would parallel the Commission’s
reading of other sections of that Act that
divide responsibility between the state
and federal jurisdictions and include
international services within the
Commission’s jurisdiction.
Alternatively, we seek comment on
whether we could rely on section
254(b)(4)’s principle of ‘‘equitable and
nondiscriminatory contributions’’ to
require international-only and LIREqualifying providers to contribute
because these providers also benefit
from being able to originate or terminate
traffic in the United States. We note that
the Act distinguishes ‘‘foreign
communication’’ from both interstate
and intrastate. Does that distinction
affect the Commission’s authority to
treat interstate and foreign
telecommunications in the same
manner?
135. We also seek comment on
whether the TOPUC decision limits our
ability to re-examine the internationalonly and LIRE exemptions today. The
Fifth Circuit in TOPUC held that the
Commission’s previous rule, which had
required providers with limited
interstate telecommunications revenues
to contribute based on both their
interstate and international revenues but
exempted providers without interstate
telecommunications revenues, was not
‘‘equitable and nondiscriminatory.’’ The
court held that the previous rule
‘‘damage[d] some international carriers
[i.e., limited-interstate-revenue
providers] more than it harm[ed] others
[i.e., no-interstate-revenue providers].’’
The court also found the rule
inequitable because it required limitedinterstate-revenue providers ‘‘to incur a
loss to participate in interstate service.’’
The court did not, however, make any
findings or opine about the
Commission’s jurisdiction to assess
international revenues. Thus the
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Commission should have significant
discretion to revise its rules regarding
contributions on international revenues,
consistent with the Fifth Circuit
decisions, so long as the new rule is
equitable and nondiscriminatory. We
seek comment on this analysis and our
ability to eliminate the LIRE and to
assess one hundred percent of a
contributor’s interstate and international
revenues, without a LIRE exemption.
136. Commenters that oppose the
elimination of the ‘‘international only’’
and the ‘‘limited international
revenues’’ exemptions should provide
specific alternative rules and explain
how their proposals will support the
proposed goals set forth in this Notice.
We ask commenters to provide data to
quantify how our proposals or
alternatives will impact the Fund and
reduce compliance costs and burdens.
137. Modifying the Limited
International Revenues Exemption. If
we were to assess all international
telecommunications revenues, as
suggested above, should we also
eliminate the LIRE? In the alternative, if
we maintain an exemption for
international-only providers, we seek
comment on whether modifying the
LIRE and the contribution obligations of
LIRE-qualifying contributors may be
appropriate.
138. Specifically, if we do not require
LIRE-qualifying providers to contribute
on all of their end-user international
telecommunications revenues, we
propose to require LIRE-qualifying
providers to contribute on at least a
portion of those revenues. Moreover, the
LIRE-qualifying factor codified in our
current rules (12 percent) may no longer
provide the ‘‘adequate margin of safety’’
it once did for providers that primarily
offer international services, given that
the contribution factor has remained
above 12 percent over the past two
years. We therefore seek comment on
ways to modify the LIRE-qualifying
factor.
139. If we retain the LIRE, we seek
comment on whether we should modify
the LIRE as follows: If the ratio of an
entity’s collected interstate end-user
telecommunications revenues to its
combined collected interstate and
international end-user
telecommunications revenues is less
than that year’s LIRE-qualifying factor,
that entity’s assessable revenues shall be
its collected interstate end-user
telecommunications revenues plus an
equal amount of its collected
international end-user
telecommunications revenues, net of
contributions. (1) The LIRE-qualifying
factor for a given year shall be equal to
the highest contribution factor
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
established for any quarter of the
previous year plus three percent. (2) For
purposes of this subsection, an ‘‘entity’’
shall refer to the entity that is subject to
the universal service reporting
requirements and shall include all of
that entity’s affiliated providers of
interstate and international
telecommunications and
telecommunications services.
140. We seek comment and (if
appropriate) examples of how the LIRE
results in a competitive advantage for
some providers. Providers that qualify
for the LIRE compete against nonqualifying providers that must include
all of their international revenues in
calculating their contribution base.
LIRE-qualifying providers benefit from
being able to originate and terminate
both interstate and international calls in
the United States. Further, we seek
comment on whether the proposed
modification of the LIRE would advance
the goal of fairness by treating
competitive providers in a like manner.
Would it advance other of our proposed
goals for contribution reform, such as
ensuring a stable contribution base?
Would requiring LIRE-qualifying
providers to contribute based on an
amount of their international revenues
equal to their interstate revenues be a
more equitable approach in today’s
marketplace? Would the modification
proposed above reduce the potential
regulatory advantage that LIREqualifying providers have over their
competitors? What impact would such a
modification have on the Fund?
141. We also seek comment on
whether we should set the LIREqualifying factor based upon a formula
rather than fixed percentage. A fixed
percentage assumes that the
Commission can easily forecast changes
in the contribution base as well as
changes in the demand for universal
service support. Neither of these
assumptions has been valid in recent
years. The Commission has already had
to increase the LIRE-qualifying factor
once to respond to the rising
contribution factor. Using a formula to
establish the LIRE-qualifying factor
should eliminate the need for us to
periodically rewrite our rules.
Moreover, a formula tied to the current
contribution factor would also respond
to changes in the contribution factor. If,
for example, future events bring the
contribution factor down, the LIREqualifying factor would automatically
decrease in future years, which should
increase the contribution base. Should
we set the LIRE-qualifying factor one
year at a time to provide regulatory
certainty for contributors? A three
percent increase tied to the current or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
anticipated contribution factor is
generally in line with previous increases
to the LIRE. Would a three percent
increase, for example, over the previous
year’s highest contribution factor, be
sufficient to address unexpected events
in the future?
142. We seek comment on what steps
would need to be taken to implement
the potential modifications outlined
above or alternative proposals to modify
the contribution requirements for
international-only and predominantly
international providers. We also seek
comment on how much time parties
would need to transition to any
modified or new reporting
requirements.
h. Reforming the De Minimis Exemption
143. We seek comment on
streamlining the de minimis exemption
to ease administrative burdens. In
particular, we seek comment on
whether we should modify the de
minimis exemption to base the
threshold on a provider’s assessable
revenues rather than on the amount of
its contributions. We also seek comment
on how we could potentially reform our
rules to minimize the filing
requirements for companies that may be
subject to the exemption.
144. We seek comment on whether we
should modify the Commission’s de
minimis rules in an effort to reduce
administrative burdens. Specifically, we
seek comment on revising the rule as
follows to base the de minimis threshold
on a provider’s assessable revenues
rather than on the amount of its
contributions: If a potential
contributor’s annual assessable
revenues in any given year is $50,000 or
less, that contributor will not be
required to submit a contribution or
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet for that year unless it is
required to do so by our rules governing
TRS, numbering administration, or
shared costs of local number portability.
* * *A potential contributor may—but
need not—file the quarterly
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet for the year after it qualifies
as a de minimis telecommunications
provider.
145. Such a rule would set the de
minimis threshold based on a
telecommunications provider’s
assessable revenues rather than what it
would have contributed. A potentially
qualifying telecommunications provider
(and its underlying providers) should
know with increased certainty whether
it will actually qualify as a de minimis
telecommunications provider as the
exemption will no longer depend on
each year’s quarterly contribution
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33913
factors. We seek comment on this
analysis.
146. If we adopt this approach, is
$50,000 the right cutoff for assessable
revenues to qualify for the de minimis
exemption, or should we adopt some
other cutoff? We use $50,000 as a
potential cut off because today the de
minimis exemption applies when the
contribution would be less than
$10,000. If a contributor (under the
existing de minimis rule) has $50,000 in
annual assessable revenues, and we
assume an average contribution factor
for the year of 17 percent, that
contributor would qualify for the de
minimis exception. We believe that
adopting a $50,000 revenues threshold
would not change the number of
contributors that would qualify for the
de minimis exemption, but would
simplify the application of the de
minimis rule. Modifying the de minimis
exemption in this manner could be
more equitable, could have a smaller
marginal impact, and may better align
our requirements for reporting and
contributing without affecting those
whose ‘‘telecommunications activities
are limited to such an extent that the
level of such carrier’s contribution to
the preservation and advancement of
universal service would be de minimis.’’
We seek comment on this analysis.
147. We also seek comment on
whether such a rule would also reduce
the reporting obligations and regulatory
uncertainty for de minimis
telecommunications providers with
growing revenues. If so, we ask
commenters to quantify the savings.
Should we make it optional for
contributors to file quarterly
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheets for a year after which a
contributor qualified as de minimis? We
seek comment on whether we should
adopt a rule that allows
telecommunications providers in that
position to avoid filing quarterly
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet in the first year for which
they are no longer a de minimis filer.
Such a rule could strike a reasonable
balance between providing certainty to
small (and growing) businesses in the
telecommunications marketplace and
the need for all telecommunications
providers with a substantial presence to
contribute to universal service in an
equitable manner. We note that such a
rule would not alter the obligation of
telecommunications providers to file the
annual Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet.
148. We also seek comment on other
reforms the Commission could make to
all of its de minimis rules—in the
context of funding universal service,
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33914
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Telecommunications Relay Services
(Interstate TRS), North American
Numbering Plan, Local Number
Portability, and regulatory fees
administration programs—to relieve de
minimis companies of the burden of
filing the annual Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet. We seek comment
on whether we should reform our rules
for filing the annual
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet and set the de minimis
threshold based on a metric that does
not require completing the entire
worksheet. For example, should we
establish an abbreviated form for
telecommunications providers with less
than some cutoff value in gross
revenues? What metric should the
Commission use for determining de
minimis status? We ask commenters to
discuss whether and how alternative
metrics would be consistent with the
language of section 254(d). What
threshold should the Commission
establish to permit filing of the
abbreviated form? How could we ensure
that any revisions to these de minimis
rules will not undermine the stability of
funding for various federal regulatory
programs or allow telecommunications
providers to evade contribution
obligations? Commenters that oppose
such suggested rules should provide
specific alternative rules and explain
how their proposals will support the
goals of universal service. We also seek
comment on what changes, if any, may
be needed in our de minimis rules if we
were to assess the international
telecommunications revenues of all
telecommunications providers.
149. We seek comment on what steps
would need to be taken to implement
any of the potential modifications
detailed above or alternative proposals
to improve the contribution reporting
requirements for de minimis providers.
We also seek comment on how much
time, if any, parties would need to
transition to any new rules.
2. Assessing Contributions Based on
Connections
150. We seek comment on moving
from a revenues-based contribution
assessment system to a system based on
connections. Nothing in the Act requires
contributions to be based on revenues,
and the Commission has explored a
connections-based methodology in the
past. We ask whether a connectionsbased approach would better meet our
proposed goals of promoting efficiency,
fairness, and sustainability in the Fund,
as well as other goals identified by
commenters.
151. Under a connections-based
system, providers would be assessed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
based on the number of connections to
a communications network provided to
customers. Providers would contribute a
set amount per connection, regardless of
the revenues derived from that
connection. Under various proposals,
there would be one standard monthly
assessment for certain kinds of
connections, typically provided to
individuals, and a higher standard
monthly assessment for higher speed or
capacity connections, typically
provided to enterprise customers. There
might be several tiers for assessment
based on speed or capacity. The
standard assessment and higher
assessment levels for higher speed or
capacity connections would be
calculated by applying a formula based
on the USF demand requirement and
the number of connections, however
that term is defined. This contribution
factor would apply equally for all
connections that fall into the same
category, such that assessments would
no longer be based on revenues.
152. In 2001, the Commission first
sought comment on replacing the
existing revenues-based methodology
with one that assesses contributions on
the basis of a flat fee ‘‘per unit’’ charge.
In early 2002, the Commission proposed
an assessment mechanism based on the
number or speed of connections a
contributor provides to a public
network. The Commission subsequently
sought comment on various iterations of
a connections-based system, including
hybrid systems that would include a
connections and revenues component.
153. Proponents of connections-based
methodologies have argued that a
connections-based system may provide
a more stable contribution base than a
revenue-based system because the
number of connections has historically
been more stable than end-user
interstate telecommunications revenues.
In addition, proponents have suggested
that connections-based assessments may
mitigate the need to differentiate
between revenues from interstate and
intrastate jurisdictions and from
telecommunications and nontelecommunications services. Others
have raised concerns that a connectionsbased system would impose new costs
on both industry and USAC in the form
of new data collection and reporting
requirements, necessitating changes to
billing and reporting systems. Some
have argued that a connections-based
system may be at least as complex to
implement and administer as a revenuebased system, with many operational
details that would need to be resolved.
Despite several rounds of comment, the
industry as a whole has not reached
consensus about whether connections-
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
based assessments are the best way to
reform the contribution system: Some
providers have strongly opposed a
connections system, others have been
agnostic about whether a connectionsbased system is the optimal reform, and
still others who once supported a move
to a system that includes a connectionsbased component appear to be reevaluating their position on this issue.
In light of the varied connections-based
proposals, the evolution of the
communications ecosystem, and the
comments received over the past
decade, we now seek to refresh the
record on the operation of a
connections-based system, as well as the
costs and benefits of such a system, as
discussed below. We ask parties
claiming significant costs or benefits of
a connections-based system to provide
supporting analysis and facts for such
assertions, including an explanation of
how data were calculated and all
underlying assumptions.
a. Legal Authority
154. Section 254(d) of the Act requires
that ‘‘[e]very telecommunications carrier
that provides interstate
telecommunications services shall
contribute, on an equitable and
nondiscriminatory basis, to the specific,
predictable, and sufficient mechanisms
established by the Commission to
preserve and advance universal
service.’’ It also gives the Commission
broad permissive authority to require
contributions from a variety of
providers. We seek to refresh the record
on whether a connections-based
assessment would satisfy the
requirements of section 254(d). In
responding to the specific questions
below, we invite commenters to address
how a connections-based system should
be structured to fulfill the statutory
requirement that telecommunications
service providers contribute on an
equitable and nondiscriminatory basis.
If we were to adopt a connections-based
contribution methodology, should we
also explicitly exercise our permissive
authority over specified providers to
make clear that connections provided by
those providers would be assessed?
How would we ensure that all entities
that contribute under a connectionsbased system are providers of interstate
telecommunications?
155. In 2002, the Commission
proposed a hybrid revenues/
connections-based system that would
require a mandatory minimum
contribution based on interstate
telecommunications revenues for all
providers of interstate
telecommunications. Under this
proposal, all non-de minimis
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
telecommunications carriers would
contribute a mandatory minimum,
either based on a percentage of total
interstate revenue, or based on
increasing percentages of
telecommunications revenues or
increasing flat-fee amounts tied to their
telecommunications revenues. Providers
with end-user customers would also be
assessed on a flat fee basis for
residential, single line business, and
mobile connections, and on a tiered
basis based on speed or capacity for
multi-line businesses. Providers with
end-user assessments could offset their
connections-based assessment against
their minimum contribution. In crafting
this proposal, the Commission was
specifically addressing concerns that a
connections-based proposal would be
inconsistent with section 254(d)’s
requirement that every provider of
interstate telecommunications service
contribute. We seek to refresh the record
on this proposal and seek comment on
whether, in fact, a mandatory
contribution from every interstate
telecommunications carrier is required
to satisfy the requirements of section
254(d) that contributions be equitable
and nondiscriminatory.
156. We also seek specific comment
on whether a connections-based
methodology is consistent with the Fifth
Circuit’s TOPUC decision, which held
that section 2(b) of the Act prohibits the
Commission from assessing revenues
associated with intrastate
telecommunications service. The Fifth
Circuit also interpreted the Act as
limiting the Commission’s authority to
assess international revenues, finding
that the Commission’s contribution
system may not inequitably and
discriminatorily assess providers more
in universal service contributions than
the provider generates in interstate
revenues. We seek comment on the
Commission’s authority under a
connections-based system to assess
international connections that either
originate or terminate in the United
States and whether TOPUC would apply
under such a system. We also seek
comment on whether, if we were to
adopt a connections-based system, we
should adopt an exemption similar to
the LIRE under the current revenuesbased system for connections that are
primarily international in nature, and if
so, how to craft such an exemption.
b. Defining ‘‘Connections’’
157. We seek comment on the
definition of an assessable connection
that best meets our proposed goals of
promoting efficiency, fairness, and the
sustainability of the Fund, as well as
other goals identified by commenters.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
As described below, the question of the
appropriate definition of an assessable
connection is related to, but may be
distinct from, the questions raised in
this Notice regarding what providers
and services should contribute to
universal service.
158. Facilities-Based Definition. A
facilities-based definition focuses on the
physical facility—either wired line or
wireless channel—that is provided by
the contributor. Under a facilities-based
definition, the connection itself, and not
the services that are provided over the
connection, would be assessed. For
example, a physical line to a residential
home would be assessed as one
‘‘assessable connection’’ even if it
provided multiple assessable services to
the customer. A multi-line business
connection would likewise be assessed
based on speed or capacity of the
facility and not the services provided
over the facility. A facilities-based
approach raises complexities, however,
to the extent that the assessment varies
based on the speed of the facility, in
circumstances where the physical
connection provides variable speed on
demand.
159. If we were to adopt a facilitiesbased definition, would it be
appropriate to build on the definition
that was suggested in late 2002: a
facility that provides end users with
‘‘access to an interstate public or private
network, regardless of whether the
connection is circuit-switched, packetswitched, wireline or wireless, or leased
line’’? For example, we seek comment
on the following potential definition of
connection: Connection. A facility that
provides end users with access to any
assessable service, whether circuitswitched, packet-switched, wireline or
wireless, leased line or provisioned
wireless channel. Alternatively, we seek
comment on the following potential
definition of connection, building on
the FCC Form 477: Connection. A wired
line or wireless channel used to provide
end users with access to any assessable
service. Are there any significant
differences in what would qualify as
‘‘connections’’ under these definitions?
160. We believe either definition
could be used with either of the two
general approaches to defining
assessable services described in Section
IV of this Notice. That is, either
definition could be used either if, as
described in Section IV.B, we were to
continue defining assessable services as
telecommunications services plus
certain enumerated other services, or if,
as described in Section IV.C, we were to
adopt a more general definition of
assessable services. We seek comment
on this analysis.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33915
161. We also seek comment on the
impact of adopting a facilities-based
definition of connection. How would
adopting such a definition affect the
distribution of contribution obligations
among different industry sectors, or the
relative contribution burden borne by
mass market versus enterprise
customers? Would such a definition
provide predictability for contributors,
while retaining sufficient flexibility to
accommodate the evolution of the
telecommunications marketplace? Are
there variations on the definitions, or
alternate definitions, that would better
meet our proposed goals for
contribution reform?
162. Service-Based Definition. Under
a service-based definition, the definition
of the connection ‘‘unit’’ would focus on
the service or services that are delivered
over the facility. Under such a
definition, each interstate
telecommunications service using the
connection would be assessed as one
‘‘unit,’’ as could any service that had an
interstate telecommunications
component. For example, in contrast to
the facilities-based definition, if a
customer purchases two services that
we have determined are assessable and
that are delivered over the same facility,
the provider would be assessed for two
connections. Multi-line business
services could likewise be assessed
based on the services that are provided
over the connection. For example, we
seek comment on the following
potential service-based definition of
connection: Connection. An assessable
service provided to an end user.
163. As above, we seek comment on
the impact of adopting this definition of
connection. How many total
connections would there be under this
definition, given the different
approaches to defining assessable
services in this Notice? Would this
definition raise questions regarding
whether particular offerings were one
‘‘service’’ or multiple bundled services?
For example, under such a definition,
should a subscriber purchasing both text
messaging service and voice service be
counted as two connections or one?
How would family plans or other multiuser or multi-device scenarios be
treated?
164. How would adopting this
definition affect the distribution of
contribution obligations among different
industry sectors, or the relative
contribution burden borne by mass
market versus enterprise customers?
Would this definition provide
predictability for contributors, while
retaining sufficient flexibility to
accommodate the evolution of the
telecommunications marketplace? Are
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33916
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
there variations on this definition, or
alternate definitions, which would
better meet our proposed goals for
contribution reform?
165. We also seek comment on
alternative service-based definition that
would focus on usage (i.e., how much
throughput actually traverses the
connection in a given period).
166. Defining ‘‘End User.’’ We also
seek comment on whether a definition
of connection should be limited to
connections provided to ‘‘end users.’’ In
prior years, the Commission sought
comment on whether to apply the same
definition of end user that is used under
the current revenue-based system. As
discussed above, under the existing
system, ‘‘end users’’ include purchasers
of retail interstate telecommunications
or telecommunications services that do
not contribute on their finished
offerings. End users do not include
entities that purchase wholesale inputs
and contribute on the services they
provide to other customers. Would
including the use of the term ‘‘end user’’
in the definition of a connection
perpetuate some of the challenges we
see under the current revenue-based
system discussed above, such as, for
example, the difficulty of determining
whether a customer is an end user or
reseller of specific services for purposes
of USF contribution obligations? How
should we define end user if we adopt
a connections-based approach? Should
we, for instance, define an end user as
a residential, business, institutional, or
governmental entity who uses the
services provided for its own purposes,
and does not sell the service to other
entities, or incorporate the service into
another service sold to other entities?
167. Would a system that requires
each provider to ‘‘pay its own way’’—
that is, each provider would contribute
based on the connection it provides to
another entity—be simpler from a
compliance and administrative
perspective? In 2002, the Commission
sought comment on a proposal that
would split connections-based
contribution obligations between
switched access and interstate transport
providers. Under such an approach, a
provider of both local and interexchange
services to the end user would be
assessed two units per connection (one
for access and one for transport), while
a provider that provided only local
service would be assessed one unit and
the interexchange carrier would be
assessed one unit. We invite comment
on whether a more general system of
this type that requires each provider of
connections to contribute would be
simpler from a compliance and
administration perspective than a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
system that requires only the provider
with the relationship to the end user
customer to contribute. For instance, as
discussed above, if we were to adopt a
service definition of connection, and
Carrier A sells a private line to Carrier
B, and Carrier B in turn uses that circuit
to provide both an enterprise
communications service and VoIP to its
retail customer, should Carrier A be
assessed one unit for that high-speed
line, while Carrier B is assessed one unit
for the communications service and a
second unit for the VoIP service?
168. Connections Provided to Lifeline
Subscribers. Today there are
approximately 14.8 million Lifeline
subscribers. We seek comment on
whether the Commission has statutory
authority to exclude from assessment
connections provided to Lifeline
subscribers. Would it be consistent with
section 10 to forbear from imposing
contribution obligations on such
connections? How would the exclusion
of such connections impact a
connections-based regime? What would
be the policy justifications for excluding
these connections from contribution
obligations? Alternatively, should such
connections associated with Lifeline
services be assessed at a pro-rated or
reduced rate, and if so, what would be
an appropriate amount?
governmental entities, and other large
institutions.
171. There were 616 million
connections reported under the FCC
Form 477 connection categories in 2010:
117 million local landlines (switched
access lines), 32 million interconnected
VoIP subscriptions, 285 million mobile
telephone subscriptions, and 182
million broadband connections. If one
assumes continued growth in mobile
subscriptions, interconnected VoIP and
broadband connections, the total
number of connections could grow to
approximately 800 million connections
under the FCC Form 477 connection
categories by 2015.
172. We seek comment on our
analysis of the 477 data and invite
commenters to present their own
analysis and underlying assumptions. In
particular, how many enterprise
connections are there under different
definitions of connections and of
assessable enterprise services? And if
we were to adopt a facilities-based
definition of connections, rather than
the service-based approach used in
Form 477, how many connections are
there, and what is the likely trend in the
number of connections over time? To
what extent are the landlines or mobile
subscriptions reported in FCC Form 477
also providing broadband?
c. Trends in Connections
169. We seek comment regarding
trends in connections over time. We
seek data to project the number of
connections that exist today under the
facilities-based definitions discussed
above. If we were to adopt a servicebased definition, the number of
connections would largely depend on
how narrowly or broadly we were to
define the relevant assessable services.
We invite commenters to present data
and their underlying assumptions
regarding the number of connections
under the alternative connection
definitions discussed above.
170. The FCC Form 477 data
collection provides some information
that may be useful in projecting the
number of connections. As discussed
above, FCC Form 477 counts broadband
connections separately from
connections that are used for local
telephone service, which provides some
basis for estimating the number of
connections if we were to exercise our
permissive authority over broadband
Internet access services and also
adopted a definition of connections that
counted broadband separately from
voice. Notably, because the form is
designed mainly to track residential
connections, it does not capture many
connections provided to businesses,
d. Assessment and Use of Speed or
Capacity Tiers
173. Another key question is whether
a connections-based assessment should
be based on speed or capacity tiers and
how to define any such tiers. In the past,
the Commission’s proposals have
assumed a connections-based
methodology would classify
connections into various tiers, and each
connection within a tier would be
assessed the same flat fee. We seek
comment on how assessment based on
speed or capacity tiers would operate
under a service or facilities-based
definition of ‘‘connection,’’ and whether
such an assessment structure would
further our proposed reform goals of
promoting efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability of the Fund.
174. Determining the Per-Unit
Assessment. In the past, the
Commission has sought comment on
grouping residential, single-line
business, and mobile wireless
connections together in a separate
category from multi-line business
connections, and assessing each based
on a flat fee. Under such a system, the
initial proposed amount for the
residential, single-line business, and
mobile wireless connections has been in
the range of $1 per month. The residual
USF demand would then be met
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
through assessments on multi-line
business connections based on the
number and capacity of the connections.
We seek comment to refresh the record
on such an approach. How would the
contribution amount for a typical
consumer vary under such an approach
compared to the revenues-based
approach in place today?
175. If we were to adopt a
connections-based approach, should
certain providers be eligible for special
consideration or exemption? We seek
comment on whether a connectionsbased system that provides special
treatment for a myriad of services would
meet our proposed goals of ensuring
sustainability of the Fund, while
simplifying compliance and
administration. As noted above, a recent
development is the growth in machineto-machine connections, enabling such
innovations as smart meter/smart grids,
remote health monitoring, or supply
chain tracking. To the extent we were to
exercise permissive authority over some
or all machine-to-machine connections,
should they be assessed at the same
level, or flat rate, as other connections?
If not, how should they be assessed?
176. Another question that would
need to be resolved under a
connections-based approach with tiers
is whether and how to update the tiers
and/or assessment amounts as business
and residential users move to higher
bandwidth services and new
technologies and services develop. In
previous Notices, the Commission
recognized that, to ensure an
appropriate amount of funds for
universal service, it would need to
revisit and adjust the assessment
amount periodically. Recently, the
Commission has taken significant
strides to minimize future growth of the
Fund by adopting a budget in the recent
USF Transformation Order and a
savings target in the Lifeline and LinkUp Reform and Modernization Order.
These measures to instill fiscal
responsibility in these programs are in
addition to the caps on other universal
service support mechanisms (i.e., the
schools and libraries and rural health
care mechanisms). We seek comment on
how often we should revisit any perunit amount, if we were to adopt a
connections-based proposal, in light of
these reforms. Would a semi-annual or
annual review be sufficient to meet the
needs of the Fund? We also seek
comment on whether any re-evaluation
of the assessment should happen on a
set schedule or an ad hoc basis, either
on our own motion or at the request of
industry participants or USAC. What
factors should we consider in
determining whether to adjust the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
assessment? When periodically
readjusting the unit amounts, should we
aim to maintain the relative proportion
of contribution burdens between
residential and business consumers?
How could that proportion be accurately
determined?
177. Tiers. In 2002, the Commission
proposed that contributions from
providers of multi-line business
connections be a residual amount
calculated to meet the remaining
universal service funding needs not met
by contributions for residential, singleline business, and mobile connections.
The Commission reasoned that this
proposal would make contribution
obligations more predictable and
understandable for residential, singleline business, and mobile customers,
and that multi-line businesses may be
better equipped to understand the
fluctuations in assessments from quarter
to quarter. We seek comment on
whether this reasoning remains valid in
today’s marketplace.
178. In the past, the Commission
sought comment on defining a
connection as either a residential/singleline business or a multi-line business
connection based on whether the
residential/single-line business or multiline business subscriber line charge
(SLC) is assigned to the connection. We
seek to update the record on whether
this delineation is an effective way to
identify residential and single-line
business connections in today’s market,
particularly given the growth in wireless
and VoIP connections—which typically
do not charge SLCs or their equivalent.
Not only is such a method for
distinguishing residential connections
from business connections possibly
outdated today, but we are concerned it
will become increasingly more so as
users move to alternative providers that
do not charge SLCs. We seek comment
on whether, if we adopt a connectionsbased approach, we should distinguish
between residential/mass market
connections and business/enterprise
connections. And, if so, we seek
comment on other objective measures
aside from the SLC that we could use to
distinguish between these two
categories of connections.
179. We understand anecdotally that
many companies are moving away from
purchasing mobile service directly for
employees in favor of providing
employees with reimbursements for
their personal mobile monthly plans. To
the extent we were to make a distinction
between residential and business
connections, how should such
connections be classified as residential
or multi-line business connections?
How would contributors distinguish
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33917
such connections absent a corporate
identifier on the account? We seek
comment on these issues and whether
such a distinction serves our proposed
policy goals of administrative efficiency,
fairness, and sustainability.
180. Tier Structures. Over the years,
the Commission and the industry have
proposed various tiers to calculate
assessments for multi-line business
connections, with no one approach
emerging as the preferred alternative. In
2002, the Commission proposed a
structure of three tiers of up to 1.544
Mbps, 1.544 to 45 Mbps, and 45 Mbps
or higher for multi-line business
connections. Later in 2002, the
Commission updated the proposed tiers
to four tiers of up to 725 kbps, 726 kbps
to 5 Mbps, 5.01 Mbps to 90 Mbps, and
greater than 90 Mbps for multi-line
business connections. At that time, the
Commission sought to set the speed
ranges so that then-common service
offerings would fall well within each
tier in order to minimize market
distortion. Subsequently in 2008, the
Commission proposed just two tiers of
up to 64 kbps and over 64 kbps for
business services. Commenters have
also proposed different sets of tiers.
AT&T, for example, proposed three tiers
of up to 25 Mbps, over 25 Mbps up to
and including 100 Mbps, and over 100
Mbps for dedicated business
connections.
181. In today’s ever evolving
marketplace, there is increased demand
for multi-line business connections to
have more bandwidth. One of the
proposed goals of our reformed
contribution system is to simplify
administration and reporting. Is there a
way to structure the speed tiers in a
future-proof manner? Or, would a
system based on available speed tiers
inevitably become outdated as the
communications industry continues to
evolve? Is there a reasonable way to
have tiers automatically adjusted, for
example by setting tiers based on
percentile, such that the slowest quartile
of connections would fall into one tier,
the next quartile in another tier, etc.?
182. We seek comment on whether
any of the previously proposed tier
structures would be appropriate in
today’s marketplace, and whether any
such tiers should be limited to business
customers or whether they should
extend to residential or mass market
connections as well. We seek to refresh
the record in light of recent actions
taken in the USF–ICC Transformation
Order and FNPRM and other pending
proceedings. For instance, in
establishing tiers, to what extent, if at
all, should we take into account the
Commission’s decision to establish 4
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33918
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Mbps down/1 Mbps up as the minimum
speed for fixed broadband connections
under the Connect America Fund?
Should speed tiers for universal service
contribution purposes be based on
actual speeds or advertised speeds? Is
one approach preferable to another for
purposes of auditing and enforcing
compliance with our contributions
rules?
183. To the extent commenters
believe one of the previously proposed
tier structures is appropriate for today’s
market, we seek detailed comments to
support such a position. Additionally,
we encourage commenters to propose a
tier structure that accounts for the
qualities of connections in the
marketplace today. In the past, the
Commission sought comment on a tier
structure based on speed. Should tiers
also be set based upon capacity, or the
total volume of data that can be sent
and/or received over the connection by
the end user over a period of time?
Commenters should explain why they
propose tiers at the particular capacity
range and propose the appropriate
assessment amount for each tier.
Commenters should also discuss how
we can structure the tiers so that they
will accommodate future evolution. We
seek to minimize the potential for
market distortion based on the tier
structure; commenters should address
how their proposal addresses this
concern in their responses. Commenters
proposing new tier structures should
also provide an analysis of the impact
on the Fund and the relevant burdens to
residential and business consumers.
184. Would the current FCC Form 477
tier structure work in the context of a
USF connections-based assessment? For
example, FCC Form 477 tracks facilitybased broadband connections in ten
different technology categories (e.g.,
asymmetrical and symmetrical xDSL,
cable modem, fiber-to-the-home, mobile
wireless) based on transfer rates ranging
from 200 kbps to greater than 100 mbps.
We seek comment on whether this
categorization and tier structure as well
as the other data collection
requirements in the FCC Form 477
could work for universal service
contribution purposes, or whether they
could be easily modified to satisfy the
requirements of both the FCC Form 477
and any established USF contribution
rules and requirements. If we were to
modify our FCC Form 477 data
collection, should we also make
corresponding modifications to the tiers
for purposes of USF contributions?
185. While multi-line business
connections may provide a specific
maximum level of speed or capacity,
other connections provide customers,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
through contractual agreements, with
the option of utilizing additional speed
or capacity on a short-term basis. One of
the challenges of a tiered connectionsbased approach is how it would address
connections that provide varying speed
at different points in time. For example,
should we consider how ‘‘burstable’’
bandwidth would be assessed under a
connections-based system? Burstable
bandwidth allows a connection to
exceed its stated speed, usually up to a
pre-chosen maximum capacity for a
period of time, such as during periods
of heavy network activity or peak
network usage. We seek comment on
what rules should be adopted to address
such situations, if we were to adopt a
connections-based system.
186. Some commenters argue that
there is little correlation between
connection speed and
telecommunications usage. These
commenters ask whether it is more
appropriate to base the tiers on usage
rather than speed. Under prior
connections-based proposals,
contributors would be assessed for
multi-line business connections based
on the maximum amount of bandwidth
they allocate to the connection, not the
actual amount of bandwidth used.
Because customers often purchase
excess bandwidth for backup or future
growth, some commenters argue that
assessing a connection at the maximum
available speed taxes spare bandwidth
and could lead to poor network
management practices. We seek
comment on this position. We also seek
comment on how a provider would
measure the actual usage of a customer’s
connection and the burdens associated
with such reporting. Finally, we seek
comment on how we would audit actual
usage.
e. Policy Arguments Related to
Connections-Based Assessment
187. In 2002, the Commission
outlined a number of potential benefits
of a connections-based assessment
methodology: the number of
connections has been more stable than
interstate revenues and therefore
connections-based assessment may
provide a more predictable and
sufficient funding source for universal
service; under a connections-based
approach, providers would not have to
allocate revenues between interstate and
intrastate jurisdictions or between
telecommunications and nontelecommunications services; and under
a connections-based end-user approach,
only one entity—the one with the direct
relationship with the end user—would
be responsible for contributing, thereby
potentially reducing the complexities
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
associated with collecting and reporting
USF fees. We seek comment to refresh
the record on these issues given the
changes that have occurred in the
telecommunications marketplace since
2002 and the potential rule changes
discussed in this Notice. Is a
connections-based contribution
methodology consistent with the
proposed goals of having a contribution
methodology that is efficient, fair, and
sustainable?
188. Distinguishing
Telecommunications from NonTelecommunications. In 2002, the
Commission and commenters suggested
as a potential benefit that a connectionsbased methodology might not require
carriers to distinguish between
telecommunications and nontelecommunications services,
distinctions that may be increasingly
difficult as the marketplace evolves. We
seek comment above on approaches to
provide clarity to contributors with
respect to specific services, without the
need to classify those services as either
information services or
telecommunications services. We also
seek comment on assessing revenues
associated with information services. In
light of those potential approaches, is
this potential advantage of a
connections-based methodology still
relevant? If we were to adopt a facilitiesbased connections approach, should we
make an affirmative finding that each
connection within the scope of our
definition ‘‘provides interstate
telecommunications’’ in order to subject
that connection to assessment?
189. Jurisdictional Considerations.
The Commission and industry
participants have suggested in the past
that a connections-based system might
mitigate the need to differentiate
between interstate and intrastate
jurisdictions. We seek comment on
whether this remains a relevant
consideration.
190. In the connections-based
methodology proposed in 2002, the
Commission stated that internationalonly and intrastate-only connections
would be exempt because they do not
have an interstate component. We seek
comment on how specifically we would
determine whether a particular
connection should be deemed to be
intrastate-only for contribution
purposes, if we were to adopt a
connections-based methodology, and
how such a rule could be applied. We
note that today, private lines with less
than ten percent interstate traffic are
deemed to be jurisdictionally intrastate.
For contribution purposes, the Form 499
instructions specify that if over ten
percent of the traffic is interstate, all of
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
the revenues for that line are classified
as interstate. We seek comment above in
this Notice on a revenues-based
approach that would be simpler to
administer, which would allocate
revenues to the different jurisdictions
according to a set percentage. If we were
to adopt a connections-based approach,
should we adopt a rule that any
connection that provides the capability
to originate or terminate
communications that may cross state
lines is subject to assessment, regardless
of the physical end points of the facility
or the actual traffic carried on a
particular circuit?
191. To the extent we exercise our
permissive authority to assess
broadband Internet access connections,
we seek comment on whether such
connections should be presumed
interstate for purposes of universal
service contributions. Should we
conclude that any connection that
connects to an Internet point of
presence should be deemed interstate
for federal USF contribution purposes?
Would such a rule allow states to assess
connections (or revenues associated
with connections) to support state
universal service funds? Would a
connections-based system increase
compliance burdens if states continue to
employ a revenues-based assessment for
state-based funds? What is a simple way
to determine jurisdiction for
connections in a manner that is fair and
competitively neutral, and could such
an approach reduce compliance burdens
on contributors?
192. Consumer Impact. In the past,
certain contributors have argued that a
connections- or numbers-based
contribution methodology would
disproportionately impact vulnerable
populations, such as low-income
consumers and the elderly. How would
moving to a connections-based
approach change the relative
distribution of the contribution burden
between enterprise users and
consumers, as well as among different
types of enterprise users and
consumers? Is moving to a connectionsbased approach where connections are
assessed a flat rate (or a flat rate within
a tier) fair to low-income consumers and
other users on low-cost service plans?
Are there modifications that could be
made to a connections-based
methodology to make the level of
assessment fairer to consumers on lowcost service plans? If we were to adopt
a connections-based approach, would
low-income households be likely to see
a contribution pass-through charge for a
larger percentage of their monthly
telecommunications bill than higherincome households? Would low-volume
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
customers bear an assessment that
constitutes a larger percentage of their
bill than high-volume users?
f. Implementation
193. Implementing a connectionsbased system would presumably require
new data collection and reporting
requirements and, at least in the near
term, impose additional costs on both
filers and USAC to implement new
reporting systems. A connections-based
system could also present complexities
related to compliance and auditing,
particularly because connections are not
generally reported for other
governmental purposes. Further, a move
to a connections-based system may
affect other programs that currently
report on the FCC Form 499, including
Interstate TRS, North American
Numbering Plan, Local Number
Portability, and regulatory fees
administration. Finally, a new system
would require some period of transition.
We seek comment on all these issues
below.
194. Reporting. We seek comment on
how to implement reporting
requirements under a connections-based
contributions system. Under the existing
revenue-based contribution
methodology, contributors report to
USAC their historical gross-billed,
projected gross-billed, and projected
collected end-user interstate and
international revenues quarterly on the
FCC Form 499–Q and their gross-billed
and actual collected end-user interstate
and international revenues annually on
the FCC Form 499–A. USAC then bills
contributors for their universal service
contribution obligations on a monthly
basis based on the contributors’
quarterly projected collected revenue.
Contributors report actual revenues on
the FCC Form 499–A, which USAC uses
to perform true-ups to the quarterly
projected revenue data.
195. How should a connections-based
system be implemented? In particular,
we seek comment on the specific
changes necessary to enable USAC to
administer the Fund under a
connections-based system. How would
contributors report the number and
speed or capacity of their connections
under a connections-based assessment
methodology? For a service-based
connections methodology, how should
providers report the service type?
Should we continue to use a FCC Form
499 or use a different system, and why?
What would be the administrative
impact of a new reporting system on
providers and on USAC as the
administrator of the Fund? Could we
modify the FCC Form 477 to capture the
data necessary for a connections-based
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33919
system, thus eliminating the need to file
separately for contribution purposes?
What measures should we take to
ensure that providers would not be able
to avoid their contribution obligation?
To what extent do connections fluctuate
due to churn or other factors, and, as a
result, how often should providers
report their data to ensure the stability
and sufficiency of the Fund? Should we
limit reporting requirements to twice a
year, to coincide with the requirement
to report connections data on the FCC
Form 477? We seek comment on
whether reporting only twice a year
would satisfy our proposed goal of a
more simplified contribution system.
We also seek comment on the potential
impact of a six-month reporting interval
on periodic adjustments to the perconnection assessment. Would such a
reporting schedule provide USAC and
the Commission with the data necessary
to effectively administer the universal
service programs? We specifically seek
comment and data on whether it is
necessary to monitor individual
provider fluctuations through frequent
reporting or whether less frequent
reporting would suffice.
196. Alternatively, we seek comment
on the costs and benefits of reporting at
monthly or quarterly intervals. Since a
more frequent interval would likely
provide a larger number of ‘‘snapshots’’
of a contributor’s connection counts
over a year, would a more frequent
interval provide more accurate data and
lead to more stability in the Fund than
would a six-month interval? Would a
more frequent reporting period make
adjustments to the contributions
requirements more incremental? Would
longer or shorter reporting intervals
advantage or disadvantage some types of
providers more than others? In 2002, the
Commission sought comment on a
monthly reporting system under which
the contributor would report the
number and speed or capacity of their
connections at the end of each month on
a new FCC Form 499–M. Under that
approach the new form would also serve
as a contributor’s monthly bill. We seek
comment on the costs and benefits of
such an approach.
197. Costs Associated with
Implementing a Connections System.
We seek comment on contributors’ outof-pocket costs for implementing a new
connections-based contribution
methodology. Would contributors be
able to use their current billing and
operating systems to report connections
for universal service contributions? If
not, what would be the incremental
costs associated with modifying billing
systems and internal controls and
processes to collect and track
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33920
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
connections for purposes of reporting
and contributing to the Fund? Would
contributors have to implement entirely
new systems to track the type of data
needed to report connections? Does the
answer to this question depend on
whether the Commission adopts the
FCC Form 477 connection categories as
opposed to other categories of providers
or services whose connections are
assessable? Are there cost savings that
could be realized by moving away from
the current system, which requires
contributors to report revenues quarterly
(projected) and annually (actual) for
USF purposes? Would those costs vary
depending on the definition of
connections we adopt? We also seek
comment on whether the cost of
updating billing and internal systems
for this regulatory purpose would
outweigh any benefit achieved. What
would be the implications for reporting
for other regulatory programs such as
regulatory fees, Interstate TRS, and the
North American Numbering Plan?
Would increased operational costs
negatively impact certain carriers more
as compared to other carriers (for
example, smaller rate of return
companies that recover some of these
costs from high-cost loop support,
which is capped)?
198. We specifically seek comment on
any implementation costs associated
with other programs that rely on the
data reported on the FCC Form 499–A.
For example, if we were to move to a
connections-based system for
contributions, would there be additional
costs associated with reporting for the
Interstate TRS Fund, North American
Numbering Plan, Local Number
Portability, and regulatory fees
administration programs which
currently rely on the FCC Form 499–A
data? Would a change in the
contribution system to a connectionsbased approach only be feasible and
cost-effective if these other programs
also changed to a connections-based
approach? We also ask whether
adopting a connections-based system
would increase compliance burdens if
states continue to employ a revenuesbased assessment.
199. We also seek to refresh the record
on whether there are other costs
associated with a connections system,
and in particular ask providers if there
are any new costs that were not foreseen
when we last asked for comments on
this methodology. Would the cost of a
new assessment methodology increase
for certain classes of customers or
certain industry segments? To what
extent would this analysis change
depending on how a connection is
defined and assessed? Do the additional
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
costs associated with implementation
and reporting requirements outlined
below outweigh the benefits of moving
to a connections-based methodology?
200. Auditing. Audits are an essential
tool for the Commission and USAC to
ensure program integrity and to detect
and deter waste, fraud, and abuse. Any
new connections methodology must be
auditable in order to ensure that
contributors are reporting accurately,
and that the system operates in an
equitable and nondiscriminatory
manner, maintains stability in the
contribution base, and minimizes
market distortions and gamesmanship.
Auditing a connections-based system
could be difficult, however, if the
manner in which providers track their
connections for business reasons does
not overlap with the Commission’s
definitions of ‘‘connections’’ and
‘‘tiers.’’ As previously noted, unlike
revenues, connections are not
universally tracked, and thus there are
no standards or regular means of
auditing a ‘‘connection.’’ In addition,
unlike revenues, ‘‘connections’’ are not
reported to other federal agencies, such
as the SEC, nor are connections
routinely tracked on a company’s books.
Because companies would be tracking
connections solely or primarily for the
Commission, we seek comment on how
to structure a connections-based system
to be auditable and enforceable. How, in
fact, would companies track their
connections for USF contribution
reporting purposes? Would companies
need to create internal records solely for
this purpose? How would an auditor
verify the accuracy of the internal
records, especially in light of customer
churn and customer change orders?
Because revenue is reported for other
governmental purposes there are, to
some extent, inherent checks and
balances built into a revenues-based
system. We seek comment on whether
any potential lack of checks and
balances under a connections system is
a fatal flaw, or if it could be remediated.
Proponents of a connections-based
system should provide specific details
about how contributors would report
their data and how auditors could verify
the accuracy of connections data
reported. In addition to audits, what
other steps should be taken under a
connections-based system to detect and
deter waste, fraud, and abuse?
201. We seek comment on how, under
a connections-based system, we could
create the proper incentives for
providers to accurately report
connections data. What types of
procedures are necessary to verify the
accuracy of the number of connections
reported by a provider? How would
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
USAC measure the accuracy of the data,
especially given customer churn that
may occur between reporting periods?
202. Effect on Other Programs. As in
previous comment cycles, we ask
parties to provide comment on the
impact of moving to a connectionsbased approach on the Interstate TRS,
North American Numbering Plan, Local
Number Portability, and regulatory fees
administration programs. The revenue
information currently reported on an
annual basis in FCC Form 499–A is also
used to calculate assessments for these
programs. We ask parties to provide
comment on the best approach for
ensuring proper funding of these
programs were we to move to a
connections-based methodology. Should
contributors continue reporting gross
billed end-user revenues for purposes of
these programs, and if so, should they
continue to report on an annual basis?
Could we dramatically simplify the FCC
Form 499 for purposes of revenue
reporting in that instance, such as by
eliminating the multi-line breakout of
reported revenues into sub-categories?
We specifically seek comment on
whether to maintain revenue-based
reporting for the regulatory fee program
if we move to a connections-based
approach for USF contributions and/or
the other programs.
203. If we were to adopt a
connections-based approach for the
USF, should we also move to a
connections-based approach for
Interstate TRS, North American
Numbering Plan, Local Number
Portability, and regulatory fees
administration programs? If so, would a
connections-based approach for these
programs vary, if at all, from a
connections-based approach for the
USF? We specifically seek comment on
how a connections-based system could
be implemented to satisfy the
requirements of section 715 of the Act.
This section requires that each
interconnected VoIP service provider
and each provider of noninterconnected VoIP service shall
participate in and contribute to the
Interstate Telecommunications Relay
Services Fund in a manner ‘‘consistent
with and comparable to the obligations
of other contributors to such Fund.’’
Finally, are there alternative ways to
calculate contributions for the Interstate
TRS, North American Numbering Plan,
Local Number Portability, and
regulatory fees programs?
204. Transition. A connections-based
methodology would constitute a
substantial change from the current
revenue-based system and would likely
require a transition period, especially if
reporting entities need to implement
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
new billing and accounting systems and
a process for recording connection
counts in a manner that is auditable. We
seek comment on what steps would
need to be taken to transition between
the current revenues-based system and
a connections-based system and how
much time would be needed to ensure
that the new process is applied in an
equitable manner.
205. If we were to adopt a
connections-based methodology, the
Commission and USAC would likely
need to go through multiple reporting
cycles to determine whether
information is being reported
consistently and to determine whether
contributors understand what
information they are being asked to
report. In addition, contributors and
USAC would need time to update their
billing and tracking systems to
accommodate the new methodology. Is
a one-year transition period sufficient to
ensure that all affected parties would
have adequate time to address any
implementation issues that arise? How
much time would be necessary for
contributors, including new
contributors, to adjust their recordkeeping and reporting systems in order
to comply with new reporting
procedures? Are there new
considerations that would favor a longer
or shorter transition period? Would
there be a benefit in adopting different
transition periods for residential and
business markets?
206. We also seek comment on the
value of requiring dual reporting during
all or some of the transition time—
where reporting entities would continue
to report and pay under the current
revenues-based system, while they also
begin reporting under the new system.
Would having providers report under
both systems for a specified amount of
time during the transition provide the
opportunity for both providers and
USAC to address unforeseen
implementation issues that are likely to
arise under the new reporting system?
Should new filers begin reporting
sooner since USAC does not have any
historical data on their revenues and
services?
3. Assessing Contributions Based on
Numbers
207. We seek comment on moving
away from the current revenues-based
contribution system and adopting a
numbers-based contribution
methodology. The Commission has
explored a numbers-based methodology
in the past, including as recently as
2008, when it sought comment on using
telephone numbers as the basis for a
new contributions system. We seek to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
refresh the record given developments
in technology and communications.
208. Under a numbers-based system,
in its simplest form, providers would be
assessed based on their count of North
American Numbering Plan (NANP)
phone numbers. There would be a
standard monthly assessment per phone
number, such as $1 per month, with
potentially higher and lower tiers for
certain categories of numbers based on
how these numbers are assigned or
used. The monthly assessment per
number would be calculated by
applying a formula based on the USF
demand requirement and the relevant
count of numbers, however that term is
defined. This contribution factor would
no longer be based on revenues.
209. In 2002, the Commission first
sought comment on replacing the
existing revenues-based methodology
with a system that would assess
providers on the basis of telephone
numbers assigned to end users (assigned
numbers), while assessing special access
and private lines that do not have
assigned numbers based on their speed.
The Commission also sought comment
on how to treat multi-line switched
business services, such as Centrex and
private branch exchange, and other
types of services, such as electronic fax
services under a telephone-number
based approach. Thereafter, in the 2008
Comprehensive Reform FNPRM, 73 FR
66821, December 12, 2008, the
Commission sought comment on a
series of proposals to adopt a new
contribution methodology based on
assessing telephone numbers. The
FNPRM contained three proposals, each
with a numbers-based assessment
component. Two of the proposals (2008
Appendix A Proposal and 2008
Appendix C Proposal) would have
assessed USF contributions based on
telephone numbers used for residential
services, at a flat $1.00 per month
charge for each number, and would
have assessed business services based
on connections. The third proposal
(2008 Appendix B Proposal) would have
assessed USF contributions based on
telephone numbers used for consumer
and business services, at a flat $.85 per
month charge for each number.
210. We seek comment on whether a
numbers-based methodology would
further our proposed reform goals of
greater administrative efficiency,
fairness, and sustainability of the Fund.
We also seek comment on the costs and
benefits of a numbers-based
contribution methodology. We ask
parties claiming significant costs or
benefits of a numbers-based system to
provide supporting analysis and facts
for such assertions, including an
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33921
explanation of how data were calculated
and all underlying assumptions.
a. Legal Authority
211. We seek comment on our legal
authority to adopt a numbers-based
contributions methodology. Section
254(d) of the Act requires that ‘‘[e]very
telecommunications carrier that
provides interstate telecommunications
services shall contribute on an equitable
and nondiscriminatory basis, to the
specific, predictable, and sufficient
mechanisms established by the
Commission to preserve and advance
universal service.’’ Section 254(d) also
provides the Commission with
permissive authority to require
‘‘providers of interstate
telecommunications’’ to contribute to
the Fund. Title I of the Act gives the
Commission ancillary jurisdiction over
matters reasonably related to ‘‘the
effective performance of [its] various
responsibilities’’ where the Commission
has subject matter jurisdiction over the
service.
212. The Commission previously has
sought comment on whether the
Commission’s ‘‘plenary authority’’ over
numbering in section 251(e) provides
additional authority to adopt a numbersbased methodology. The Commission
has ‘‘exclusive jurisdiction over those
portions of the NANP that pertain to the
United States.’’ In the VoIP 911 Order,
the Commission relied on its section
251(e) authority to require
interconnected VoIP providers to
provide E911 services. In so doing, the
Commission noted that it exercised its
authority under section 251(e) because,
among other reasons, ‘‘interconnected
VoIP providers use NANP numbers to
provide their services.’’
213. We seek to refresh the record on
the Commission’s authority pursuant to
sections 254(d), 251(e), and Title I of the
Act to establish a numbers-based
contributions methodology. Under a
numbers-based approach, some
providers could be required to
contribute directly to the Fund that
historically may have contributed
indirectly or not at all. We seek
comment on whether the public interest
would be served if the Commission
were to exercise its permissive authority
to require these providers to contribute
to the Fund. What is the extent of the
Commission’s ancillary authority under
Title I of the Act? Does the provision of
a service that relies on the assignment
of an assessable number to an end user
bring such a service offering under the
Commission’s broad subject matter
jurisdiction because it involves, in some
manner, ‘‘interstate * * *
communication by wire or radio? ’’ Does
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33922
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
the Commission’s plenary authority
over numbering under section 251 of the
Act support use of a numbers-based
contribution methodology?
214. We invite commenters to address
how a numbers-based system should be
structured to fulfill the statutory
requirement that telecommunications
service providers contribute on an
equitable and nondiscriminatory basis.
If we were to adopt a numbers-based
contribution methodology, should we
also explicitly exercise our permissive
authority over providers of
telecommunications or specified
services to make clear that providers of
those services would be assessed? How
would we ensure that all entities that
contribute under a numbers-based
system are providers of interstate
telecommunications?
b. Defining Assessable Numbers for
Contribution Purposes
215. We seek comment on which
numbers should be assessed under a
numbers-based contribution
methodology. We also seek comment on
whether defining assessable numbers or
alternatives that commenters may
suggest would best further our proposed
goals for contribution reform. We
specifically ask commenters to estimate
the per-number assessment under their
preferred definition of assessable
numbers and the scope of any
exemptions that they propose. We also
ask parties to address the impact of
differing definitions of assessable
numbers on who would contribute in
the future, compared to today.
216. Definition of Assessable
Numbers. We seek comment on how the
Commission should define an
‘‘assessable’’ number for purposes of a
numbers-based contributions
methodology. In other contexts, the
Commission has defined ‘‘numbers’’ for
purposes of Commission reporting
requirements. For example, the
Commission requires that each
telecommunications carrier that receives
numbering resources from the North
American Numbering Plan
Administrator (NANPA), the Pooling
Administrator, or another
telecommunications carrier, report its
numbering resources in each of six
defined categories of numbers set forth
in § 52.15(f) of our rules. In the
regulatory fee context, the Commission
has adopted the category of ‘‘assigned
numbers’’ as the starting point for
determining how to assess fees on
certain providers, but found it necessary
to modify that definition to account for
different regulatory contexts.
Specifically, in assessing regulatory fees
for commercial mobile radio service
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
(CMRS) providers that report number
utilization to NANPA based on the
reported assigned number count in their
Numbering Resource Utilization and
Forecast (NRUF) data, the Commission
requires these providers to adjust their
assigned number count to account for
number porting. The Commission found
that adjusting the NRUF data to account
for porting was necessary for the data to
be sufficiently accurate and reliable for
purposes of regulatory fee assessment.
We seek comment on whether we
should adopt any of these definitions of
numbers for purposes of defining an
‘‘assessable number’’ for USF
contributions.
217. Specifically, we seek comment
on the following definition of assessable
numbers: An ‘‘Assessable Number’’ is a
NANP telephone number that is in use
by an end user and that enables the end
user to receive communications from or
terminate communications to (1) an
interstate public telecommunications
network or (2) a network that traverses
(in any manner) an interstate public
telecommunications network in the
United States and its Territories and
possessions. Assessable Numbers
include geographic as well as nongeographic telephone numbers (such as
toll-free numbers and 500–NXX
numbers) as long as they meet the other
criteria described in this part for
Assessable Numbers.
218. We seek comment on whether
this definition furthers our overall
proposed goals of reform. Is the above
definition sufficiently broad to capture
all types of numbers, including those
associated with services aimed
primarily at international calls that
either commence or end in the United
States and its Territories? Should we
include in the above definition of
numbers toll-free numbers that are also
part of the North American Numbering
Plan, but are governed by §§ 52.101
through 52.111?
219. We also seek comment on
alternatives. For instance, should we
define assessable numbers consistent
with the definition of ‘‘Assigned
numbers’’ in Part 52: ‘‘Assessable
numbers are numbers working in the
Public Switched Telephone Network
under an agreement such as a contract
or tariff at the request of specific end
users or customers for their use, or
numbers not yet working but having a
customer service order pending.
Numbers that are not yet working and
have a service order pending for more
than five days shall not be classified as
assessable numbers.’’ Would such a
definition include NANP numbers
assigned to mobile broadband-only
devices, such as 3G tablets or laptop
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
cards? If not, should we modify this
definition, or would it be appropriate to
exclude numbers associated with such
devices and services associated with
them? Commenters proposing
alternative definitions of ‘‘assessable
numbers’’ should explain how their
proposal satisfies our proposed goals for
contributions reform.
220. We note that any definition of
assessable numbers may exclude special
access services and possibly other
services that are clearly assessed today,
but that do not include a telephone
number. In addition, such a definition
may exclude some of the services
mentioned in Section IV.B of this
Notice. We seek comment on how such
services should be treated under a pure
numbers-based approach.
221. Cyclical Numbers. We seek
comment below on whether
contributors should report numbers on
a monthly basis. If we were to adopt
such a rule, should numbers used for
intermittent or cyclical purposes (and
that may not be fully in use at the time
of a monthly reporting obligation) be
excluded or included from the
definition of Assessable Numbers?
222. We define numbers used for
cyclical purposes as numbers
designated for use that are typically
‘‘working’’ or in use by the end user for
regular intervals of time. These numbers
include, for example, an end-user’s
summer home telephone number that is
in service for six months out of the year.
In the NRO III Order, 67 FR 6431,
February 12, 2002, the Commission
clarified that these types of numbers
should generally be categorized as
‘‘assigned’’ numbers if they meet certain
thresholds and that, if they do not meet
these thresholds, they ‘‘must be made
available for use by other customers’’
(i.e., they are ‘‘available’’ numbers). Is
there a bright-line way for providers to
determine, and for the Commission or
USAC to verify and audit, which
numbers are cyclical versus which
numbers are not cyclical? If not, would
excluding such numbers be consistent
with our proposed goals for contribution
reform? What are the implications of
excluding such numbers in the
contribution base? Would excluding
these numbers be consistent with the
requirements of section 254(d)? What
would be the policy justifications for
excluding or including these numbers in
the contribution base? For example, one
policy reason for assessing cyclical
numbers would be that each cyclical
number obtains the full benefits of
accessing the public network. If cyclical
numbers are not excluded from the
definition of assessable numbers, should
such numbers be assessed at a pro-rated
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
or reduced rate? We ask commenters to
provide data as to the count of numbers
that would fall into the category of
cyclical numbers, and explain how the
Commission and USAC would verify
and audit the use of such numbers.
223. Assigned but Not Operational
Numbers. Section 52.15 of our rules
define ‘‘assigned numbers’’ as numbers
that have been assigned to a customer
(within a period of five days or less) but
have not yet been put into service. Since
providers generally do not bill for
services that have yet to be provisioned
and therefore are not compensated for
services during the pendency of the
service order, should such numbers be
excluded from the definition of
Assessable Numbers? We seek comment
on whether our definition of assessable
numbers should include numbers that
are not yet operational to send or
receive calls. Would it be consistent
with the ‘‘equitable and nondiscriminatory’’ language in section
254(d) to exclude these numbers?
Would the exclusion of assigned but not
operational numbers have a material
impact on the contribution base and
associated per month charge for
assessable numbers? What would be the
policy justifications for excluding these
numbers from contribution obligations?
In the alternative, should such numbers
be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced
rate? We ask commenters to provide
data as to the volume of numbers that
would fall into the category of ‘‘assigned
but not operational numbers.’’
224. Available but Not Assigned
Numbers. We seek comment on whether
the definition of assessable numbers
should include or exclude other
numbers that are held by service
providers from the definition of
Assessable Numbers. In particular,
should we exclude from the definition
of Assessable Numbers those numbers
that meet the definition of an Available
Number, an Administrative Number, an
Aging Number, or an Intermediate
Number as those terms are defined in
§ 52.15(f) of the Commission’s rules?
Carriers will not have an end user
associated with a number in any of
these categories of numbers. For
example, an intermediate number is a
number that is ‘‘made available for use
by another telecommunications carrier
or non-carrier entity for the purpose of
providing telecommunications service
to an end user or customer.’’ Should the
receiving provider be responsible for
including the number as an Assessable
Number only when it provides the
number to an end user? We seek
comment on whether a numbers-based
approach should assess Reserved
Numbers. Would it be consistent with
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
the ‘‘equitable and non-discriminatory’’
language in section 254(d) to exclude
these numbers? Would the exclusion of
available but not assigned numbers have
a material impact on the contribution
base and associated per month charge
for assessable numbers? What would be
the policy justifications for excluding
these numbers from contribution
obligations? Should such numbers be
assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate?
We ask commenters to provide data as
to the volume of numbers that would
fall into the category of ‘‘reserved
numbers.’’
225. Assigned but Non-Working
Numbers. The 2008 proposals sought
comment on excluding non-working
telephone numbers from the definition
of Assessable Number. Several
commenters supported the
Commission’s proposal that assigned
but non-working numbers should be
excluded from contributions. Carriers
report as assigned numbers for NRUF
purposes entire codes or blocks of
numbers dedicated to specific end-user
customers if at least fifty percent of the
numbers in the code or block are
working in the PSTN. Would it be
consistent with the definition of an
Assessable Numbers above for carriers
to exclude the non-working numbers in
these blocks in their Assessable Number
counts, because the non-working
numbers portion of these blocks are not
‘‘in use by an end user’’? We seek to
update the record on whether a
numbers-based approach, if adopted,
should assess non-working numbers.
Would it be consistent with the
‘‘equitable and non-discriminatory’’
language in section 254(d) to exclude
these numbers? Would the exclusion of
non-working numbers have a material
impact on the contribution base and
associated per month charge for
assessable numbers? What would be the
policy justifications for excluding these
numbers from contribution obligations?
Would this create loopholes and make
it difficult for the Commission or USAC
to audit a provider to determine if nonworking numbers were properly
counted? In the alternative, should such
numbers be assessed at a pro-rated or
reduced rate? We also seek comment on
the count of non-working numbers, as
well as the trend for this category.
226. Numbers Used for Routing
Purposes. We seek to update the record
on whether a NANP number used solely
to route or forward calls should be
excluded from the definition of
Assessable Number in a numbers-based
approach, if such routing number were
provided for free, and such number
routes calls only to Assessable Numbers.
Should these numbers be assessed on a
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33923
different basis, if such routing or
forwarding were provided for a fee, such
as with remote call forward service or
foreign exchange service? We seek
comment on whether such numbers
should be excluded under a numbersbased contribution system. Would it be
consistent with the ‘‘equitable and nondiscriminatory’’ language in section
254(d) to exclude these numbers?
Would the exclusion of numbers used
for routing purposes have a material
impact on the contribution base and
associated per month charge for
assessable numbers? How would the
exclusion of routing numbers impact a
numbers-based regime? What would be
the policy justifications for excluding
these numbers from contribution
obligations? Should such numbers be
assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate?
We also seek data on numbers used for
routing purposes, including trend
information for this category of
numbers.
227. Toll-Free Numbers. We seek
comment on whether a numbers-based
methodology should make special
accommodations for toll-free numbers.
We seek comment on whether the
proposed definition for assessable
number should exclude from
assessment toll-free numbers. Would it
be consistent with the ‘‘equitable and
discriminatory language’’ in section
254(d) to exclude these numbers? How
would the exclusion of toll-free
numbers impact a numbers-based
regime? What would be the policy
justifications for excluding these
numbers from contribution obligations?
Should such numbers be assessed at a
pro-rated or reduced rate? We also seek
data on toll-free numbers, including
trend information for this category of
numbers.
228. All Public or Private Interstate
Networks. As more services migrate to
alternative networks that only partially
traverse the PSTN, we seek comment on
whether there is a danger that a NANP
numbers-based contributions
methodology in time could result in
declines in the base, and may conflict
with our proposed reform goals of
ensuring sustainability in the Fund and
promoting fairness in the USF
contribution assessment system? Or are
NANP numbers being used in
association with new technologies that
do not originate or terminate on the
PSTN? If so, do commenters expect that
growth in these alternative usages will
outpace other declines? We seek
comment generally on whether a
contribution system based on NANP
numbers would be sustainable as the
marketplace evolves in the future.
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33924
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
229. Numbers Provided to End Users.
We seek comment on which providers
should contribute to the Fund under a
numbers-based contribution
methodology. We seek comment on
whether the provider with the retail
relationship with the end user should
have the contribution obligation under a
numbers-based approach. Would such a
provider have the most accurate and upto-date information about how many
Assessable Numbers it currently has
assigned to end users and how many are
in use? If we adopt a different approach
for numbers used for consumer versus
enterprise services, would the provider
with the retail relationship be in the
best position to distinguish consumer
users from business users?
230. We seek comment on how a
numbers-based approach should be
implemented with respect to
wholesalers, resellers, and other
providers incorporating NANP numbers
into retail services. Would a system that
assesses only numbers provided to endusers invite problems similar to those
that exist today under the current
revenues-based system, whereby some
providers do not contribute for services
provided? We note that in some
instances wholesalers may provide
telecommunications services to
customers with numbers. For example,
would a numbers-based system create
wholesale/reseller/retailer problems of
the type discussed earlier in this Notice?
c. Trends in Numbers
231. We seek comment and data on
the count of numbers that would be
assessable under a number-based USF
contribution assessment system.
Neustar, the administrator of the NANP,
estimates that there are currently 770
million numbers in active use in the
United States. As shown in Chart 7
below, one projection suggests there
could be over 832 million numbers in
active use by 2015. We seek comment
on this estimate and the underlying
assumptions, and invite commenters to
present their own estimates for the
growth or decline in the count of
actively-used numbers as well as any
additional data regarding their own
estimates and the key drivers for such
growth or decline. To what extent is the
growth in the volume of numbers due to
new services and applications, and to
what extent is it due to greater
penetration of phone service, such as
cell phone family plans and usage by
younger children? Do commenters
believe the volume of numbers will
increase in the foreseeable future? Is the
growth trend sustainable given
anticipated technology changes? What
other factors will impact the continued
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
growth in the volume of numbers? What
impact would the growth in numbers
have on future contribution
assessments? To the extent commenters
predict the volume of numbers in use
will decline over time rather than grow,
they should similarly identify the basis
for their assumptions and describe in
detail their projections for the
foreseeable future. What challenges
would a numbers-based contribution
system face if the volume of numbers
were to shrink?
232. We seek to update the record on
what the per-number charge would be,
given current and projected trends in
numbers and overall universal service
demand. Commenters also should
provide revised estimates of the impact
on different industry contributors, and
residential and business consumers, in
light of current marketplace
developments. Commenters should
indicate which definition of ‘‘assessable
numbers’’ (and exclusions from
assessable numbers) they use in their
projections.
d. Differential Treatment of Certain
Types of Numbers
233. We seek comment on whether to
provide differential treatment or
exclude altogether certain types of
numbers from the definition of
Assessable Numbers under a numbersbased contribution methodology, and
whether doing so would further or
undermine our proposed goals for
contributions reform. To the extent
commenters contend certain types of
numbers should be assessed at a
different rate, i.e. a percentage of the
basic per number assessment per month,
we ask commenters to include a policy
rationale for their proposal. Is there a
reason why certain types of numbers
should be assessed at some fraction,
such as 33 or 50 percent, of other
numbers based on usage? Would
assessing numbers used for certain types
of services promote or discourage
innovation?
234. Family Plan Numbers. Parties
have argued in the past that telephone
numbers assigned to the additional
handsets in family wireless plans
should be assessed at a reduced rate,
either permanently or for a transitional
period. These commenters suggested
that assessing contributions at the full
per-number rate would cause family
plan customers to experience ‘‘rate
shock.’’ We seek to refresh the record on
this issue. We seek comment on
whether a numbers-based approach
should count equally all numbers that
are used for family plans. If we were to
adopt a differentiated approach for
family plans, how would we define a
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
‘‘family plan’’ that would be subject to
such differential treatment? Would this
create incentives for service providers to
consolidate accounts and take other
measures to characterize service
offerings as ‘‘family plans’’? Would such
a rule be limited to mass market
consumers, and if so, how should we
distinguish between mass market plans
and enterprise plans? Would differential
treatment of such numbers satisfy the
statutory requirements that
contributions by telecommunications
service providers be equitable and nondiscriminatory? What would be the
policy justifications for assessing such
numbers at a pro-rated or reduced rate?
We ask commenters to provide data
with underlying assumptions as to the
count of numbers that would fall into
this category, specifically, how many
phone numbers are associated with a
primary phone number in a family plan.
235. Services-Based Exceptions. Prior
commenters have proposed that we
should exempt from any numbers-based
contribution methodology services
provided by telematics providers, oneway service providers, two-way paging
services, and alarm companies. We seek
to update the record on these proposals,
noting that since 2008, additional
marketplace developments have
emerged that may similarly not fit
neatly into the numbers paradigm,
including numbers assigned to devices
reliant on mobile broadband, such as
data cards, e-readers, and tablet
computers. Should these types of
numbers be assessed at a different rate,
e.g., a percentage of the basic per
number monthly assessment? Should a
number assigned to a telematics device,
where the customer is not paying a
monthly fee and the device can only
make a ‘‘call’’ in an emergency situation
be assessed differently from a number
assigned to a consumer cell phone or a
business landline? Would exclusion of
numbers associated with such services
be consistent with the statutory
requirement that all carriers providing
interstate telecommunications services
shall contribute on an equitable and
non-discriminatory basis? How would
the exclusion of such numbers impact a
numbers-based regime? What would be
the policy justifications for excluding
these numbers altogether from
contribution obligations? We ask
commenters to provide data as to the
volume of numbers that would fall into
this category.
236. Numbers Provided to Lifeline
Subscribers. We seek comment on
whether the Commission has statutory
authority to exclude numbers associated
with service offerings provided to
Lifeline subscribers, given the
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
mandatory contribution obligation for
telecommunications service providers.
To the extent such numbers are
provided with telecommunications
services, would it be consistent with our
section 10 authority to forebear from
imposing contribution obligations on
such numbers?
237. We seek to update the record on
whether it is appropriate to not assess
numbers for Lifeline subscribers, if we
were to adopt a numbers-based
contribution methodology. We note that
today there are approximately 14.8
million Lifeline subscribers. How would
the exclusion of such numbers impact a
numbers-based regime? What would be
the policy justifications for excluding
these numbers from contribution
obligations? Alternatively, should such
numbers associated with Lifeline
services be assessed at a pro-rated or
reduced rate, and if so, what would be
an appropriate amount?
238. Free Services. We seek to refresh
the record on whether services offered
on a free, or nearly-free basis should be
excluded in a numbers-based system.
Since commercial providers of free or
nearly-free services generate revenue in
other ways, such as through advertising
or through more sophisticated paid
service offerings or product offerings,
should they be exempt from
contribution obligations? We ask
commenters to provide estimates with
supporting data regarding the number of
numbers that would fall into this
category.
239. Community Voice Mail. We seek
comment on whether a numbers-based
approach should assess numbers
associated with services such as
community voicemail. Would exclusion
of these numbers satisfy the statutory
requirements for universal service
contributions from providers of
telecommunications services? How
would the exclusion of such numbers
impact a numbers-based regime? What
would be the policy justifications for
excluding these numbers from
contribution obligations? Should such
numbers be assessed at a pro-rated or
reduced rate? We ask commenters to
provide data as to the volume of
numbers that would fall into this
category.
240. TRS and VRS Numbers. We seek
to update the record on whether we
should exempt Internet-based
telecommunications relay services
(TRS), including video relay services
(VRS) and IP Relay services. Such
services are provided for free to people
with hearing and speech disabilities,
under Congressional mandate. Would
inclusion of these numbers satisfy the
statutory requirements for universal
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
service contributions? How would the
exclusion of such numbers impact a
numbers-based regime? What would be
the policy justifications for excluding
these numbers from contribution
obligations? Should such numbers be
assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate?
We ask commenters to provide data as
to the volume of numbers that would
fall into this category.
241. Other Exemptions. Are there
other types of numbers or services that
should be excluded from a numbersbased contribution mechanism, if we
were to adopt such an approach? For
instance, should we adopt exemptions
for numbers used by non-profit health
care providers, libraries, colleges and
universities, entities that typically
administer their own numbers? Would
inclusion of these numbers satisfy the
statutory requirements for universal
service contributions? How would the
exclusion of such numbers impact a
numbers-based regime? What would be
the policy justifications for excluding
these numbers from contribution
obligations? Should such numbers be
assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate?
We ask commenters to provide data as
to the volume of numbers that would
fall into each category of proposed
exemptions.
e. Use of a Hybrid System With a
Numbers-Component
242. We seek specific comment on
adopting a hybrid numbers-connections
based methodology. The Commission
sought comment in 2008 proposals on
two hybrid approaches in which
consumer numbers would be assessed
on a numbers-based methodology, and
business lines would be assessed on a
connections-based methodology. The
Commission has also sought comment
on a hybrid numbers-connections
methodology that would assess
providers a flat fee for each assessable
NANP telephone number and assess
services not associated with a telephone
number as connections. A hybrid
numbers and connections system may
have advantages over a numbers-only
system insofar as it captures services
that are provided without numbers. In
other respects, however, such a system
might incorporate all of the potential
disadvantages of both numbers-based
and connections-based systems.
Moreover, regardless of the particular
methodologies used, hybrid systems
may be more complex and expensive to
administer than a single system. Should
carriers that do not have working
numbers or end-user connections
continue to contribute based on their
interstate telecommunications
revenues? We ask parties to refresh the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33925
record and seek comment on this
analysis.
243. To what extent would a hybrid
system create competitive distortions in
the marketplace? Any system that
would make distinctions between mass
market and enterprise users would
require an ability for contributors in the
first instance, and USAC and this
Commission, to distinguish between the
two, in order to ensure that
contributions are appropriately made.
Would such a system advance our
proposed reform goals of administrative
efficiency, fairness and sustainability?
Would a hybrid system satisfy the
statutory requirements that
contributions be equitable and nondiscriminatory? Would using a different
methodology for contributions for the
provision of service to businesses
dissuade investment in higher speed
and robust communications facilities?
Recognizing that the answer may
depend on the specific tiers that are
adopted, and the assessment levels for
each tier, would such a system,
potentially, unfairly advantage or
disadvantage purchasers of higher speed
connections?
244. Commenters who support a
numbers-connections methodology
should address the feasibility of the
methodology in light of recent industry
developments and the continuing
evolution of telecommunications
technology. Commenters should also
address the advantages and
disadvantages of such a system. Are
there any entities that would be
contributing for the first time, if we
were to adopt a hybrid approach? We
specifically seek comment on whether a
hybrid numbers-connections
methodology would better meet our
goals for reform in comparison to the
options discussed above, including an
improved revenues system, a
connections-based approach, and a
numbers-based contribution assessment
system. We ask parties claiming
significant costs or benefits of a hybrid
approach to provide supporting analysis
and facts for such assertions, including
an explanation of how data were
calculated and all underlying
assumptions.
f. Policy Arguments Related to
Numbers-Based Assessment
245. We seek to refresh the record on
the potential benefits of a numbersbased contribution methodology. We
also seek comment on whether a
numbers-based system (compared to a
connections-based system or the current
revenues-based system) would be
simpler to understand. Would it be
competitively neutral? Would a
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33926
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
numbers methodology be inequitable or
discriminatory for low volume users?
Would a numbers-based system, be
easier to audit for compliance? Could
such a system reduce compliance costs
for contributors? Could it also reduce
marketplace distortions that may be
present in either the consumer or
enterprise markets? We ask parties
claiming significant costs or benefits of
a numbers-based system to provide
supporting analysis and facts for such
assertions, including an explanation of
how data were calculated and all
underlying assumptions.
246. Are there modifications that
could be made to a numbers-based
methodology to make assessment fairer
to consumers on low-cost service plans?
Would a numbers-based system shift the
universal service contributions from
higher-volume users of communications
services to lower-volume users? Overall,
would low-income households pay a
larger percentage of communications
bills in contribution assessments than
higher income households compared to
today?
247. Would adoption of a numbersbased contribution approach discourage
the emergence of innovative new
functions and services, such as ‘‘followme’’ services or unified communications
applications? If the Commission were to
adopt a numbers-based contribution
methodology, how could it structure
such a system so as not to inhibit
innovation? For example, should the
Commission exempt numbers associated
with certain services to be exempt for a
defined period of time, analogous to the
Commission’s pioneer’s preference
rules?
248. Distinguishing
Telecommunications from NonTelecommunications. Would a
numbers-based methodology more
easily accommodate new services and
technologies without requiring service
providers or the Commission to make
service classification judgments? We
seek comment on approaches to provide
clarity to contributors with respect to
specific services, without the need to
classify those services as either
information services or
telecommunications services. We also
seek comment on assessing revenues
associated with information services. In
light of those potential approaches to
determining who should contribute,
would a numbers-based methodology
continue to offer advantages as a
relatively simple basis for assessing
those providers’ contributions? To what
extent have numbers become
increasingly associated with
information services? Would a numbersbased assessment mechanism ensure
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
that contribution obligations are applied
in a fair and predictable manner to all
interstate telecommunications
providers?
249. Jurisdictional Considerations.
The current revenues-based system
requires contributors to separately
report revenues derived from interstate,
intrastate, and international services.
We seek comment on whether a
numbers-based system might mitigate
the need to differentiate between
interstate and intrastate jurisdiction.
250. Given that NANP numbers
enable users to connect with other users
across state lines, is it reasonable to
conclude that a numbers-based
methodology would be directed at
interstate providers and therefore
consistent with the statutory
requirements of section 254? We seek
specific comment on the implications of
the Fifth Circuit’s TOPUC decision,
which held that section 2(b) of the Act
prohibits the Commission from
assessing revenues associated with
intrastate telecommunications service.
Does TOPUC impose any limitations on
a numbers-based contribution system,
particularly in light of the Commission’s
authority over numbering in section
251? We also seek comment on whether
TOPUC raises any concerns related to
assessing international services. If so,
we seek comment on whether a
numbers-based system should include
an exemption similar to the limited
international revenues exemption under
the current revenues-based system for
providers that are primarily
international in nature, and if so, how
such an exemption should be crafted.
g. Implementation
251. Implementing a numbers-based
system would require revised data
collection and reporting requirements.
In this section, we seek comment on
how the Commission would transition
to a numbers-based system. We also ask
whether adopting a numbers-based
system would increase compliance
burdens if states that administer their
own universal service programs
continue to employ revenues-based
assessments.
252. Reporting of Numbers. We seek
comment on how a numbers-based
system should be implemented and the
transition process, should we adopt
such a system. In particular, we seek
comment on the specific changes
necessary to enable USAC to collect
contributions under a numbers-based
system. How would contributors report
the assessable numbers (and potentially
speed or capacity under a numbersconnection hybrid system) under a
numbers-based assessment
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
methodology? Should we continue to
use a FCC Form 499 (with changes),
leverage the existing NRUF reporting
requirements, or develop a completely
new data collection? What would be the
administrative impact of a new
reporting system on providers and on
USAC as the administrator of the Fund?
If the Commission were to adopt a
numbers-based methodology, should
contributors be required to report
assessable numbers on a monthly basis,
quarterly basis, or some other period?
Should we retain the same quarterly and
annual true up reporting periods for a
numbers-based system? Would a
monthly reporting requirement create a
burden that is not outweighed by the
simplification posed by a numbersbased system? Should the information
be reported as actual numbers,
forecasted numbers, or historical
numbers? Would historical reporting
unnecessarily complicate the numbers
reporting system? Is there any
information that would be particularly
difficult to report on a monthly basis?
Would a more frequent reporting period
be less likely to require adjustments to
the contributions requirements? Would
longer or shorter reporting intervals
advantage or disadvantage some types of
providers more than others?
253. Costs Associated With
Implementing a Numbers System. We
seek comment on what out-of-pocket
costs contributors would incur to
implement a new numbers-based
contribution methodology, both in the
short term to transition to a new system
and on an annual basis once a new
system is in place. Commenters should
explain the categories of costs that
would be incurred. To the extent
possible, commenters should quantify
these costs and indicate how they
compare to the costs of complying with
the existing revenues-based system.
Would contributors be able to use their
current billing and operating systems to
report numbers for universal service
contributions? If not, what would be the
incremental costs associated with
modifying billing systems and internal
controls and processes to collect and
track numbers for purposes of reporting
and contributing to the Fund? Would
contributors have to implement entirely
new systems to track the type of data
needed to report assessable numbers?
Are there cost savings that could be
realized by moving away from the
current revenues-based system, which
requires contributors to report revenues
quarterly (projected) and annually
(actual) for USF purposes, and potential
efficiencies based on other existing
number reporting requirements for other
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
regulatory requirements? Would those
costs vary depending on the definition
of assessable numbers? We also seek
comment on whether the cost of
updating billing and internal systems
for this narrow regulatory purpose
would outweigh any benefit achieved.
Would increased operational costs of
moving to a numbers system negatively
impact certain carriers as compared to
other carriers? Commenters should
provide data on any such increased
costs.
254. We also seek comment and data
on other costs associated with a
numbers-based system, and in particular
ask providers if there are any costs that
are not discussed above. Would the cost
of moving to a new numbers system be
relatively greater for certain classes of
customers or certain industry segments?
To what extent would this analysis
change depending on how ‘‘assessable
numbers’’ is defined and assessed? Do
the additional costs associated with
implementation and the reporting
requirements outlined below outweigh
the benefits of moving to a numbersbased methodology?
255. Auditing. We seek comment on
how to define an ‘‘Assessable Number’’
to make it easier to audit to ensure that
contributors are reporting accurately,
and that the system operates in an
equitable and nondiscriminatory
manner, maintains stability in the
contribution base, and minimizes
market distortions and gamesmanship.
We seek comment on whether we
should allow carriers to self-certify
which numbers are assessable numbers
for contributions purposes. We also seek
comment on whether we should modify
the current recordkeeping requirements
to further improve the auditing process
for both contributors and auditors.
Should we adopt additional rules or
provide further guidance regarding the
types of records and supporting
documentation that should be
maintained? Proponents of a numbersbased system should provide specific
details about how contributors would
report their data and how auditors could
verify the accuracy of assessable
numbers reported.
256. Effect on Other Programs. We ask
parties to provide comment on the
impact of moving to a numbers-based
approach on the Interstate TRS, North
American Numbering Plan, Local
Number Portability, and regulatory fees
administration programs. We ask parties
to provide comment on the best
approach for ensuring proper funding of
these programs were we to move to a
numbers-based methodology. Should
contributors continue reporting gross
billed end-user revenues for purposes of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
these programs, and if so, should they
continue to report on an annual basis?
Should we simplify the Form 499 for
purposes of revenue reporting in that
instance? Are there alternative ways to
calculate contributions for these
programs?
257. Transition. A numbers-based
methodology would constitute a change
from the current revenue-based system
and would likely require a transition
period, especially if reporting entities
need to implement new billing and
accounting systems and a process for
recording number counts in a manner
that is auditable. We seek to refresh the
record on whether a 12-month period
would give contributors sufficient time
to adjust their record-keeping and
reporting systems so that they may
comply with modified reporting
procedures. Could such a transition be
implemented within a given calendar
year, and if so, should it be tied in some
fashion to the current quarterly filing of
Form 499–Q? We seek comment on
what steps would need to be taken to
transition between the current revenuesbased system and a numbers-based
system and how much time would be
needed to ensure that the new process
is applied in an equitable manner.
Commenters should indicate whether
the other changes discussed in this
Notice would require less or more time
to implement.
258. Is a 12-month transition period
sufficient to ensure that all affected
parties would have adequate time to
address any implementation issues that
arise? How much time would be
necessary for contributors, including
new contributors, to adjust their recordkeeping and reporting systems in order
to comply with new reporting
procedures? Are there considerations
that would favor a longer or shorter
transition period? Would there be a
benefit in adopting different transitional
periods for residential and business
markets?
259. We also seek comment on
requiring dual reporting during all or
some of the transition time—where
reporting entities would continue to
report and pay under the current
revenues-based system, while they also
begin reporting under the new system.
Would having providers report under
both systems for a specified amount of
time during the transition provide the
opportunity for both providers and
USAC to address unforeseen
implementation issues that are likely to
arise under the new reporting system?
Should new filers begin reporting
sooner since USAC does not have any
historical data on their revenues and
services?
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33927
C. Improving the Administration of the
Contribution System
260. We seek comment on potential
rule changes that could be implemented
to provide greater transparency and
clarity regarding contribution
obligations, reduce costs associated with
administering the contribution system,
and improve the operation and
administration of the contributions
system. For each issue, we seek
comment on whether and how the
potential rule change could or should be
implemented on an accelerated
timetable, in advance of other reforms
under consideration in this proceeding,
as well as the potential reduction in
compliance costs associated with
adopting each proposal.
261. We request clear and specific
comments on the type and magnitude of
likely benefits and costs of each of the
rules discussed in this section, and
request that parties claiming significant
costs or benefits provide supporting
analysis and facts, including an
explanation of how data were calculated
and identification all underlying
assumptions.
1. Updating the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet
262. We seek comment on whether we
should modify the process by which the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheets (FCC Forms 499–A and
499–Q) are revised by soliciting public
comment from interested parties prior to
adopting revisions to the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet and instructions. We also
seek comment on whether to adopt a
rule specifying that the worksheets and
instructions constitute binding agency
requirements.
263. We propose to adopt a
formalized annual process for the
Bureau to update and adopt the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheets and their accompanying
instructions. We propose to amend
§ 54.711 to include the following
proposed rule: Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet Revisions. The
Wireline Competition Bureau shall
annually issue a Public Notice seeking
comment on the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheets and
accompanying instructions. No later
than 60 days prior to the annual filing
deadline, the Wireline Competition
Bureau shall issue a Public Notice
attaching the finalized
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet and instructions. Adopting
such a rule would respond to requests
in the record asking that parties be given
prior notice of any proposed revisions to
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33928
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
the worksheet instructions, and an
opportunity to comment on such
revisions. If the Bureau were to put
instructions out for public comment
before they are adopted, at what point
in the calendar year should the Bureau
place the proposed form and
instructions on public notice, and when
should it be required to issue the
revised form and instructions? Would
this proposed rule change support our
proposed reform goals of fairness and
simplifying compliance and
administration? Parties are encouraged
to provide information and data
addressing how such a rule would
simplify compliance and
administration.
264. In particular, we seek comment
on whether releasing the form after the
calendar year is over makes it more
difficult for contributors to track the
information that must be reported for
the prior year in a manner consistent
with the prescribed format. If so,
commenters should provide specific
examples of such burden, and quantify
such examples with data.
265. Should the Commission specify
that contributors are required to comply
with the Form 499 instructions adopted
pursuant to such a process? Should the
Bureau have delegated authority to
make changes to the Form and related
instructions to the extent that they
constitute binding requirements, and if
so, what should be the scope of its
authority?
266. If we do not adopt an annual
process for publicizing the updated
form, should we require the Bureau to
set out for comment the proposed
revisions to the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheets and
accompanying instructions before
implementation of any significant
changes resulting from the reforms
identified in this Notice? What is the
most efficient way to seek public input
on how to implement these changes in
a straightforward and readable manner
so that all reporting entities can know
their obligations and comply with our
rules?
2. Revising the Frequency of
Adjustments to the Contribution Factor
267. If the Commission continues a
revenues-based system or alternative
system that will use a contribution
factor, we seek comment on modifying
the frequency of changes to the
contribution factor. Presently, the
contribution factor is revised on a
quarterly basis. We seek comment on
revising the contribution factor less
frequently, such as annually. We seek
comment on whether we should revise
our rules, for example, to use reserves,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
to the extent necessary, to meet any
quarterly fluctuation in demand. Would
such a method better serve our proposed
reform goals of increasing efficiency,
fairness, and sustainability of the Fund?
If we were to adopt a rule requiring
annual adjustments to the contribution
factor, should we wait to implement
such a rule until 2013, when the
Commission expects to have the
information needed to be in the position
to determine an appropriate budget for
the Lifeline program?
268. Would adjusting the contribution
factor on an annual basis advance our
proposed reform goals of increasing
administrative efficiency, fairness and
sustainability? Does the fluctuation in
the contribution factor create revenue
reporting difficulties for stakeholders?
Does it cause difficulties in marketing
services to consumers? Does the
fluctuation from one quarter to the next
in the contribution factor make it
difficult for contributors to anticipate
their likely contribution obligations for
the year, or for end-user customers to
forecast the total cost of their
communications packages, including
any universal service pass through
charges? To the extent there are reasons
to adjust the factor more often than
annually, would it be an improvement
to the current system to make such
adjustments every six months?
269. Another option to reduce
fluctuations in the contribution factor
caused by prior period adjustments is to
extend the period of time during which
such prior period adjustments are taken
into account for subsequent adjustments
to the contribution factor. For example,
we could require that prior period
adjustments be leveled out over a period
of two subsequent quarters under a rule
that provides as follows: If the
contributions received by the
Administrator in a quarter exceed or are
inadequate to meet the actual expenses
for that quarter, the Administrator shall
adjust its projected expenses for the
following two quarters to account for the
excess or inadequate payments (and any
associated costs) unless instructed to do
otherwise by the Commission. The
contribution factor for the following two
quarters will take into consideration the
projected costs of the support
mechanism for those two quarters, and
the excess or insufficient contributions
carried over from the previous quarter.
270. We seek comment on whether
accounting for prior-period adjustments
over a longer period, such as two
quarters rather than one, could reduce
the amount and severity of the
fluctuation in the contribution factor
from one period to the next. By
providing USAC with more than one
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
quarter to account for these adjustments,
the increases and decreases may help to
offset each other, and thereby reduce the
period to period fluctuations in the
contribution factor.
271. We seek comment on the merits
and technical aspects of a rule change
to address quarter to quarter
fluctuations in the contribution factor.
What would be the benefits of
modifying our rules as discussed above,
and would such a change have any
negative or positive impact on
administration of the Fund? What are
the potential unintended consequences
of extending the period of time during
which prior period adjustments are
taken into account? Would authorizing
USAC to make prior period adjustments
over an even longer period be
appropriate, and if so, over how many
quarters? If we were to move to an
alternative to the current revenue-based
system, should we similarly direct
USAC to account for any fluctuations in
demand over a period of time longer
than one quarter in order to minimize
quarterly variation in the contribution
obligation associated with the assessable
unit of measure?
3. Pay-and-Dispute Policy
272. We propose to adopt either as
Commission policy or a codified rule
the current USAC practice commonly
referred to as the ‘‘pay-and-dispute’’
policy. This policy requires contributors
that wish to challenge a USAC invoice
to keep their accounts current while
disputing the amounts billed in order to
avoid late fees, interest, and penalties.
We seek comment on whether adopting
‘‘pay-and–dispute’’ as a policy or rule
supports our proposed reform goals,
including ensuring predictability and
sustainability of the Fund, simplifying
compliance and administration, and
fairness.
273. We propose to amend § 54.713 of
our rules to adopt a pay-and-dispute
rule as follows: If a universal service
fund contributor fails to make full
payment of the monthly amount
established by the contributor’s
applicable Form 499–A or Form 499–Q,
or the monthly invoice provided by the
Administrator, on or before the date
due, the payment is delinquent. Late
fees, interest charges, and penalties for
failure to remit any payment by the date
due shall apply regardless of whether
the obligation to pay that amount is
appealed or otherwise disputed unless
the Administrator or the Commission
(pursuant to § 54.719) finds the
disputed charges are the result of clear
error by the Administrator.
274. Although the Bureau has
consistently upheld USAC’s
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
implementation of the pay-and-dispute
requirement, contributors continue to
challenge USAC’s use of the pay-anddispute requirement in specific
instances by withholding payment
pending resolution of a disputed charge.
Adopting as a Commission policy or
rule or, at a minimum, affirming the
pay-and-dispute requirement could
lessen administrative burdens for both
USAC and Commission staff, while also
putting all contributors on notice of the
procedures for appealing contested
invoices. We seek comment on whether
adopting the pay-and-dispute
requirement serves our proposed reform
goals. We specifically seek other
proposals that create the proper
incentive for contributors to pay their
invoices in a timely manner. We seek
comment on whether adopting USAC’s
pay-and-dispute requirement is
consistent with the Commission’s DCIA
rules. We also seek comment on any
other changes to our rules that would
ensure better compliance with our rules
and the Debt Collection Improvement
Act.
4. Oversight and Accountability
275. We seek comment on various
issues relating to oversight and
accountability for the contributions
system. To ensure that data actually
reported closely approaches our best
estimate of industry-wide assessable
services, should we establish a
performance goal of reducing the
number of contributors that do not
satisfy their contributions obligations? If
so, what information should we rely
upon to track that goal?
276. USAC employs several practices
to identify entities that should register
and contribute to the Fund. For
example, during contributor audits,
USAC obtains a list of resellers from the
auditee and identifies companies that
have not registered. USAC contacts
these companies to determine why they
are not registered or contributing to the
Fund. USAC also contacts companies
that it independently identifies from
industry news sources and
whistleblowers. We seek comment on
additional steps that could be taken to
identify those telecommunications
providers that are not meeting their
contribution requirements. What
measures could the Commission direct
USAC to take to ensure industry-wide
compliance with our contribution rules?
277. We seek comment on the extent
to which potential rule changes that
could simplify the contribution system
discussed in this Notice could help
ensure that contribution assessments are
made and collected in accordance with
Commission rules and requirements.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
Further, we seek comment on how we
could measure the benefits of
simplification in the contribution
system. What information would we
need, and what would be an appropriate
performance goal?
278. USAC Audits. We seek comment
on processes and procedures that USAC
could implement to make the
contributor audit process more efficient.
We seek public comment on how to
most efficiently use our administrative
resources to ensure that contributions
are made in accordance with the
Commission’s rules and requirements,
while minimizing compliance burden
on companies subject to audit. We seek
comment on whether we should require
USAC to produce an updated audit plan
for OMD and the Bureau for USF
contribution purposes. How many
audits should USAC initiate (at a
minimum) each year? How should
USAC ensure that audits encompass a
representative sample of the industry?
279. Timely and Efficient Reporting.
We seek comment on whether we
should adopt as a performance goal that
a specified percentage of reporting
entities file their Worksheets on time.
We seek comment on what additional
outreach and training USAC may need
to do to encourage more reporting
entities to file their Worksheets on time
and electronically. We also seek
comment on any revisions to our rules
that would create the proper incentives
for timely filing. We seek comment on
this analysis and the time frame in
which we should implement and
monitor our progress towards meeting
such a goal, if adopted.
280. Prompt Payment and Collection
of Contribution Obligations. We seek
comment on adopting several
performance goals related to that task.
First, we seek comment on adopting a
performance goal of decreasing the
aggregate number and dollar amount of
delinquent contributions payments.
Second, we seek comment on adopting
performance goals of reducing the
percentage of contributors that are
delinquent in payments, the percentage
of contributors delinquent more than 30
days, and the percentage of contributors
delinquent more than 90 days. We seek
comment on these performance goals
and also on the specific targets that
USAC and the Commission should
strive to reach. We seek comment on
what additional outreach and training
USAC may need to do to encourage
more contributors to pay their debts on
time, and whether any revisions to our
rules would encourage timely payment.
We seek comment on what allowances
we can and should make in
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33929
consideration of any economic
conditions impacting the industry.
281. We seek comment on whether
these measures would assist the
Commission with monitoring either the
costs of compliance for contributors or
the contributions burden on consumers
and businesses, especially when
coupled with other proposals in this
Notice. We seek specific comment on
whether any particular reforms
identified in this Notice would help or
hinder oversight over the contribution
system. We also invite parties to suggest
additional or alternative goals and
measures for assessing the performance
of the contribution system.
5. Paper-Filing Fees
282. We propose to adopt a filing fee
for contributors that choose to submit
the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheets by paper rather than
electronically. In order to increase
efficiency in program administrative, we
propose to amend § 54.711 to require
that reporting entities file the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet electronically: Electronic
Filings. Reporting entities must file the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet electronically. The
Administrator shall assess a $25 fee on
reporting entities for filing paper copies
of the quarterly Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet. The
Administrator shall assess a $50 fee on
reporting entities for filing paper copies
of the annual Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet. The
Administrator shall not assess a paperfiling fee on reporting entities that
electronically file their
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet, but such entities must also
submit either a paper or electronic
certification attesting to the accuracy of
the information reported therein under
penalty of perjury.
283. Based on information provided
by USAC, the proposed paper-filing fees
would be set at a level so as to
compensate the Fund for the additional
costs incurred by USAC to manually
process these paper filings and
encourage more reporting entities to file
electronically. We seek comment on this
analysis.
284. We seek comment on the merits
and technical aspects of a rule change
assessing a paper filing fee. What is the
potential impact on contributors and the
Fund if we adopt a paper filing fee? We
seek specific comment on setting the
appropriate size of a paper filing fee so
that reporting entities would have an
appropriate incentive to file
electronically and in a timely manner.
We seek comment on any other changes
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33930
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
to our rules that would ensure better
compliance with our rules and the Debt
Collection Improvement Act. The above
proposed rule requires electronic filers
to submit either a paper or electronic
certification attesting the accuracy of the
electronic filing. We seek comment on
what procedures we should adopt to
facilitate the certification to be done
electronically, per the E–Sign Act. In
addition, we seek comment on what
modifications, if any, USAC should
make to its electronic filing system to
ensure that it is accessible to persons
with disabilities. In lieu of imposing a
filing fee, is there a different approach
that would incent contributors to file
electronically?
6. Filer Registration and Deregistration
285. We seek comment on tightening
our registration requirements so that all
telecommunications providers with FCC
Form 499–A reporting obligations
(whether they are common carriers or
not) have the obligation to register
within thirty days of commencing
service. We propose to amend § 54.706
to include the following proposed rule:
(f) Registration Requirements. Every
common carrier subject to the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, and every entity required to
submit a Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet shall register with
the Commission in accordance with the
provisions of 47 CFR 64.1195(a) thru (c)
and the Instructions to the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet within thirty days of the
commencement of provision of service.
286. Deregistration Requirements. We
also propose to require registered
entities that no longer meet the
requirements to register to file a
deregistration with the Commission. A
deregistration requirement could ensure
that the Commission’s Form 499 Filer
Database is current and complete.
Currently, if a contributor has
previously filed a Form 499–A or Form
499–Q, but has not notified USAC that
it no longer providers telecommunicates
services, USAC estimates the provider’s
quarterly revenues and sends an invoice
to that provider for its estimated
contributions. This may create
confusion and generate late fees for
providers that no longer provide service.
A formal deregistration requirement
could streamline USAC’s and the
Commission’s processes by eliminating
unnecessary invoices and removing
entities that no longer provide service
from the Commission’s database. We
propose to amend § 54.706 to include
the following proposed rule: (g)
Deregistration Requirements. If a
registrant stops providing interstate and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
international telecommunications to
others, it shall deregister with the
Commission within thirty days of its last
provision of telecommunications. To
deregister, a registrant must comply
with the Instructions to the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet.
287. Would adoption of such a rule
simplify the process of billing
contributors, and thereby lessen USAC’s
administrative costs? Would adoption of
such a rule further other proposed
reform goals?
288. Wholesale-Reseller Confirmation
Requirements. We seek comment on
adopting a value-added revenue system
to address recurring USF contribution
issues that arise in instances where
wholesale carriers provide services to
other carriers. To the extent that we do
not adopt a value-added system,
however, we seek comment on requiring
all registrants that provide
telecommunications to other carriers to
check the registration status of their
customers. We seek comment on
whether imposing such an obligation
could ‘‘deter [registrants] from
providing service to resellers that have
not registered with the Commission,
which will, in turn, make it more
difficult for ‘bad actor’ resellers to stay
in business.’’ We propose to amend
§ 54.706 to include the following
proposed rule: Customer Confirmation
Requirements. A telecommunications
carrier or provider providing
telecommunications to other carriers or
providers shall have an affirmative duty
to ascertain whether a customer that is
required to register has in fact registered
with the Commission prior to offering
service to that customer.
289. Would adoption of each of the
above proposed rules increase the
likelihood that all potential contributors
register with the Commission and
comply with universal service
contribution reporting obligations?
What are the costs and benefits of
imposing such an obligation on FCC
registrants, and how would that vary if
the Commission adopts other rule
changes discussed in this Notice? For
instance, if the Commission were to
require contributions from wholesalers,
would that lessen the potential policy
rationale for ensuring the reseller is
registered with the Commission?
D. Recovery of Universal Service
Contributions From End Users
290. We seek comment on issues
relating to recovery of universal service
contributions from customers. We
request clear and specific comments on
the type and magnitude of likely
benefits and costs of each of the rules
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
discussed in this section, and request
that parties claiming significant costs or
benefits provide supporting analysis
and facts, including an explanation of
how they were calculated and
identification of all underlying
assumptions.
291. The statutory framework
established by Congress in the Act
governs the recovery of universal
service contributions by
telecommunications service providers.
Although a contributor may generally
recover its universal service
contributions from its customers, the
Commission has placed two restrictions
on doing so. First, a ‘‘federal universal
service line-item charge’’ may not
‘‘exceed the interstate
telecommunications portion of that
customer’s bill times the relevant
contribution factor.’’ Second, eligible
telecommunications carriers (ETCs) that
are incumbent LECs may not pass
through a federal universal service lineitem charge to their Lifeline subscribers
except to recover ‘‘contribution costs
associated with the provision of
interstate telecommunications services
that are not supported by the
Commission’s universal service
mechanisms.’’ In practice, this means
that incumbent ETCs historically have
not been permitted to pass through to
Lifeline subscribers the contribution
costs associated with the subscriber line
charge (which is deemed 100 percent
interstate), but they may pass through
contribution costs associated with other
interstate services, such as long distance
calling. There is no comparable
restriction for competitive ETCs that
serve Lifeline subscribers.
1. Pass-Through of USF Contributions as
Separate Line Item Charge
292. We seek comment on ways to
improve transparency relating to the
amount of universal service
contribution charges that are being
passed through by the carriers to their
customers.
293. Providing Clarity in Customer
Bills. Under today’s system, the
contribution factor is typically applied
to only a fraction of the total end user
revenues derived from a customer.
Currently, § 54.712(a) only addresses
line items on customer bills and does
not address situations in which there is
no billing relationship. Moreover, our
rules do not require contributors to
indicate how the universal service
charge on a customer’s bill is calculated.
In many instances, customer bills
include a line item for USF, but do not
indicate the USF contribution factor
used to determine such line item, or the
portion of the bill to which the
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
contribution factor was applied. We
seek comment on whether we should
limit the flexibility currently afforded
contributors in the recovery of universal
service obligations or adopt measures to
provide greater transparency regarding
such recovery to enable consumers to
make informed choices regarding their
service. For example, we could adopt a
rule that contributors must identify on
the consumer bill the portion of the bill
(whether based on revenues or another
unit) that is subject to assessment. This
could enable end users to determine
whether they are being properly charged
a USF pass-through charge. What
modifications, if any, would we need to
make to § 54.712 of the existing rules,
which prohibits a carrier from charging
more than the interstate portion of the
bill times the relevant contribution
factor.
294. We seek comment on the value
of making the burden of the universal
service contribution plain, and whether
this can be obtained without distorting
the pricing strategies of individual
providers. Would it be possible to
require that the advertised price include
the universal service contribution, while
allowing the continued publication of
the universal service contribution as a
line item in end-users’ bills? What
additional rules should the Commission
adopt to provide clarity to customers
regarding USF pass-through charges?
How should these rules be enforced?
What benefits to consumers and/or cost
burden to providers would such rules
result in?
295. Advertising USF Charges. Should
we also mandate that carriers disclose at
the time of initial service subscription
the amount of the quoted rate or other
assessable units that would be subject to
assessment? Are there alternative
approaches the Commission should take
to ensure greater disclosure of such
charges to customers in a way that
advances price comparison and
evaluation?
296. Mass Market Customers vs.
Business Customers. If we were to adopt
either of these rules, should the rule
apply broadly to all customers, or be
limited to mass market customers, who
typically have less leverage than
businesses, institutions and
governmental entities that purchase
communications services? If we were to
adopt such a distinction, how should
we define ‘‘mass market’’ for these
purposes?
297. Eliminating Line Items. An
alternative approach to the rules
described above would be to limit
carrier flexibility to recover their
universal service contributions from end
users through a line-item or ‘‘surcharge’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
on end-user bills. Under such an
approach, while contributors would
retain the flexibility to include the cost
of contributing to the universal service
fund in determining their overall rate
structure, they would not be permitted
to represent any line item on end-user
customer bills as a federal universal
service charge. For instance, § 54.712 of
the Commission’s rules, which currently
specifies that line items may not exceed
the assessable portion of the bill times
the contribution factor, could be
replaced with the following rule:
Federal universal service contribution
costs may not be recovered by
contributors as a separate line-item
charge on a customer’s bill.
298. We seek comment on the relative
advantages of any of these potential
changes over our current rules regarding
the recovery of universal service
contributions. In particular, we invite
commenters to address whether such
rules would benefit consumers by
requiring contributors to quote prices
for their services that are subject to USF
obligations. What cost/burdens would
this impose on service providers, and
how can such cost/burdens be
mitigated? We additionally ask
commenters to address whether such
rules would result in bills that are
simpler and easier to understand. We
particularly seek comment from
consumer groups on the benefits or
disadvantages of such a rule. We also
seek comment on whether a rule
limiting the pass through of USF
charges would unnecessarily reduce
carriers’ pricing flexibility, resulting in
fewer options for consumers.
299. We seek comment on our
authority to impose these constraints on
contributors’ recovery of universal
service contributions from their
customers. We seek comment on
whether sections 4(i), 201, 202, and 254
of the Act, or other statutory provisions,
provide sufficient authority to adopt
these proposals. Could the Commission
adopt such requirements pursuant to its
authority to regulate common carrier
billing practices under section 201(b) of
the Act? Because sections 201 and 202
of the Act only apply to ‘‘common
carriers’’ or ‘‘telecommunications
carriers,’’ could the Commission make
these rules applicable to the broader
category of ‘‘telecommunications
providers’’ under its authority to
regulate universal service contribution
obligations pursuant to section 254(d) of
the Act?
300. We also ask commenters to
address whether any of these rules
would raise First Amendment or other
constitutional concerns, and, if so, how
we should address those concerns.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33931
Would such rules be consistent with the
Commission’s other policies and
regulations, including the Commission’s
goals of promoting competition,
deregulation, innovation, and universal
service?
2. Segregation of USF Pass-Through
Charges
301. When a telecommunications
provider files bankruptcy, the funds
collected by the provider from end-user
customers to recover universal service
contribution costs are often claimed as
part of the bankruptcy estate for the
benefit of all the carrier’s creditors,
rather than for the benefit of the Fund.
From 2001 through 2011, the USF was
unable to collect, due to provider
bankruptcies, $80 million of the $90.7
million in funds that such providers had
collected as universal service line items.
The Fund collected the remaining $10.7
million through participation in the
providers’ bankruptcy cases, but only
after significant delays and the
expenditure of attorneys’ fees.
302. We seek comment on whether we
should take steps to ensure
contributions are made by contributors
that become insolvent. Should we adopt
a rule specifying that
telecommunications providers that
impose line items on their customers for
federal universal service contributions
are acting on behalf of the Fund? Would
such a codified rule strengthen the
position of USAC and the Commission
in bankruptcy proceedings?
303. One potential solution to this
problem would be to amend § 54.712 of
our rules to require contributors that
recover their contribution obligation
from end-users to segregate those enduser payments in dedicated trust
accounts for the sole benefit of the USF.
We seek comment on whether the
Commission should adopt such a
requirement, and the particulars of its
implementation. Should we, for
instance, require the account to be
interest-bearing? Should we require that
USAC have access to or be a cosignatory on each account? In the event
of late payment, should we permit
contributors to use the trust funds to
pay interest, penalties and/or costs
assessed against the contributor under
our rules for late payment? How would
such a requirement best be enforced?
We also seek comment on alternative
means of ensuring payment of
contribution amounts to the Fund in
cases of insolvency and financial
distress, and their advantages and
disadvantages.
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33932
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
3. Limiting Pass-Through of USF
Charges to Lifeline Subscribers
304. We seek comment on rule
changes to provide a more level playing
field among incumbent ETCs and
competitive ETCs regarding their
recovery of universal service passthrough charges. In particular, we
propose to extend the current rules that
apply only to incumbent carriers by
amending § 54.712 to prohibit
competitive ETCs from recovering USF
charges for Lifeline offerings from
Lifeline subscribers as follows: Lifeline
Subscribers. Eligible
telecommunications carriers covered by
§ 69.131 and § 69.158 are subject to the
limitations on universal service end user
charges set forth therein. All other
eligible telecommunications carriers
shall not recover federal universal
service contribution costs from Lifeline
services to Lifeline subscribers. This
limitation does not apply to services to
Lifeline subscribers that are not
supported by Lifeline, such as perminute or other additional charges
beyond the service for which the
customer receives Lifeline support.
Such a rule could offer an easily
administrable bright-line rule: ETCs
would be free to pass along contribution
costs through a line-item (or prepaid
charge in the case of prepaid cards or
services) only if the Lifeline subscriber
chooses to purchase additional services
beyond the basic Lifeline service. We
seek comment on this analysis.
305. Would it be appropriate to bar
competitive ETCs from passing through
universal service contribution costs
associated with their basic Lifeline
offering, comparable to the restriction
that exists today for incumbent carriers?
Would such a rule result in competitive
ETCs reducing the number of minutes
provided in a Lifeline offering? We note
that competitive ETCs are not required
to allocate their costs and tariff their
basic local exchange service (as
incumbent LECs generally must), and
there may be no reliable way to
determine whether a competitive ETC is
effectively recovering the contribution
costs associated with the eligible
Lifeline service included in the package.
How would the Commission treat
Lifeline service offerings by competitive
ETCs?
306. We seek to develop the record on
carrier practices today regarding
recovery of USF contribution costs for
Lifeline offerings from Lifeline
subscribers. We seek comment and data
on the extent to which ETCs that offer
prepaid services supported by the
Lifeline program effectively recover
from their Lifeline subscribers the cost
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
of their universal service contributions
associated with that Lifeline plan. Do
they recover those costs by adjusting the
number of minutes provided for the
established Lifeline rate? Do
competitive ETCs providers that have
monthly billing arrangements with
Lifeline subscribers pass through USF
contribution costs for Lifeline offerings?
307. We seek comment on the
potential impact of a rule prohibiting
recovery of contribution costs for
Lifeline offerings on Lifeline service
providers and their Lifeline subscribers.
Given the Commission’s steps in the last
decade to increase telephone
penetration on Tribal lands via the lowincome program, we are particularly
interested in comment from Tribal
governments and Tribally-owned and
operated Lifeline service providers on
the impact of such a rule on Tribal lands
and their Lifeline subscribers.
Commenters that oppose such a rule
should provide specific alternative rules
and explain how their proposals would
support the goals of universal service.
308. We seek comment on whether we
need to update our rules applicable to
both incumbent and competitive ETCs
in light of the emergence of Lifeline
offerings that may permit the Lifeline
subscriber to make calls across state
lines as well as within the state. For
instance, should we adopt a rule that
expressly prohibits all ETCs from
recovering any contribution costs
associated with a Lifeline offering that
provides all-distance calling from their
Lifeline subscriber?
309. Finally, we also seek comment
on the impact on low-income
subscribers generally, i.e., those
subscribers that would be eligible for
Lifeline, even if they do not participate
in the program, of the different
contribution methodologies discussed
in above. What is the average amount of
USF pass-through charge imposed and
collected today for low-income
consumers?
II. Procedural Matters
A. Ex Parte Presentations
310. Ex Parte Rules. The proceeding
this Notice initiates shall be treated as
a ‘‘permit-but-disclose’’ proceeding in
accordance with the Commission’s ex
parte rules. Persons making ex parte
presentations must file a copy of any
written presentation or a memorandum
summarizing any oral presentation
within two business days after the
presentation (unless a different deadline
applicable to the Sunshine period
applies). Persons making oral ex parte
presentations are reminded that
memoranda summarizing the
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
presentation must (1) list all persons
attending or otherwise participating in
the meeting at which the ex parte
presentation was made, and (2)
summarize all data presented and
arguments made during the
presentation. If the presentation
consisted in whole or in part of the
presentation of data or arguments
already reflected in the presenter’s
written comments, memoranda or other
filings in the proceeding, the presenter
may provide citations to such data or
arguments in his or her prior comments,
memoranda, or other filings (specifying
the relevant page and/or paragraph
numbers where such data or arguments
can be found) in lieu of summarizing
them in the memorandum. Documents
shown or given to Commission staff
during ex parte meetings are deemed to
be written ex parte presentations and
must be filed consistent with rule
§ 1.1206(b). In proceedings governed by
rule § 1.49(f) or for which the
Commission has made available a
method of electronic filing, written ex
parte presentations and memoranda
summarizing oral ex parte
presentations, and all attachments
thereto, must be filed through the
electronic comment filing system
available for that proceeding, and must
be filed in their native format (e.g., .doc,
.xml, .ppt, searchable .pdf). Participants
in this proceeding should familiarize
themselves with the Commission’s ex
parte rules.
B. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
311. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended
(RFA), the Commission has prepared
this Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA) of the possible
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities by
the policies and rules proposed in this
Notice. Written public comments are
requested on this IRFA. Comments must
be identified as responses to the IRFA
and must be filed by the deadlines for
comments on the Notice. The
Commission will send a copy of the
Notice, including this IRFA, to the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration (SBA). In
addition, the Notice and IRFA (or
summaries thereof) will be published in
the Federal Register.
1. Need for, and Objectives of, the
Proposed Rules
312. In the Notice, we seek public
comment on approaches to reform and
modernize how Universal Service Fund
(USF or Fund) contributions are
assessed and recovered. We seek
comment on ways to reform the USF
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
contribution system in an effort to
promote efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability. We seek comment in four
key areas regarding the contributions
system: (1) Who should contribute to
the Fund; (2) how contributions should
be assessed; (3) how the administration
of the contribution system can be
improved; and (4) recovery of universal
service contributions from consumers.
313. First, we seek comment on who
should contribute to the Fund.
Specifically, we seek comment on how
we could exercise our permissive
authority to define what services or
providers should be subject to
contribution obligations, either by: (1)
Clarifying or modifying on a service-byservice basis whether particular services
or providers are required to contribute
to the Fund; or (2) adopting a more
general rule that would specify which
interstate telecommunications providers
must contribute without enumerating
the specific services subject to
assessment.
314. Second, we seek comment on
how contributions should be assessed.
In particular, what methodology we
should use to determine the relative
contribution obligation among those
providers who are required to
contribute. In particular, we seek to
refresh the record and update proposals
to assess based on revenues,
connections, numbers, or a hybrid
approach. For each alternative, we ask
parties to address the current and
projected impact on the relative
contribution burden for consumers and
businesses in light of marketplace
trends.
315. Third, we seek comment on how
to improve the administration of the
contribution system. We seek comment
on potential rule changes that could be
implemented to provide greater
transparency and clarity regarding
contribution obligations, reduce costs of
administering the program, and improve
the operation and administration of the
program. Specifically, we seek comment
on potential rule changes in six areas
that should improve administration: (1)
Updating the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet and its
instructions; (2) revising the frequency
of adjustments to the contribution
factor; (3) codifying the pay-and-dispute
policy; (4) improving oversight and
accountability; (5) mandating electronic
filing of the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet with a fee for
paper filer; and (6) implementing a filer
registration and deregistration
requirement for all parties required to
file the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
316. Finally, we seek comment on
whether the Commission could promote
fairness and transparency by modifying
the methods by which providers recover
the costs of universal contributions from
consumers. Specifically, we seek
comment on the following questions: (1)
whether to limit the flexibility of
contributors to pass through
contribution costs as a separately stated
line item on customer bills; (2) whether
to implement measures to ensure
contributions are made by contributors
that become insolvent; and (3) whether
to prohibit competitive carriers from
recovering universal service
contributions for Lifeline offerings from
Lifeline subscribers.
2. Legal Basis
317. The legal basis for any action that
may be taken pursuant to the Notice is
contained in sections 1, 2, 4(i), 4(j), 201,
202, 218–220, 254, and 303(r) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, and section 706 of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, as
amended.
3. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Proposed Rules Will Apply
318. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of, and where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA
generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small-business concern’’
under the Small Business Act. A ‘‘smallbusiness concern’’ is one which: (1) Is
independently owned and operated; (2)
is not dominant in its field of operation;
and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA. Nationwide,
there are a total of approximately 29.6
million small businesses, according to
the SBA.
319. Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, which
consists of all such companies having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
a total of 3,188 firms in this category,
that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3144 firms employed 999 or fewer
employees, and 44 firms employed 1000
employees or more. Thus, under this
size standard, the majority of firms can
be considered small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33933
320. Local Exchange Carriers (LECs).
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a size standard for small
businesses specifically applicable to
local exchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers
reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these
carriers, an estimated 1,006 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 301 have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that most
providers of local exchange service are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
321. Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers (incumbent LECs). Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a size standard for small businesses
specifically applicable to incumbent
local exchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers
reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these
carriers, an estimated 1,006 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 301 have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that most
providers of incumbent local exchange
service are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
322. We have included small
incumbent LECs in this present RFA
analysis. As noted above, a ‘‘small
business’’ under the RFA is one that,
inter alia, meets the pertinent small
business size standard (e.g., a telephone
communications business having 1,500
or fewer employees), and ‘‘is not
dominant in its field of operation.’’ The
SBA’s Office of Advocacy contends that,
for RFA purposes, small incumbent
LECs are not dominant in their field of
operation because any such dominance
is not ‘‘national’’ in scope. We have
therefore included small incumbent
LECs in this RFA analysis, although we
emphasize that this RFA action has no
effect on Commission analyses and
determinations in other, non-RFA
contexts.
323. Competitive Local Exchange
Carriers (competitive LECs), Competitive
Access Providers (CAPs), Shared-Tenant
Service Providers, and Other Local
Service Providers. Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a small business size standard
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33934
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
specifically for these service providers.
The closest applicable size standard
under SBA rules is for Wired
Telecommunications Carriers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 1,442
carriers reported that they were engaged
in the provision of either competitive
local exchange services or competitive
access provider services. Of these
carriers, an estimated 1,256 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 186 have more
than 1,500 employees. In addition, 17
carriers have reported that they are
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
all 17 are estimated to have 1,500 or
fewer employees. In addition, 72
carriers have reported that they are
Other Local Service Providers. Of these
72 carriers, an estimated 70 have 1,500
or fewer employees and two have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that most
providers of competitive local exchange
service, competitive access providers,
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
Other Local Service Providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
324. Interexchange Carriers (IXCs).
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a size standard for small
businesses specifically applicable to
interexchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 359 companies
reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of interexchange services.
Of these companies, an estimated 317
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 42
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of
interexchange service providers are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
325. Prepaid Calling Card Providers.
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size
standard specifically for prepaid calling
card providers. The closest applicable
size standard under SBA rules is for
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 193
providers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of prepaid
calling cards. Of these providers, an
estimated 193, or all such providers,
have 1,500 or fewer employees and
none have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
estimates that the majority of prepaid
calling card providers are small entities
that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
326. Local Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 213
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of local resale
services. Of these, an estimated 211
have 1,500 or fewer employees and two
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of local
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
327. Toll Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 881
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of toll resale
services. Of these, an estimated 857
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 24
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of toll
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
328. Payphone Service Providers
(PSPs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business
size standard specifically for payphone
services providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 535 carriers have
reported that they are engaged in the
provision of payphone services. Of
these, an estimated 531 have 1,500 or
fewer employees and four have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the
majority of payphone service providers
are small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
329. Operator Service Providers
(OSPs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business
size standard specifically for operator
service providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 33 carriers have
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
reported that they are engaged in the
provision of operator services. Of these,
an estimated 31 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and two have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of OSPs are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
330. Other Toll Carriers. Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a size standard for small businesses
specifically applicable to Other Toll
Carriers. This category includes toll
carriers that do not fall within the
categories of interexchange carriers,
operator service providers, prepaid
calling card providers, satellite service
carriers, or toll resellers. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 284 companies
reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of other toll carriage. Of
these, an estimated 279 have 1,500 or
fewer employees and five have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the
majority of Other Toll Carriers are small
entities that may be affected by the rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
331. 800 and 800-Like Service
Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small
business size standard specifically for
800 and 800-like service (toll-free)
subscribers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. The most reliable source of
information regarding the number of
these service subscribers appears to be
data the Commission collects on the
800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in use.
According to this data, as of September
2009, the number of 800 numbers
assigned was 7,860,000; the number of
888 numbers assigned was 5,588,687;
the number of 877 numbers assigned
was 4,721,866; and the number of 866
numbers assigned was 7,867,736. We do
not have data specifying the number of
these subscribers that are not
independently owned and operated or
have more than 1,500 employees, and
thus are unable at this time to estimate
with greater precision the number of
toll-free subscribers that would qualify
as small businesses under the SBA size
standard. Consequently, we estimate
that there are 7,860,000 or fewer small
entity 800 subscribers; 5,588,687 or
fewer small entity 888 subscribers;
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
4,721,866 or fewer small entity 877
subscribers; and 7,867,736 or fewer
small entity 866 subscribers.
2. Wireless Telecommunications Service
Providers
332. Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite). Since 2007,
the SBA has recognized wireless firms
within this new, broad, economic
census category. Prior to that time, such
firms were within the now-superseded
categories of ‘‘Paging’’ and ‘‘Cellular and
Other Wireless Telecommunications.’’
Under the present and prior categories,
the SBA has deemed a wireless business
to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. For this category, census
data for 2007 show that there were 1,383
firms that operated for the entire year.
Of this total, 1,368 firms employed 999
or fewer employees and 15 employed
1000 employees or more. Similarly,
according to Commission data, 413
carriers reported that they were engaged
in the provision of wireless telephony,
including cellular service, Personal
Communications Service (PCS), and
Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR)
Telephony services. Of these, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these
firms can be considered small. Thus,
using available data, we estimate that
the majority of wireless firms can be
considered small entities that may be
affected by the rules adopted pursuant
to the Notice.
333. Broadband Personal
Communications Service. The
broadband personal communications
service (PCS) spectrum is divided into
six frequency blocks designated A
through F, and the Commission has held
auctions for each block. The
Commission defined ‘‘small entity’’ for
Blocks C and F as an entity that has
average gross revenues of $40 million or
less in the three previous calendar
years. For Block F, an additional
classification for ‘‘very small business’’
was added and is defined as an entity
that, together with its affiliates, has
average gross revenues of not more than
$15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. These standards
defining ‘‘small entity’’ in the context of
broadband PCS auctions have been
approved by the SBA. No small
businesses, within the SBA-approved
small business size standards bid
successfully for licenses in Blocks A
and B. There were 90 winning bidders
that qualified as small entities in the
Block C auctions. A total of 93 small
and very small business bidders won
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
approximately 40 percent of the 1,479
licenses for Blocks D, E, and F. In 1999,
the Commission re-auctioned 347 C, E,
and F Block licenses. There were 48
small business winning bidders. In
2001, the Commission completed the
auction of 422 C and F Broadband PCS
licenses in Auction 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in this auction, 29
qualified as ‘‘small’’ or ‘‘very small’’
businesses. Subsequent events,
concerning Auction 35, including
judicial and agency determinations,
resulted in a total of 163 C and F Block
licenses being available for grant. In
2005, the Commission completed an
auction of 188 C block licenses and 21
F block licenses in Auction 58. There
were 24 winning bidders for 217
licenses. Of the 24 winning bidders, 16
claimed small business status and won
156 licenses. In 2007, the Commission
completed an auction of 33 licenses in
the A, C, and F Blocks in Auction 71.
Of the 14 winning bidders, six were
designated entities. In 2008, the
Commission completed an auction of 20
Broadband PCS licenses in the C, D, E
and F block licenses in Auction 78.
334. Advanced Wireless Services. In
2008, the Commission conducted the
auction of Advanced Wireless Services
(‘‘AWS’’) licenses. This auction, which
as designated as Auction 78, offered 35
licenses in the AWS 1710–1755 MHz
and 2110–2155 MHz bands (‘‘AWS–1’’).
The AWS–1 licenses were licenses for
which there were no winning bids in
Auction 66. That same year, the
Commission completed Auction 78. A
bidder with attributed average annual
gross revenues that exceeded $15
million and did not exceed $40 million
for the preceding three years (‘‘small
business’’) received a 15 percent
discount on its winning bid. A bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that did not exceed $15
million for the preceding three years
(‘‘very small business’’) received a 25
percent discount on its winning bid. A
bidder that had combined total assets of
less than $500 million and combined
gross revenues of less than $125 million
in each of the last two years qualified
for entrepreneur status. Four winning
bidders that identified themselves as
very small businesses won 17 licenses.
Three of the winning bidders that
identified themselves as a small
business won five licenses.
Additionally, one other winning bidder
that qualified for entrepreneur status
won two licenses.
335. Narrowband Personal
Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted an auction for
Narrowband PCS licenses. A second
auction was also conducted later in
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33935
1994. For purposes of the first two
Narrowband PCS auctions, ‘‘small
businesses’’ were entities with average
gross revenues for the prior three
calendar years of $40 million or less.
Through these auctions, the
Commission awarded a total of 41
licenses, 11 of which were obtained by
four small businesses. To ensure
meaningful participation by small
business entities in future auctions, the
Commission adopted a two-tiered small
business size standard in the
Narrowband PCS Second Report and
Order, 65 FR 35875, June 6, 2000. A
‘‘small business’’ is an entity that,
together with affiliates and controlling
interests, has average gross revenues for
the three preceding years of not more
than $40 million. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
affiliates and controlling interests, has
average gross revenues for the three
preceding years of not more than $15
million. The SBA has approved these
small business size standards. A third
auction was conducted in 2001. Here,
five bidders won 317 (Metropolitan
Trading Areas and nationwide) licenses.
Three of these claimed status as a small
or very small entity and won 311
licenses.
336. Paging (Private and Common
Carrier). In the Paging Third Report and
Order, 64 FR 33762, June 4, 1999, the
Commission developed a small business
size standard for ‘‘small businesses’’ and
‘‘very small businesses’’ for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. A ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues not
exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, a ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
According to Commission data, 291
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in Paging or Messaging Service.
Of these, an estimated 289 have 1,500 or
fewer employees, and two have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the
majority of paging providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice. An
auction of Metropolitan Economic Area
licenses commenced on February 24,
2000, and closed on March 2, 2000. Of
the 2,499 licenses auctioned, 985 were
sold. Fifty-seven companies claiming
small business status won 440 licenses.
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33936
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
A subsequent auction of MEA and
Economic Area (‘‘EA’’) licenses was
held in the year 2001. Of the 15,514
licenses auctioned, 5,323 were sold.
One hundred thirty-two companies
claiming small business status
purchased 3,724 licenses. A third
auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses in
each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in
all but three of the 51 MEAs, was held
in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming
small or very small business status won
2,093 licenses. A fourth auction of 9,603
lower and upper band paging licenses
was held in the year 2010. Twenty-nine
bidders claiming small or very small
business status won 3,016 licenses.
337. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase I
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase
I licensing was conducted by lotteries in
1992 and 1993. There are approximately
1,515 such non-nationwide licensees
and four nationwide licensees currently
authorized to operate in the 220 MHz
band. The Commission has not
developed a small business size
standard for small entities specifically
applicable to such incumbent 220 MHz
Phase I licensees. To estimate the
number of such licensees that are small
businesses, we apply the small business
size standard under the SBA rules
applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under this category, the SBA
deems a wireless business to be small if
it has 1,500 or fewer employees. The
Commission estimates that nearly all
such licensees are small businesses
under the SBA’s small business size
standard that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
338. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase II
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The
Phase II 220 MHz service is subject to
spectrum auctions. In the 220 MHz
Third Report and Order, we adopted a
small business size standard for ‘‘small’’
and ‘‘very small’’ businesses for
purposes of determining their eligibility
for special provisions such as bidding
credits and installment payments. This
small business size standard indicates
that a ‘‘small business’’ is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for
the preceding three years. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that do not
exceed $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
Auctions of Phase II licenses
commenced on September 15, 1998, and
closed on October 22, 1998. In the first
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
auction, 908 licenses were auctioned in
three different-sized geographic areas:
three nationwide licenses, 30 Regional
Economic Area Group (EAG) Licenses,
and 875 Economic Area (EA) Licenses.
Of the 908 licenses auctioned, 693 were
sold. Thirty-nine small businesses won
licenses in the first 220 MHz auction.
The second auction included 225
licenses: 216 EA licenses and nine EAG
licenses. Fourteen companies claiming
small business status won 158 licenses.
339. Specialized Mobile Radio. The
Commission awards small business
bidding credits in auctions for
Specialized Mobile Radio (‘‘SMR’’)
geographic area licenses in the 800 MHz
and 900 MHz bands to entities that had
revenues of no more than $15 million in
each of the three previous calendar
years. The Commission awards very
small business bidding credits to
entities that had revenues of no more
than $3 million in each of the three
previous calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size
standards for the 800 MHz and 900 MHz
SMR Services. The Commission has
held auctions for geographic area
licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz
bands. The 900 MHz SMR auction was
completed in 1996. Sixty bidders
claiming that they qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size
standard won 263 geographic area
licenses in the 900 MHz SMR band. The
800 MHz SMR auction for the upper 200
channels was conducted in 1997. Ten
bidders claiming that they qualified as
small businesses under the $15 million
size standard won 38 geographic area
licenses for the upper 200 channels in
the 800 MHz SMR band. A second
auction for the 800 MHz band was
conducted in 2002 and included 23 BEA
licenses. One bidder claiming small
business status won five licenses.
340. The auction of the 1,053 800
MHz SMR geographic area licenses for
the General Category channels was
conducted in 2000. Eleven bidders won
108 geographic area licenses for the
General Category channels in the 800
MHz SMR band qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size
standard. In an auction completed in
2000, a total of 2,800 Economic Area
licenses in the lower 80 channels of the
800 MHz SMR service were awarded. Of
the 22 winning bidders, 19 claimed
small business status and won 129
licenses. Thus, combining all three
auctions, 40 winning bidders for
geographic licenses in the 800 MHz
SMR band claimed status as small
business.
341. In addition, there are numerous
incumbent site-by-site SMR licensees
and licensees with extended
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
implementation authorizations in the
800 and 900 MHz bands. We do not
know how many firms provide 800 MHz
or 900 MHz geographic area SMR
pursuant to extended implementation
authorizations, nor how many of these
providers have annual revenues of no
more than $15 million. One firm has
over $15 million in revenues. In
addition, we do not know how many of
these firms have 1,500 or fewer
employees. We assume, for purposes of
this analysis, that all of the remaining
existing extended implementation
authorizations are held by small
entities, as that small business size
standard is approved by the SBA.
342. Broadband Radio Service and
Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems,
previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (‘‘MDS’’) and
Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (‘‘MMDS’’) systems, and
‘‘wireless cable,’’ transmit video
programming to subscribers and provide
two-way high speed data operations
using the microwave frequencies of the
Broadband Radio Service (‘‘BRS’’) and
Educational Broadband Service (‘‘EBS’’)
(previously referred to as the
Instructional Television Fixed Service
(‘‘ITFS’’)). In connection with the 1996
BRS auction, the Commission
established a small business size
standard as an entity that had annual
average gross revenues of no more than
$40 million in the previous three
calendar years. The BRS auctions
resulted in 67 successful bidders
obtaining licensing opportunities for
493 Basic Trading Areas (‘‘BTAs’’). Of
the 67 auction winners, 61 met the
definition of a small business. BRS also
includes licensees of stations authorized
prior to the auction. At this time, we
estimate that of the 61 small business
BRS auction winners, 48 remain small
business licensees. In addition to the 48
small businesses that hold BTA
authorizations, there are approximately
392 incumbent BRS licensees that are
considered small entities. After adding
the number of small business auction
licensees to the number of incumbent
licensees not already counted, we find
that there are currently approximately
440 BRS licensees that are defined as
small businesses under either the SBA
or the Commission’s rules. The
Commission has adopted three levels of
bidding credits for BRS: (i) A bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that exceed $15 million and do
not exceed $40 million for the preceding
three years (small business) is eligible to
receive a 15 percent discount on its
winning bid; (ii) a bidder with
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
attributed average annual gross revenues
that exceed $3 million and do not
exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years (very small business) is
eligible to receive a 25 percent discount
on its winning bid; and (iii) a bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that do not exceed $3 million
for the preceding three years
(entrepreneur) is eligible to receive a 35
percent discount on its winning bid. In
2009, the Commission conducted
Auction 86, which offered 78 BRS
licenses. Auction 86 concluded with ten
bidders winning 61 licenses. Of the ten,
two bidders claimed small business
status and won four licenses; one bidder
claimed very small business status and
won three licenses; and two bidders
claimed entrepreneur status and won
six licenses.
343. In addition, the SBA’s Cable
Television Distribution Services small
business size standard is applicable to
EBS. There are presently 2,032 EBS
licensees. All but 100 of these licenses
are held by educational institutions.
Educational institutions are included in
this analysis as small entities. Thus, we
estimate that at least 1,932 licensees are
small businesses. Since 2007, Cable
Television Distribution Services have
been defined within the broad economic
census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA defines a small
business size standard for this category
as any such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such firms having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
a total of 955 firms in this previous
category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 939 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees,
and 16 firms had employment of 1000
employees or more. Thus, under this
size standard, the majority of firms can
be considered small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
344. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses.
The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of
small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits. The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
Commission defined a ‘‘small business’’
as an entity that, together with its
affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding
$40 million for the preceding three
years. A ‘‘very small business’’ is
defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, the Lower 700
MHz Band had a third category of small
business status for Metropolitan/Rural
Service Area (‘‘MSA/RSA’’) licenses,
identified as ‘‘entrepreneur’’ and
defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA approved these
small size standards. The Commission
conducted an auction in 2002 of 740
Lower 700 MHz Band licenses (one
license in each of the 734 MSAs/RSAs
and one license in each of the six
Economic Area Groupings (EAGs)). Of
the 740 licenses available for auction,
484 licenses were sold to 102 winning
bidders. Seventy-two of the winning
bidders claimed small business, very
small business or entrepreneur status
and won a total of 329 licenses. The
Commission conducted a second Lower
700 MHz Band auction in 2003 that
included 256 licenses: Five EAG
licenses and 476 Cellular Market Area
licenses. Seventeen winning bidders
claimed small or very small business
status and won 60 licenses, and nine
winning bidders claimed entrepreneur
status and won 154 licenses. In 2005,
the Commission completed an auction
of five licenses in the Lower 700 MHz
Band, designated Auction 60. There
were three winning bidders for five
licenses. All three winning bidders
claimed small business status.
345. In 2007, the Commission
reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second
Report and Order. The 700 MHz Second
Report and Order revised the band plan
for the commercial (including Guard
Band) and public safety spectrum,
adopted services rules, including
stringent build-out requirements, an
open platform requirement on the C
Block, and a requirement on the D Block
licensee to construct and operate a
nationwide, interoperable wireless
broadband network for public safety
users. An auction of A, B and E block
licenses in the Lower 700 MHz band
was held in 2008. Twenty winning
bidders claimed small business status
(those with attributable average annual
gross revenues that exceed $15 million
and do not exceed $40 million for the
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33937
preceding three years). Thirty-three
winning bidders claimed very small
business status (those with attributable
average annual gross revenues that do
not exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years). In 2011, the Commission
conducted Auction 92, which offered 16
Lower 700 MHz band licenses that had
been made available in Auction 73 but
either remained unsold or were licenses
on which a winning bidder defaulted.
Two of the seven winning bidders in
Auction 92 claimed very small business
status, winning a total of four licenses.
346. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses.
In the 700 MHz Second Report and
Order, the Commission revised its rules
regarding Upper 700 MHz band
licenses. In 2008, the Commission
conducted Auction 73 in which C and
D block licenses in the Upper 700 MHz
band were available. Three winning
bidders claimed very small business
status (those with attributable average
annual gross revenues that do not
exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years).
347. 700 MHz Guard Band Licenses.
In the 700 MHz Guard Band Order , we
adopted a small business size standard
for ‘‘small businesses’’ and ‘‘very small
businesses’’ for purposes of determining
their eligibility for special provisions
such as bidding credits and installment
payments. A ‘‘small business’’ is an
entity that, together with its affiliates
and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues not exceeding $40
million for the preceding three years.
Additionally, a ‘‘very small business’’ is
an entity that, together with its affiliates
and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues that are not more than
$15 million for the preceding three
years. An auction of 52 Major Economic
Area (MEA) licenses commenced on
September 6, 2000, and closed on
September 21, 2000. Of the 104 licenses
auctioned, 96 licenses were sold to nine
bidders. Five of these bidders were
small businesses that won a total of 26
licenses. A second auction of 700 MHz
Guard Band licenses commenced on
February 13, 2001 and closed on
February 21, 2001. All eight of the
licenses auctioned were sold to three
bidders. One of these bidders was a
small business that won a total of two
licenses.
348. Cellular Radiotelephone Service.
Auction 77 was held to resolve one
group of mutually exclusive
applications for Cellular Radiotelephone
Service licenses for unserved areas in
New Mexico. Bidding credits for
designated entities were not available in
Auction 77. In 2008, the Commission
completed the closed auction of one
unserved service area in the Cellular
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33938
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Radiotelephone Service, designated as
Auction 77. Auction 77 concluded with
one provisionally winning bid for the
unserved area totaling $25,002.
349. Private Land Mobile Radio
(PLMR). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial,
business, land transportation, and
public safety activities. These radios are
used by companies of all sizes operating
in all U.S. business categories, and are
often used in support of the licensee’s
primary (non-telecommunications)
business operations. For the purpose of
determining whether a licensee of a
PLMR system is a small business as
defined by the SBA, we use the broad
census category, Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that
a small entity is any such entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.
The Commission does not require PLMR
licensees to disclose information about
number of employees, so the
Commission does not have information
that could be used to determine how
many PLMR licensees constitute small
entities under this definition. We note
that PLMR licensees generally use the
licensed facilities in support of other
business activities, and therefore, it
would also be helpful to assess PLMR
licensees under the standards applied to
the particular industry subsector to
which the licensee belongs.
350. As of March 2010, there were
424,162 PLMR licensees operating
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands
below 512 MHz. We note that any entity
engaged in a commercial activity is
eligible to hold a PLMR license, and that
any revised rules in this context could
therefore potentially impact small
entities covering a great variety of
industries.
351. Rural Radiotelephone Service.
The Commission has not adopted a size
standard for small businesses specific to
the Rural Radiotelephone Service. A
significant subset of the Rural
Radiotelephone Service is the Basic
Exchange Telephone Radio System
(‘‘BETRS’’). In the present context, we
will use the SBA’s small business size
standard applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite), i.e., an entity employing no
more than 1,500 persons. There are
approximately 1,000 licensees in the
Rural Radiotelephone Service, and the
Commission estimates that there are
1,000 or fewer small entity licensees in
the Rural Radiotelephone Service that
may be affected by rules proposed in the
Notice.
352. Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service. The Commission has not
adopted a small business size standard
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
specific to the Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service. We will use
SBA’s small business size standard
applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite), i.e., an entity employing no
more than 1,500 persons. There are
approximately 100 licensees in the AirGround Radiotelephone Service, and we
estimate that almost all of them qualify
as small under the SBA small business
size standard and may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
353. Aviation and Marine Radio
Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use
a very high frequency (VHF) marine or
aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an
emergency position-indicating radio
beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency
locator transmitter. The Commission has
not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these
small businesses. For purposes of this
analysis, the Commission uses the SBA
small business size standard for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite), which is
1,500 or fewer employees. Census data
for 2007, which supersede data
contained in the 2002 Census, show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated that
year. Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer
than 100 employees, and 15 firms had
more than 100 employees. Most
applicants for recreational licenses are
individuals. Approximately 581,000
ship station licensees and 131,000
aircraft station licensees operate
domestically and are not subject to the
radio carriage requirements of any
statute or treaty. For purposes of our
evaluations in this analysis, we estimate
that there are up to approximately
712,000 licensees that are small
businesses (or individuals) under the
SBA standard. In addition, between
December 3, 1998 and December 14,
1998, the Commission held an auction
of 42 VHF Public Coast licenses in the
157.1875–157.4500 MHz (ship transmit)
and 161.775–162.0125 MHz (coast
transmit) bands. For purposes of the
auction, the Commission defined a
‘‘small’’ business as an entity that,
together with controlling interests and
affiliates, has average gross revenues for
the preceding three years not to exceed
$15 million dollars. In addition, a ‘‘very
small’’ business is one that, together
with controlling interests and affiliates,
has average gross revenues for the
preceding three years not to exceed $3
million dollars. There are approximately
10,672 licensees in the Marine Coast
Service, and the Commission estimates
that almost all of them qualify as
‘‘small’’ businesses under the above
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
special small business size standards
and may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
354. Fixed Microwave Services. Fixed
microwave services include common
carrier, private operational-fixed, and
broadcast auxiliary radio services. At
present, there are approximately 22,015
common carrier fixed licensees and
61,670 private operational-fixed
licensees and broadcast auxiliary radio
licensees in the microwave services.
The Commission has not created a size
standard for a small business
specifically with respect to fixed
microwave services. For purposes of
this analysis, the Commission uses the
SBA small business size standard for
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), which is 1,500 or
fewer employees. The Commission does
not have data specifying the number of
these licensees that have more than
1,500 employees, and thus is unable at
this time to estimate with greater
precision the number of fixed
microwave service licensees that would
qualify as small business concerns
under the SBA’s small business size
standard. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that there are up
to 22,015 common carrier fixed
licensees and up to 61,670 private
operational-fixed licensees and
broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in
the microwave services that may be
small and may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice. We
note, however, that the common carrier
microwave fixed licensee category
includes some large entities.
355. Offshore Radiotelephone Service.
This service operates on several UHF
television broadcast channels that are
not used for television broadcasting in
the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico. There are presently
approximately 55 licensees in this
service. We are unable to estimate at
this time the number of licensees that
would qualify as small under the SBA’s
small business size standard for Cellular
and Other Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under that SBA small
business size standard, a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
Census data for 2007, which supersede
data contained in the 2002 Census,
show that there were 1,383 firms that
operated that year. Of those 1,383, 1,368
had fewer than 100 employees, and 15
firms had more than 100 employees.
Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered
small.
356. 39 GHz Service. The Commission
created a special small business size
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
standard for 39 GHz licenses—an entity
that has average gross revenues of $40
million or less in the three previous
calendar years. An additional size
standard for ‘‘very small business’’ is:
An entity that, together with affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards. The
auction of the 2,173 39 GHz licenses
began on April 12, 2000 and closed on
May 8, 2000. The 18 bidders who
claimed small business status won 849
licenses. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that 18 or fewer 39 GHz
licensees are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
357. Local Multipoint Distribution
Service. Local Multipoint Distribution
Service (‘‘LMDS’’) is a fixed broadband
point-to-multipoint microwave service
that provides for two-way video
telecommunications. The auction of the
986 LMDS licenses began and closed in
1998. The Commission established a
small business size standard for LMDS
licenses as an entity that has average
gross revenues of less than $40 million
in the three previous calendar years. An
additional small business size standard
for ‘‘very small business’’ was added as
an entity that, together with its affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards in
the context of LMDS auctions. There
were 93 winning bidders that qualified
as small entities in the LMDS auctions.
A total of 93 small and very small
business bidders won approximately
277 A Block licenses and 387 B Block
licenses. In 1999, the Commission reauctioned 161 licenses; there were 32
small and very small businesses
winning that won 119 licenses.
358. 218–219 MHz Service. The first
auction of 218–219 MHz spectrum
resulted in 170 entities winning licenses
for 594 Metropolitan Statistical Area
(MSA) licenses. Of the 594 licenses, 557
were won by entities qualifying as a
small business. For that auction, the
small business size standard was an
entity that, together with its affiliates,
has no more than a $6 million net worth
and, after federal income taxes
(excluding any carry over losses), has no
more than $2 million in annual profits
each year for the previous two years. In
the 218–219 MHz Report and Order and
Memorandum Opinion and Order, we
established a small business size
standard for a ‘‘small business’’ as an
entity that, together with its affiliates
and persons or entities that hold
interests in such an entity and their
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues not to exceed $15 million for
the preceding three years. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and persons
or entities that hold interests in such an
entity and its affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues not to exceed $3
million for the preceding three years.
These size standards will be used in
future auctions of 218–219 MHz
spectrum.
359. 2.3 GHz Wireless
Communications Services. This service
can be used for fixed, mobile,
radiolocation, and digital audio
broadcasting satellite uses. The
Commission defined ‘‘small business’’
for the wireless communications
services (‘‘WCS’’) auction as an entity
with average gross revenues of $40
million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ‘‘very small business’’ as an
entity with average gross revenues of
$15 million for each of the three
preceding years. The SBA has approved
these definitions. The Commission
auctioned geographic area licenses in
the WCS service. In the auction, which
was conducted in 1997, there were
seven bidders that won 31 licenses that
qualified as very small business entities,
and one bidder that won one license
that qualified as a small business entity.
360. 1670–1675 MHz Band. An
auction for one license in the 1670–1675
MHz band was conducted in 2003. The
Commission defined a ‘‘small business’’
as an entity with attributable average
annual gross revenues of not more than
$40 million for the preceding three
years and thus would be eligible for a
15 percent discount on its winning bid
for the 1670–1675 MHz band license.
Further, the Commission defined a
‘‘very small business’’ as an entity with
attributable average annual gross
revenues of not more than $15 million
for the preceding three years and thus
would be eligible to receive a 25 percent
discount on its winning bid for the
1670–1675 MHz band license. One
license was awarded. The winning
bidder was not a small entity.
361. 3650–3700 MHz band. In March
2005, the Commission released a Report
and Order and Memorandum Opinion
and Order that provides for nationwide,
non-exclusive licensing of terrestrial
operations, utilizing contention-based
technologies, in the 3650 MHz band
(i.e., 3650–3700 MHz). As of April 2010,
more than 1270 licenses have been
granted and more than 7433 sites have
been registered. The Commission has
not developed a definition of small
entities applicable to 3650–3700 MHz
band nationwide, non-exclusive
licensees. However, we estimate that the
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33939
majority of these licensees are Internet
Access Service Providers (ISPs) and that
most of those licensees are small
businesses.
362. 24 GHz—Incumbent Licensees.
This analysis may affect incumbent
licensees who were relocated to the 24
GHz band from the 18 GHz band, and
applicants who wish to provide services
in the 24 GHz band. For this service, the
Commission uses the SBA small
business size standard of ‘‘Cellular and
Other Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except satellite),’’ which is
1,500 or fewer employees. We believe
that there are only two licensees in the
24 GHz band that were relocated from
the 18 GHz band, Teligent and TRW,
Inc. It is our understanding that Teligent
and its related companies have fewer
than 1,500 employees, though this may
change in the future. TRW is not a small
entity. Thus, only one incumbent
licensee in the 24 GHz band is a small
business entity.
363. 24 GHz—Future Licensees. With
respect to new applicants in the 24 GHz
band, the size standard for ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average annual gross revenues for the
three preceding years not in excess of
$15 million. ‘‘Very small business’’ in
the 24 GHz band is an entity that,
together with controlling interests and
affiliates, has average gross revenues not
exceeding $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
These size standards will apply to a
future 24 GHz license auction, if held.
3. International Service Providers
364. Satellite Telecommunications.
Since 2007, the SBA has recognized
satellite firms within this revised
category, with a small business size
standard of $15 million. The most
current Census Bureau data are from the
economic census of 2007, and we will
use those figures to gauge the
prevalence of small businesses in this
category. Those size standards are for
the two census categories of ‘‘Satellite
Telecommunications’’ and ‘‘Other
Telecommunications.’’ Under the
‘‘Satellite Telecommunications’’
category, a business is considered small
if it had $15 million or less in average
annual receipts. Under the ‘‘Other
Telecommunications’’ category, a
business is considered small if it had
$25 million or less in average annual
receipts.
365. The first category of Satellite
Telecommunications ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
providing point-to-point
telecommunications services to other
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33940
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
establishments in the
telecommunications and broadcasting
industries by forwarding and receiving
communications signals via a system of
satellites or reselling satellite
telecommunications.’’ For this category,
Census Bureau data for 2007 show that
there were a total of 512 firms that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 464 firms had annual receipts of
under $10 million, and 18 firms had
receipts of $10 million to $24,999,999.
Consequently, we estimate that the
majority of Satellite
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
366. The second category of Other
Telecommunications ‘‘primarily
engaged in providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as
satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation.
This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in
providing satellite terminal stations and
associated facilities connected with one
or more terrestrial systems and capable
of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from,
satellite systems. Establishments
providing Internet services or voice over
Internet protocol (VoIP) services via
client-supplied telecommunications
connections are also included in this
industry.’’ For this category, Census
Bureau data for 2007 show that there
were a total of 2,383 firms that operated
for the entire year. Of this total, 2,346
firms had annual receipts of under $25
million. Consequently, we estimate that
the majority of Other
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by our
action.
4. Cable and OVS Operators
367. Cable and Other Program
Distribution. Since 2007, these services
have been defined within the broad
economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such firms having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
a total of 955 firms in this previous
category that operated for the entire
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
year. Of this total, 939 firms employed
999 or fewer employees, and 16 firms
employed 1000 employees or more.
Thus, under this size standard, the
majority of firms can be considered
small and may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
368. Cable Companies and Systems.
The Commission has developed its own
small business size standards, for the
purpose of cable rate regulation. Under
the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small cable
company’’ is one serving 400,000 or
fewer subscribers, nationwide. Industry
data indicate that, of 1,076 cable
operators nationwide, all but 11 are
small under this size standard. In
addition, under the Commission’s rules,
a ‘‘small system’’ is a cable system
serving 15,000 or fewer subscribers.
Industry data indicate that, of 1,076
cable operators nationwide, all but
eleven are small under this size
standard. In addition, under the
Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small system’’ is
a cable system serving 15,000 or fewer
subscribers. Industry data indicate that,
of 7,208 systems nationwide, 6,139
systems have under 10,000 subscribers.
Thus, under this second size standard,
most cable systems have 10,000—19,999
subscribers. Thus, under this second
size standard, most cable systems are
small and may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
369. Cable System Operators. The Act
also contains a size standard for small
cable system operators, which is ‘‘a
cable operator that, directly or through
an affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer
than 1 percent of all subscribers in the
United States and is not affiliated with
any entity or entities whose gross
annual revenues in the aggregate exceed
$250,000,000.’’ The Commission has
determined that an operator serving
fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be
deemed a small operator, if its annual
revenues, when combined with the total
annual revenues of all its affiliates, do
not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate. Industry data indicate that, of
1,076 cable operators nationwide, all
but ten are small under this size
standard. We note that the Commission
neither requests nor collects information
on whether cable system operators are
affiliated with entities whose gross
annual revenues exceed $250 million,
and therefore we are unable to estimate
more accurately the number of cable
system operators that would qualify as
small under this size standard.
370. Open Video Services. The open
video system (‘‘OVS’’) framework was
established in 1996, and is one of four
statutorily recognized options for the
provision of video programming
services by local exchange carriers. The
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
OVS framework provides opportunities
for the distribution of video
programming other than through cable
systems. Because OVS operators provide
subscription services, OVS falls within
the SBA small business size standard
covering cable services, which is
‘‘Wired Telecommunications Carriers.’’
The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category,
which is: all such firms having 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 955 firms in this previous category
that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 939 firms employed 999 or fewer
employees, and 16 firms employed 1000
employees or more. Thus, under this
second size standard, most cable
systems are small and may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
In addition, we note that the
Commission has certified some OVS
operators, with some now providing
service. Broadband service providers
(‘‘BSPs’’) are currently the only
significant holders of OVS certifications
or local OVS franchises. The
Commission does not have financial or
employment information regarding the
entities authorized to provide OVS,
some of which may not yet be
operational. Thus, again, at least some
of the OVS operators may qualify as
small entities.
5. Internet Service Providers
371. Internet Service Providers. Since
2007, these services have been defined
within the broad economic census
category of Wired Telecommunications
Carriers; that category is defined as
follows: ‘‘This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
operating and/or providing access to
transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the
transmission of voice, data, text, sound,
and video using wired
telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA has developed
a small business size standard of 1,500
or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data from 2007, there
were 3,188 firms in this category, total,
that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 firms had employment of
999 or fewer employees, and 44 firms
had employment of 1000 employees or
more. Consequently, we estimate that
the majority of these firms are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to this Notice.
6. Other Internet-Related Entities
372. Internet Publishing and
Broadcasting and Web Search Portals.
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Our action may pertain to
interconnected VoIP services, which
could be provided by entities that
provide other services such as email,
online gaming, web browsing, video
conferencing, instant messaging, and
other, similar IP-enabled services. The
Commission has not adopted a size
standard for entities that create or
provide these types of services or
applications. However, the Census
Bureau has identified firms that
‘‘primarily engaged in (1) publishing
and/or broadcasting content on the
Internet exclusively or (2) operating
Web sites that use a search engine to
generate and maintain extensive
databases of Internet addresses and
content in an easily searchable format
(and known as Web search portals).’’
The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category,
which is: all such firms having 500 or
fewer employees. According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were 2,705
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 2,682 firms
employed 499 or fewer employees, and
23 firms employed 500 employees or
more. Consequently, we estimate that
the majority of these firms are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
373. Data Processing, Hosting, and
Related Services. Entities in this
category ‘‘primarily * * * provid[e]
infrastructure for hosting or data
processing services.’’ The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for this category; that size
standard is $25 million or less in
average annual receipts. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
8,060 firms in this category that
operated for the entire year. Of these,
7,744 had annual receipts of under
$24,999,999. Consequently, we estimate
that the majority of these firms are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
374. All Other Information Services.
The Census Bureau defines this industry
as including ‘‘establishments primarily
engaged in providing other information
services (except news syndicates,
libraries, archives, Internet publishing
and broadcasting, and Web search
portals).’’ Our action pertains to
interconnected VoIP services, which
could be provided by entities that
provide other services such as email,
online gaming, web browsing, video
conferencing, instant messaging, and
other, similar IP-enabled services. The
SBA has developed a small business
size standard for this category; that size
standard is $7.0 million or less in
average annual receipts. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
367 firms in this category that operated
for the entire year. Of these, 334 had
annual receipts of under $5.0 million,
and an additional 11 firms had receipts
of between $5 million and $9,999,999.
Consequently, we estimate that the
majority of these firms are small entities
that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
7. Other Entities
375. Responsible Organizations
(RespOrgs). Toll-free numbers are
assigned on a first-come, first-served
basis by entities referred to as
‘‘Responsible Organizations’’ or
‘‘RespOrgs.’’ These entities, which may
or may not be telephone companies,
have access to the SMS/800 database,
which contains information regarding
the status of all toll-free numbers.
RespOrgs are certified by the SMS/800
database administrator, which manages
toll-free service. Most RespOrgs are
telephone carriers or companies. Other
companies that apply for RespOrg status
are enhanced voice mail providers, VoIP
carriers, call tracking and marketing
analytics firms, or vanity number firms.
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size
standard specifically for RespOrgs.
There are 404 RespOrgs certified by
SMS/800. Consequently, we estimate
that there are not more than 404
RespOrgs that are small entities.
4. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities
376. The transition to a simplified
contribution system could affect all
telecommunications providers,
including small entities, and may
include new administrative processes.
The Commission seeks comment on
various reporting, recordkeeping, and
other compliance requirements that may
apply to all telecommunications
providers, including small entities. We
seek comment on any costs and burdens
on small entities associated with the
proposed rules, including data
quantifying the extent of such costs or
burdens.
377. Apportioning Revenues from
Bundled Services. Under the current
Fund contribution system, revenues
from telecommunications offerings are
subject to contribution assessment while
revenues from information services and
consumer-premises equipment (CPE) are
excluded from the contribution base. A
telecommunications provider must
therefore apportion its revenues
between telecommunications and nontelecommunications sources for
purposes of contribution assessment.
Telecommunications providers can
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33941
currently apportion their bundled
revenues pursuant to two safe harbor
methods established by the
Commission. In addition to the safe
harbors, a telecommunications provider
could apportion its bundled revenues
using any reasonable alternative
method. In the Notice, we seek
comment on ways to simplify the
apportionment of bundled offerings. We
seek comment on a bright-line rule that
codifies a modified version of the two
safe harbors. If adopted, this change
would affect how telecommunications
providers apportion and report revenues
from bundled services.
378. Contributions for Services with
an Interstate Telecommunications
Component. We seek comment on what
revenues should be assessed to the
extent we choose to exercise our
permissive authority over services that
provide interstate telecommunications.
We seek comment on whether we could
and should require contributions on the
full retail revenues of an information
service that provides interstate
telecommunications. We also seek
comment on whether to assess only the
telecommunications (i.e., the
transmission) component and, if so,
how we would we determine what
portion of the integrated service
revenues should be associated with the
transmission component. We also ask
whether we should craft a rule, or safe
harbor, that provides for assessment of
a certain percentage of retail revenues of
information services with a
telecommunications (transmission)
component. If adopted, this change
would affect all providers of services
that contain an interstate
telecommunications component.
379. Allocating Revenues Between
Inter- and Intrastate Jurisdictions. We
also seek comment on whether the Act
compels us to only assess a portion of
revenues associated with services that
operate interstate, intrastate, or
internationally. In the Notice, we seek
comment on whether to (1) adopt a rule
that requires all providers subject to
contributions to report and contribute
on all revenues derived from assessable
services rather than require providers to
allocate revenues between the interstate
and intrastate jurisdictions; (2) adopt a
bright line rule for how companies
should allocate revenues between
jurisdictions for broad categories of
services; or (3) find that for USF
contribution purposes, revenues from
such services should be reported as 100
percent interstate. If adopted, this
change would affect how
telecommunications providers allocate
and report mixed jurisdiction revenues.
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33942
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
380. Contribution Obligations of
Wholesalers and Their Customers. We
seek comment on modifying the existing
Fund contribution methodology to
assess value-added revenues rather than
end-user revenues. Under a value-added
approach, each telecommunications
provider in a service chain would
contribute based on the value it ‘‘adds’’
to the service. Alternatively, we seek
comment on whether we should
mandate greater specificity in
contributor certifications to their
wholesalers. If adopted, this change
would affect how revenues are reported.
381. Reporting Prepaid Calling Card
Revenues. In the Notice, we seek
comment on adopting a rule to require
prepaid calling card providers to report
and contribute on all end-user revenues,
and who should be deemed the end user
for purposes of such a rule. We seek
comment on rules standardizing the
reporting of prepaid calling card
revenues. We propose rules requiring all
telecommunications providers (as well
as telecommunications carriers) to
register with the Commission, and rules
requiring entities that provide
telecommunications to others for resale
to check the registration status of the
their customers. We believe these rules
will provide reporting entities with
enhanced certainty regarding their
contributions obligations. If adopted,
this change would affect
telecommunications providers that are
wholesalers and resellers of prepaid
calling cards.
382. International
Telecommunications Providers. We seek
comment on eliminating the exemption
for international-only providers and
limited international revenues
exemption (LIRE)-qualifying providers.
We also seek comment on modifying the
LIRE exemption by requiring LIREqualifying providers to contribute on at
least a portion of its revenues. If
adopted, this change would affect
international-only telecommunications
providers and telecommunications
providers who may have previously
relied on the LIRE exemption.
383. Reforming the De Minimis
Exemption. The Commission has
authority to exempt a carrier or class of
carriers from Fund contribution
requirements if their contributions
would be de minimis. Currently, de
minimis status is determined on a
providers’ annual contribution amount.
In the Notice, we seek comment on
simplifying the exemption by basing it
on a provider’s annual assessable
revenues. This should simplify the
process by which entities may
determine if they qualify for the de
minimis exception. If adopted, this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
change would affect de minimis
telecommunications providers.
384. Assessing Contributions Based
on Connections. In this Notice, we seek
comment on whether we should adopt
a contribution system based on
connections. Under a connections-based
system, providers could be assessed
based on the number, speed, or capacity
of connections to a communications
network provided to customers.
Providers would contribute a set
amount per connection, regardless of
the revenues derived from that
connection. We seek comment on
whether a connections-based approach
would better meet our proposed goals of
promoting efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability in the Fund, as well as
other goals identified by commenters. If
adopted, this change would affect all
telecommunications providers.
385. Assessing Contributions Based
on Numbers. We also seek comment on
whether we should adopt a
contributions system based on numbers.
Under a numbers-based system, in its
simplest form, providers would be
assessed based on their count of North
American Numbering Plan telephone
numbers. There would be a standard
monthly assessment per telephone
number, such as $1 per month, with
potentially higher and lower tiers for
certain categories of numbers based on
how these numbers are assigned or
used. The monthly assessment per
number would be calculated by
applying a formula based on the USF
demand requirement and the relevant
count of numbers, however that term is
defined. We seek comment on whether
a numbers-based approach would better
meet our proposed goals of promoting
efficiency, fairness, and sustainability in
the Fund, as well as other goals
identified by commenters. If adopted,
this change would affect all
telecommunications providers.
386. Assessing Contributions Based
on a Hybrid Methodology With a
Numbers Component. In this Notice, we
also seek comment on whether we
should consider a hybrid approach that
combines a telephone numbers
component with a connections
component. Under such an approach,
providers could be assessed a flat fee for
each assessable NANP telephone
number and assessed a fee based on the
connection for services not associated
with a NANP telephone number. We
seek comment on whether a hybrid
approach would better meet our
proposed goals for reforming the
contributions methodology. If adopted,
this change would affect all
telecommunications providers.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
387. Pass-Through of USF
Contributions as a Separate Line Item
Charge. In this Notice, we seek
comment on ways to improve the
transparency for customers relating to
the amount of universal service
contribution charges that are being
passed through by the providers to their
customers. We seek comment on
whether to: (1) Require greater clarity on
customer bills regarding how the USF
charge was calculated; (2) require
providers to disclose at initiation of
service the amount of the quoted rate or
assessable units would be USFassessable; and (3) if we were to adopt
either of these rules, apply them to all
customers, or limit the rules to mass
market customers. We seek comment on
whether to prohibit contributors from
recovering contribution costs as a
separate line item on the customer bill.
We also seek comment on whether we
should take steps to ensure that
contributions are made by contributors
that become insolvent, specifically by
requiring contributors that recover their
contribution obligation from end-users
to segregate those end-user payments in
dedicated trust accounts for the sole
benefit of the USF. Finally, we propose
to level the playing field between
incumbent LECs and competitive LECs
by adopting a rule that would prohibit
competitive ETCs from recovering USF
contribution costs for their Lifeline
offerings from Lifeline subscribers. If
adopted, this change would affect
competitive telecommunications
providers that serve Lifeline customers.
388. Other Reporting Changes. We
propose requiring all
telecommunications providers (as well
as telecommunications carriers) to
register with the Commission, and
propose rules requiring registrants that
provide telecommunications to others
for resale to check the registration status
of their customers. We also propose that
telecommunications providers file
electronically their quarterly and annual
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet, with a fee for those that file
by paper. We believe these rules will
provide reporting entities enhanced
certainty regarding their contribution
obligations.
5. Steps Taken To Minimize the
Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives
Considered
389. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant, specifically
small business, alternatives that it has
considered in reaching its proposed
approach, which may include the
following four alternatives (among
others): ‘‘(1) the establishment of
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance and reporting requirements
under the rules for such small entities;
(3) the use of performance rather than
design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part
thereof, for such small entities.’’
390. As indicated in the Notice, we
seek to reform the contribution system.
We believe our proposed rules will
provide reporting entities enhanced
certainty regarding their contribution
obligations, which is especially
important for small businesses that may
not have the resources of larger business
to comply with complex rules.
391. We believe that adopting a
simplified and clearly defined
apportionment method will provide
greater predictability to all
telecommunications providers and
customers. The Notice seeks comment
on a modified version of the two safe
harbors available for apportioning
revenues from bundled service
offerings. We believe that providing a
bright line rule for providers reduces the
administrative burden for small entities.
392. We seek comment on whether we
should modify the contribution
methodology to assess ‘‘value-added’’
revenues rather than ‘‘end user’’
revenues. Under this approach, each
telecommunications provider in a
service value chain (including both
wholesalers and resellers) would
contribute based on the value in the
providers adds to the service. We also
seek comment on modifying the current
reseller certification process to provide
greater clarity regarding contribution
obligations when wholesale inputs are
incorporated into other services that are
not telecommunications services. We
believe that either of these approaches
would simplify the reporting process for
all parties, and provide greater certainty.
For each approach, we seek comment on
ways to streamline the overall reporting
requirements for all parties. In addition,
these potential rule changes would
increase the Commission’s
administration and oversight of the
contributions system in the wholesaler–
reseller context.
393. We believe that our registration
and deregistration proposals for all
parties required to file the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet will help ensure that the
Commission’s FCC Form 499–A Filer
Database is current and complete. One
of the purposes of registration is that it
allows the Commission to better
monitor registered providers for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
compliance with our rules and
regulations. In addition, a filer
registration requirement provides
transparency to the public, making
available important information
including the relevant regulatory
contact information. We recognize that
the proposed registration and
deregistration process may impose a
small one-time burden on parties that
were not previously required to register,
but we believe the benefit of having a
current and complete database may
outweigh the burden.
394. We seek comment on modifying
the de minimis exemption to base the
threshold on assessable revenues rather
than the amount of contributions. We
believe this will simplify the
contributions system and reduce the
administrative burden for small entities.
We also seek comment on whether this
proposal might also reduce the reporting
obligations and regulatory uncertainty
for de minimis telecommunications
providers that have growing revenues.
Specifically, we seek comment on
whether to make it optional for a
telecommunications provider to file
quarterly Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheets for a year after
which the provider qualifies as de
minimis. We believe these changes
might simplify the reporting obligations
of small entities and reduces their
administrative burden.
395. We seek comment on updating
the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheets (FCC Forms 499–A and
499–Q) and its instructions.
Specifically, we seek comment on
whether we should modify the process
by which these forms are revised by
soliciting public comment from
interested parties prior to adopting
revisions to the forms or the
instructions. We believe these changes
would provide greater clarity to
contributors and simplify compliance
and the administration of the
contributions process.
396. We note that in past contribution
reform proceedings some parties have
proposed alternative contribution
methodologies based on numbers,
connections, or a combination of
numbers and connections. To the extent
that parties believe that alternative
systems would better promote our goals
for contribution reform, we seek
comment on the benefits of such
systems relative to our proposed
improved revenues system and ask for
specific proposals on how such systems
could be implemented.
397. The Notice seeks comment from
all interested parties. The Commission
is aware that some of the proposals or
approaches under consideration may
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33943
impact small entities. Small entities are
encouraged to bring to the
Commission’s attention any specific
concerns they may have with the
proposals or approaches outlined in the
Notice. We invite comment on how
these proposals or approaches might be
made less burdensome for small entities
but still in keeping with our goals for
contribution reform. We also invite
commenters to discuss the benefits of
such changes on small entities and to
weigh these benefits against the burdens
for telecommunications providers that
might also be small entities. The
Commission expects to consider the
economic impact on small entities, as
identified in comments filed in response
to the Notice, in reaching its final
conclusions and taking action in this
proceeding.
6. Federal Rules That May Duplicate,
Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed
Rules
398. None.
C. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
399. This document contains
proposed new or modified information
collection requirements. The
Commission, as part of its continuing
effort to reduce paperwork burdens,
invites the general public and the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB) to
comment on the information collection
requirements contained in this
document, as required by the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104–
13. In addition, pursuant to the Small
Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002,
Public Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C.
3506(c)(4), we seek specific comment on
how we might further reduce the
information collection burden for small
business concerns with fewer than 25
employees.
D. Filing Requirements
400. Comments and Reply Comments.
Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the
Commission’s rules, interested parties
may file comments and reply comments.
Comments on the proposed rules are
due on or before July 9, 2012 and reply
comments are due on or before August
6, 2012. Written comments on the
Paperwork Reduction Act proposed
information collection requirements
must be submitted by the public, Office
of Management and Budget (OMB), and
other interested parties on or before
August 6, 2012. All filings should refer
to CC Docket No 06–122 and GN Docket
No. 09–51. Comments may be filed
using: (1) the Commission’s Electronic
Comment Filing System (ECFS), (2) the
Federal Government’s eRulemaking
Portal, or (3) by filing paper copies.
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
33944
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 / Proposed Rules
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 54
Communications Common Carriers,
Reporting and Record Keeping
Requirements, Telecommunications,
Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Proposed Rules
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR
part 54, as follows:
PART 54—UNIVERSAL SERVICE
1. The authority citation for part 54
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154 (i), 201, 205,
214, 219, 220, 254, 303(r), and 1302 unless
otherwise noted.
2. Amend § 54.706 by adding
paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) to read as
follows:
§ 54.706
Contributions.
*
*
*
*
(f) Registration Requirements. Every
common carrier subject to the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, and every entity required to
submit a Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet shall register with the
Commission in accordance with the
provisions of 47 CFR 64.1195(a) through
(c) and the Instructions to the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet within thirty days of the
commencement of provision of service.
(g) Deregistration Requirements. If a
registrant stops providing interstate and
international telecommunications to
others, it shall deregister with the
Commission within thirty days of its
last provision of telecommunications.
To deregister, a registrant must comply
with the Instructions to the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet.
(h) Customer Confirmation
Requirements. A telecommunications
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:13 Jun 06, 2012
Jkt 226001
carrier or provider providing
telecommunications to other carriers or
providers shall have an affirmative duty
to ascertain whether a customer that is
required to register has in fact registered
with the Commission prior to offering
service to that customer.
3. Amend § 54.711 by adding
paragraphs (d) and (e) to read as follows:
§ 54.711 Contributor reporting
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet Revisions. The Wireline
Competition Bureau shall annually
issue a Public Notice seeking comment
on the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheets and accompanying
instructions. No later than 60 days prior
to the annual filing deadline, the
Wireline Competition Bureau shall issue
a Public Notice attaching the finalized
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet and instructions.
(e) Electronic Filings. Reporting
entities must file the
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet electronically. The
Administrator shall assess a $25 fee on
reporting entities for filing paper copies
of the quarterly Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet. The
Administrator shall assess a $50 fee on
reporting entities for filing paper copies
of the annual Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet. The
Administrator shall not assess a paperfiling fee on reporting entities that
electronically file their
Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet, but such entities must also
submit either a paper or electronic
certification attesting to the accuracy of
the information reported therein under
penalty of perjury.
4. Amend § 54.712 by adding
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 54.712 Contributor recovery of universal
service costs from end users.
*
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00050
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 9990
(b) Lifeline Subscribers. Eligible
telecommunications carriers covered by
§§ 69.131 and 69.158 are subject to the
limitations on universal service end
user charges set forth therein. All other
eligible telecommunications carriers
shall not recover federal universal
service contribution costs from Lifeline
services to Lifeline subscribers. This
limitation does not apply to services to
Lifeline subscribers that are not
supported by Lifeline, such as perminute or other additional charges
beyond the service for which the
customer receives Lifeline support.
5. Amend § 54.713 by revising
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 54.713 Contributor’s failure to report or
to contribute.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) If a universal service fund
contributor fails to make full payment of
the monthly amount established by the
contributor’s applicable Form 499–A or
Form 499–Q, or the monthly invoice
provided by the Administrator, on or
before the date due, the payment is
delinquent. Late fees, interest charges,
and penalties for failure to remit any
payment by the date due shall apply
regardless of whether the obligation to
pay that amount is appealed or
otherwise disputed unless the
Administrator or the Commission
(pursuant to § 54.719) finds the disputed
charges are the result of clear error by
the Administrator. All such delinquent
amounts shall incur from the date of
delinquency, and until all charges and
costs are paid in full, interest at the rate
equal to the U.S. prime rate (in effect on
the date of the delinquency) plus 3.5
percent, as well as administrative
charges of collection and/or penalties
and charges permitted by the applicable
law (e.g., 31 U.S.C. 3717 and
implementing regulations).
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2012–13611 Filed 6–6–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
E:\FR\FM\07JNP3.SGM
07JNP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 77, Number 110 (Thursday, June 7, 2012)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 33896-33944]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2012-13611]
[[Page 33895]]
Vol. 77
Thursday,
No. 110
June 7, 2012
Part IV
Federal Communications Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
47 CFR Part 54
Universal Service Contribution Methodology; a National Broadband Plan
for Our Future; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 110 / Thursday, June 7, 2012 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 33896]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 54
[WC Docket Nos. 06-122; GN Docket No. 09-51; FCC 12-46]
Universal Service Contribution Methodology; a National Broadband
Plan for Our Future
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In this document, the Federal Communications Commission
(Commission) seeks public comment on approaches to reform and modernize
how Universal Service Fund (USF or Fund) contributions are assessed and
recovered. The Commission seeks comment on ways to reform the USF
contribution system in an effort to promote efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability. The Commission seeks comment on proposals in four key
areas regarding the contributions system: Who should contribute to the
Fund; how contributions should be assessed; how the administration of
the contribution system can be improved; and recovery of universal
service contributions from consumers.
DATES: Comments are due on or before July 9, 2012 and reply comments
are due on or before August 6, 2012. If you anticipate that you will be
submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period
of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed
below as soon as possible.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by WC Docket Nos. 06-
122; GN Docket No. 09-51, by any of the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
Federal Communications Commission's Web Site: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/. Follow the instructions for submitting
comments.
People with Disabilities: Contact the FCC to request
reasonable accommodations (accessible format documents, sign language
interpreters, CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov or phone: (202) 418-
0530 or TTY: (202) 418-0432.
For detailed instructions for submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process, see the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Vickie Robinson, Wireline Competition
Bureau, (202) 418-2732 or Ernesto Beckford, Wireline Competition
Bureau, (202) 418-1523 or TTY: (202) 418-0484.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a synopsis of the Commission's
Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in WC Docket No. 06-122,
and GN Docket No. 09-51, FCC 12-46, adopted April 27, 2012, and
released April 30, 2012. The complete text of this document is
available for inspection and copying during normal business hours in
the FCC Reference Information Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW.,
Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. The document may also be purchased
from the Commission's duplicating contractor, Best Copy and Printing,
Inc. (BCPI), 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-B402, Washington, DC 20554,
telephone (800) 378-3160 or (202) 863-2893, facsimile (202) 863-2898,
or via the Internet at https://www.bcpiweb.com. It is also available on
the Commission's Web site at https://www.fcc.gov.
Pursuant to Sec. Sec. 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules,
interested parties may file comments and reply comments on or before
the dates indicated on the first page of this document. Comments may be
filed using: (1) The Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System
(ECFS); (2) the Federal Government's eRulemaking Portal; or (3) by
filing paper copies. See Electronic Filing of Documents in Rulemaking
Proceedings, 63 FR 24121, May 1, 1998.
Electronic Filers: Comments may be filed electronically
using the Internet by accessing the ECFS: https://www.fcc.gov/cgb/ecfs
or the Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov. Filers
should follow the instructions provided on the Web site for submitting
comments.
[cir] For ECFS filers, if multiple docket or rulemaking numbers
appear in the caption of this proceeding, filers must transmit one
electronic copy of the comments for each docket or rulemaking number
referenced in the caption. In completing the transmittal screen, filers
should include their full name, U.S. Postal Service mailing address,
and the applicable docket or rulemaking number. Parties may also submit
an electronic comment by Internet email. To get filing instructions,
filers should send an email to ecfs@fcc.gov, and include the following
words in the body of the message, ``get form.'' A sample form and
directions will be sent in response.
[cir] Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must file
an original and four copies of each filing. If more than one docket or
rulemaking number appears in the caption of this proceeding, filers
must submit two additional copies for each additional docket or
rulemaking number.
Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by
commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S.
Postal Service mail (although we continue to experience delays in
receiving U.S. Postal Service mail). All filings must be addressed to
the Commission's Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal
Communications Commission.
[cir] The Commission's contractor will receive hand-delivered or
messenger-delivered paper filings for the Commission's Secretary at 236
Massachusetts Avenue NE., Suite 110, Washington, DC 20002. The filing
hours at this location are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand deliveries
must be held together with rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes
must be disposed of before entering the building.
[cir] Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service
Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton
Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.
[cir] U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail
should be addressed to 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.
In addition, one copy of each pleading must be sent to the
Commission's duplicating contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc, 445
12th Street SW., Room CY-B402, Washington, DC 20554; Web site:
www.bcpiweb.com; phone: 1-800-378-3160. Furthermore, three copies of
each pleading must be sent to Charles Tyler, Telecommunications Access
Policy Division, Wireline Competition Bureau, 445 12th Street SW., Room
5-A452, Washington, DC 20554; email: Charles.Tyler@fcc.gov.
Filings and comments are also available for public inspection and
copying during regular business hours at the FCC Reference Information
Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257, Washington, DC
20554. Copies may also be purchased from the Commission's duplicating
contractor, BCPI, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-B402, Washington, DC
20554. Customers may contact BCPI through its Web site:
www.bcpiweb.com, by email at fcc@bcpiweb.com, by telephone at (202)
488-5300 or (800) 378-3160 (voice), (202) 488-5562 (tty), or by
facsimile at (202) 488-5563.
To request materials in accessible formats for people with
disabilities (Braille, large print, electronic files, audio format),
send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the Consumer & Governmental
Affairs Bureau at (202) 418-0530 (voice) or (202) 418-0432 (TTY).
Contact the FCC to request
[[Page 33897]]
reasonable accommodations for filing comments (accessible format
documents, sign language interpreters, CART, etc.) by email:
FCC504@fcc.gov; phone: (202) 418-0530 or TTY: (202) 418-0432.
For further information regarding this proceeding, contact Vickie
Robinson, Deputy Chief, Telecommunications Access Policy Division,
Wireline Competition Bureau at (202) 418-2732, vickie.robinson@fcc.gov,
or Ernesto Beckford, Attorney Advisor, Wireline Competition Bureau at
(202) 418-1523, ernesto.beckford@fcc.gov.
I. Summary
A. Who should contribute to Universal Service
1. Statutory Authority To Require Contributions
1. Under section 254(d) of the Act, the Commission has mandatory
authority to require contributions to the Fund, ``[E]very
telecommunications carrier that provides interstate telecommunications
services.'' In addition, the Commission has ``permissive'' authority
that extends to ``any * * * provider of interstate telecommunications *
* * if the public interest so requires.'' Over time, the Commission has
periodically exercised its permissive authority to extend contribution
obligations to particular classes of providers on a service-specific
basis. We seek comment on the scope of our permissive authority,
including how we should interpret the statutory terms that define that
authority.
a. ``Provider of Interstate Telecommunications''
2. We seek comment on how we should interpret the terms
``providing'' and ``telecommunications'' and whether it is appropriate
to revisit any previous Commission interpretations based on the
evolution of the industry and significant marketplace changes over the
last decade.
3. In exercising our permissive authority, we must determine
whether an entity is a ``provider'' of interstate telecommunications as
specified in section 254(d). Although Congress has not defined the
terms ``provide,'' ``provider,'' or ``provision,'' the Commission has
addressed these terms in several orders. First, the Commission has
concluded that ``provide'' is a different term from ``offer.'' The
Commission has drawn a distinction between what is ``offered'' from a
demand perspective (i.e., what the customer perceives to be the
integrated product), and what is ``provided'' from a supply perspective
i.e., what the provider is furnishing or supplying to the end user,
including not only the integrated product but also the discrete
components of the product). Second, the Commission has previously held
that ``provide'' is broader than ``offer.'' Under this view, an entity
may both ``provide'' and ``offer'' telecommunications, but an entity
may also provide telecommunications without offering
telecommunications. Many participants in today's marketplace do not
separately offer telecommunications to end users, but instead offer
integrated services that include both telecommunications (i.e.,
transmission) and non-telecommunications components. For such
integrated services, however, the service provider still ``provides''
telecommunications as part of the ``offering.'' The D.C. Circuit has
upheld the Commission's interpretation. In light of the marketplace
changes over the last decade, should the Commission revisit its
interpretation of what it means to ``provide'' or to be a ``provider
of'' telecommunications?
4. Telecommunications. The Act defines the term
``telecommunications'' as ``the transmission, between or among points
specified by the user, of information of the user's choosing, without
change in the form or content of the information as sent and
received.'' Here and in Section IV.C below, we seek comment on how we
should interpret each component of this definition for purposes of
potentially exercising our permissive authority.
b. ``If the Public Interest So Requires''
5. We seek comment on what factors we should consider in deciding
whether the public interest warrants exercising our permissive
authority. We seek comment generally on whether the public interest
would be served, and to what extent exercising our permissive authority
would achieve any or all of the goals set forth above--efficiency,
fairness, and sustainability. For example, is it in the public interest
to exercise permissive authority over a provider of telecommunications
if the telecommunications is part of a service that competes with or is
used by consumers or businesses in lieu of telecommunications services
that are subject to assessment? In the past, the Commission has stated
that the principle of competitive neutrality dictates that it should
assess contributions from entities that are not mandatory contributors,
but benefit from access to the PSTN. Is that consideration relevant in
today's marketplace? Should we assess providers of services that are
capturing a growing portion of overall communications spending as a
means of achieving sustainability? Should we consider whether those
services are being used in ways that may replace, partially or wholly,
services that are subject to mandatory assessment? Does the public
interest analysis differ depending on whether we are considering
consumer services or business/enterprise services? What other factors
should we take into account?
2. Determining Contribution Obligations on a Case-by-Case Basis With
Respect to Providers of Specific Services
6. We seek comment on whether and if so, to what extent, the
Commission should exercise its permissive authority contained in
section 254(d) of the Act to clarify or modify contribution
requirements for providers of several specific services, or if we
should otherwise modify or clarify the contribution obligations of such
services. As discussed above, the Commission has exercised its
permissive authority on several occasions to expand or clarify
contribution obligations on a service-specific basis. In the Universal
Service First Report and Order, 62 FR 32862, June 17, 1997, it required
private line service providers and payphone aggregators to contribute
to the Fund, reasoning that the services offered by these entities rely
on access to the PSTN and compete with services offered by mandatory
contributors to the Fund (i.e., common carriers). In 2006, the
Commission assessed interconnected VoIP services without reaching the
statutory classification of such services. The Commission concluded
that deciding the statutory classification was unnecessary, because
even if interconnected VoIP services did not fall under the mandatory
contribution provision of section 254(d), it was appropriate to assess
such services as an exercise of permissive authority. The Commission
determined that an immediate extension of contribution obligations to
interconnected VoIP service was warranted due to the growth in demand
for the Fund, the decline in the contribution base overall, and the
``robust growth in subscribership'' to interconnected VoIP services,
from 150,000 subscribers in 2003 to 4.2 million subscribers in 2005.
7. We seek comment on continuing this general approach of
addressing the contribution obligations of specific services on a
service-by-service basis. First, we seek comment on exercising
permissive authority with respect to certain services for which
contribution
[[Page 33898]]
obligations are currently subject to dispute. To the extent commenters
believe that any such services should be non-assessable, we also seek
comment on alternative approaches to clarifying contributions,
including forbearing from any applicable contribution obligations to
the extent these services are telecommunications services, and we seek
comment on the effect of such approaches on the contribution base and
the sustainability of the Fund. Second, we seek comment on exercising
permissive authority with respect to other services that are clearly
not currently assessable, but which various commenters have proposed
should be assessed.
8. In particular, we seek comment on exercising our permissive
authority to require contributions from providers of enterprise
communications services that include interstate telecommunications;
text messaging; one-way VoIP; and broadband Internet access services.
Each of these services has found a significant niche in today's
communications marketplace. The question of whether certain enterprise
communications services are currently assessable as telecommunications
services or non-assessable as information services has led to
significant disputes, uncertainty, and incentives for providers to
attempt to characterize their services in a particular way in order to
avoid contribution requirements, resulting in a pending request for
guidance from USAC regarding the treatment of certain services.
Likewise, the question of whether text messaging is currently
assessable has been disputed, and there is a pending request for
guidance from USAC regarding text messaging. In contrast, one-way VoIP
services and broadband Internet access services are clearly not in the
contribution base today, although various parties have argued they
should be assessed. We seek comment on these arguments.
9. We seek comment on addressing the contribution obligations of
such services, regardless of their statutory classification as
information services or telecommunications services, in order to
provide clarity for contributors and greater stability for the Fund. We
also seek comment on whether exercising our permissive authority would
ensure that competitive services are not unfairly disadvantaged by
disparate contribution obligations, while further simplifying the
requirements imposed on contributors.
10. We seek comment on adopting the following rule, in whole or in
part: Providers of the following are subject to contributions: * * *
Enterprise communications services that include a provision of
telecommunications; Text messaging service; One-way VoIP service; and
Broadband Internet access services.
11. Enterprise Communications Services Providers. We seek comment
on clarifying the contribution obligations of various enterprise
communications services that include the provision of
telecommunications, without classifying those services as
telecommunication services or information services, to advance our
proposed goals for contributions reform, namely, creating greater
efficiency, fairness, and sustainability of the Fund.
12. We note that, as stated above, the Act defines
telecommunications as ``the transmission, between or among points
specified by the user, of information of the user's choosing, without
change in the form or content of the information as sent and
received.'' The Commission has found that transmission is the heart of
telecommunications, and has classified data transmission services that
have ``traditionally'' and ``typically'' been used for basic
transmission purposes, such as ``stand-alone ATM service, frame relay,
gigabit Ethernet service, and other high-capacity special access
services,'' as telecommunications services.
13. We have not formally addressed enterprise communications
services such as Dedicated IP, VPNs, WANs, and other network services
that are implemented with various protocols such as Frame Relay/ATM,
MPLS and PBB for purposes of determining USF contribution obligations.
To the extent that such enterprise communications services would not
fall within the definition of telecommunications services, should we
exercise our permissive authority with respect to providers of those
services? Are such enterprise communications services substitutes for
other enterprise communications services that are subject to mandatory
contributions, and would such an exercise of permissive authority
increase clarity and fairness? If we were to exercise our permissive
authority over enterprise communications services that may be
information services, should we enumerate the specific services that
would be subject to a contribution obligation, or should we attempt to
craft a more general definition that would capture future generations
of such services that deliver similar functionality, regardless of
technology used, in order to promote the sustainability of the Fund?
What would be the appropriate transition period for such changes?
14. If we choose to exercise our permissive authority in this
fashion, how would that affect the size of the contribution base? To
what extent would assessing enterprise communications services bring
additional contributors into the system that do not otherwise
contribute today directly or indirectly? How would an assessment of
additional enterprise communications services affect the distribution
of contribution obligations among various industry segments? How would
such assessment affect the relative distribution of contribution
obligations between services provided to enterprise and residential
customers? How would such assessment affect the average contributions
of different categories of residential end users, such as low-volume
versus high-volume users, or vulnerable populations such as low-income
consumers?
15. To the extent we conclude that Dedicated IP, VPNs, WANs, or
other communications services for which contribution obligations have
been in dispute should not be subject to contribution obligations,
should we exercise our forbearance authority under section 10 of the
Act to exempt these services from mandatory contribution insofar as
they may be viewed as telecommunications services? How would that
impact the current contribution base, and the relative distribution of
contribution obligations between enterprise and residential consumers?
Do these services differ from other explicitly assessed enterprise
communications services in a way that makes their exemption from
contribution appropriate, and would the section 10 criteria otherwise
be met?
16. We note that the Commission has expressly declined to exercise
permissive authority over systems integrators for whom
telecommunications represents a small fraction (less than five percent)
of total revenues derived from systems integration services. To the
extent that we explicitly exercise our permissive authority to assess
enterprise communications services, should we also eliminate the system
integrators exemption, so that systems integrators would contribute
even if their telecommunications revenues were under the current
threshold? In the alternative, if we determine that we should clarify
that certain enterprise communications services are not subject to
contributions, should we modify the systems integrators exemption, and
if so how? How would our decision to clarify the contribution
obligations for any category of these services affect current
contributions?
[[Page 33899]]
17. We seek comment on the size of the enterprise communications
services marketplace, including comment on the Telecommunications
Industry Association estimates, and whether this marketplace is likely
to grow or shrink in the future. If commenters believe the estimates
are too high or too low, they should provide specific data to more
accurately size this segment of the communications marketplace. We also
seek comment and data submissions on how assessing these services would
affect the contribution base under the different methodologies proposed
in the Notice. We seek comment and data on the extent to which service
providers are currently treating these services as assessable. We seek
comment on how revenues from such services should be apportioned into
assessable and non-assessable segments if the Commission continues with
a revenues-based methodology. We encourage commenters to provide
comments and data regarding the structure of typical enterprise
communications services contracts. In particular, we seek comment on
whether such contracts typically break out costs for different parts of
the services provided and, if so, how they generally do so.
18. Text Messaging Providers. We seek comment on whether text
messaging services should be assessed in light of our proposed goals
for contribution reform. To what extent is there a lack of clarity
within the industry over whether such services are subject to universal
service contributions? Would adopting a clear rule establishing that
text messaging is in the contribution base further the Commission's
efforts to promote fairness and competitive neutrality? If providers of
text messaging services were required to contribute, would that create
competitive distortions between text messaging service providers and
providers that offer applications that allow users to send messages
using a wireless customer's general data plan--applications that
consumers may increasingly view as a substitute to text messaging?
Given the rapid growth in the text messaging marketplace, a number of
stakeholders have suggested in recent years that text messaging
revenues should be added to the contribution base to enhance the
sustainability of the Fund. To what extent would including these
services in the contribution base add to the stability of the Fund? If
we modified our rules to explicitly assess text messaging, what would
be an appropriate transition period?
19. If we conclude text messaging services should be assessed,
should we exercise the Commission's permissive authority under section
254(d) of the Act to assess providers of these services, without
determining whether such services are telecommunications services or
information services? Alternatively, if we conclude that text messaging
services should not be assessed, should the Commission conclude that
even if such services are telecommunications services, we should
exercise our forbearance authority under section 10 of the Act to
exempt text messaging from contribution obligations?
20. We seek comment on the extent to which consumers are
substituting text messaging for traditional voice services and other
services that are subject to universal service contributions. Are there
any reasons to treat short message service (SMS) or multimedia
messaging service (MMS) differently for this analysis? Commenters
should provide data to support their assertions.
21. We also seek comment on whether wireless providers include
revenues generated through the use of common short codes in their text
messaging revenues. If common short code revenues are not reported as
part of the text messaging revenues, are there any reasons to treat
such revenues differently in calculating the universal service
contributions?
22. We seek comment on the size of the text messaging marketplace,
including the industry revenue figures referenced above, and whether
this marketplace is likely to grow or shrink in the future. Commenters
who disagree with the estimates above should submit specific revenue
data to support their assertions.
23. To the extent commenters advocate a position on whether text
messaging providers should be assessed, we view it as highly relevant
whether those commenters earn text message revenues themselves and, if
so, whether they have reported it as assessable in recent years. We
thus ask commenters to include in their comments their estimated recent
text messaging revenues, and the extent to which they reported those
revenues as assessable. If we explicitly assess text messaging
providers, how would that affect the size of the contribution base? How
would such assessment affect the distribution of contribution
obligations between services for enterprise and residential customers?
How would it affect the total average impact of contributions on
residential end users? How would it affect the distribution of
obligations between low-volume and high-volume users? How would an
assessment of text messaging providers affect the distribution of
contribution obligations among various industry segments?
24. We also seek comment and data submissions on how assessing
these providers of these services would affect the contribution base
under the different methodologies proposed in Section V below. We note
that to the extent that providers of text messaging also are providers
of assessable voice services, explicitly assessing text messaging would
not necessarily broaden the base; to the extent we were to adopt a non-
revenues-based contribution methodology. We also seek comment and data
on the extent to which service providers are currently treating these
services as assessable.
25. One-way VoIP Service Providers. We seek comment on whether the
Commission should exercise its permissive authority under section
254(d) to include in the contribution base providers of ``one-way''
VoIP with respect to such service offerings, regardless of the
statutory classification of such services. Such offerings would include
all services that provide users with the capability to originate calls
to the PSTN or terminate calls from the PSTN, but in all other respects
meet the definition of ``interconnected VoIP.'' We seek comment below
on a potential definition of such services for the purpose of USF
contributions: One-way VoIP service. A service that (1) enables real-
time, two-way voice communications; (2) requires a broadband connection
from the user's location; (3) requires Internet protocol-compatible
customer premises equipment; and (4) permits users generally to receive
calls that originate on the public switched telephone network or
terminate calls to the public switched telephone network.
26. To what extent does this rationale apply today to one-way VoIP
services? We note that one-way VoIP enables consumers to originate or
terminate calls on the PSTN. Would the public interest be served by
exercising permissive authority over one-way VoIP to further our
proposed goals of efficiency, fairness and sustainability?
27. In particular, we seek comment on whether competitive
neutrality concerns now support the inclusion of one-way VoIP services
within the contribution base. Some parties argue that the one-way VoIP
exemption is ``an enormous loophole'' that creates competitive
disparities. We seek comment on the extent of competition between one-
way VoIP and other services that are subject to assessment, and how
that should affect our analysis. Commenters are encouraged to provide
data to support
[[Page 33900]]
their analysis. If one-way VoIP providers are brought into the
contribution base, what would be the appropriate transition period?
28. We seek comment on the size of the one-way VoIP marketplace in
the United States, and whether this marketplace is likely to grow or
shrink in the future. How many providers of one-way VoIP are there, and
who are other major providers of such services? What are the overall
U.S. revenues for this group of providers, and how many customers do
they have? Commenters are encouraged to provide specific data to
support their assertions. We also seek comment and data submissions on
how assessing these services would affect the contribution base under
the different methodologies proposed in section V below.
29. If we assess one-way VoIP, how would that affect the size of
the contribution base? How would such assessment affect the
distribution of contribution obligations between services for
enterprise and residential customers? How would it affect the total
average impact of contributions on residential end users? How would it
affect the distribution of obligations between low-volume and high-
volume users, and how would it impact low-income consumers? How would
an assessment of one-way VoIP affect the distribution of contribution
obligations among various industry segments? We seek comment on the
relevance of precedent to the question of whether one-way providers
should contribute to universal service.
30. Broadband Internet Access Service Providers. The State Members
of the Federal-State Universal Service Joint Board (State Members of
the Joint Board) have proposed that the Commission include ``broadband
and services closely associated with the delivery of broadband'' in the
base, including Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), cable, and wireless
broadband Internet access. Other commenters also support extending
assessments to broadband Internet access.
31. In 2002, the Commission sought comment on whether and how
broadband Internet access service providers should contribute to
universal service. In the Wireline Broadband Internet Service Access
Order, 70 FR 60222, October 17, 2005, the Commission classified
wireline broadband Internet access as an information service. The
Commission also recognized, however, that wireline broadband Internet
access service includes a provision of telecommunications. In the
Wireline Broadband Internet Access Order, the Commission stated that it
intended to address contribution obligations for providers of broadband
Internet access in a comprehensive fashion in the future, either in
that docket or in this docket.
32. Some commenters have suggested that the Commission should
exercise its permissive authority to assess providers of broadband
Internet access services. Several parties, however, have expressed
concern that assessing broadband Internet access could discourage
broadband adoption. We seek comment on those concerns and invite
commenters to submit empirical data into the record of this proceeding
regarding the potential impact of assessing broadband Internet access
services on consumer adoption or usage of services. Would assessing
broadband Internet access service in the near term undermine the goals
of universal service? Could the Commission address such concerns by
phasing in contributions for mass market broadband Internet access
services over time?
33. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, 76 FR 76623, December 8,
2011, we adopted new rules to ensure that robust and affordable voice
and broadband, both fixed and mobile, are available to Americans
throughout the nation. In this proceeding, we are looking to update and
modernize the method by which funds are collected to support universal
service. Some have expressed concern that assessing broadband Internet
access may indirectly raise the price of broadband Internet access for
some consumers. To what extent, if any, would assessing broadband
services discourage consumers from subscribing? To what extent, if any,
would that in turn slow down deployment of broadband infrastructure? We
seek comments and economic analyses that address the overall effect on
broadband deployment of assessing or not assessing broadband.
34. The State Members of the Joint Board recommend that both
telecommunications services and information services (such as broadband
Internet access services) should be assessed and suggest that if most
of the revenues currently reported on FCC Form 499 Line 418 were
assessed, that would reduce the contribution factor to approximately
two percent. They also suggest this would simplify billing ``since the
new federal USF surcharge rate would generally apply to an end user's
total bill.'' We seek comment on this recommendation of the State
Members of the Joint Board. Would such an approach make
telecommunications more affordable for consumers with lower overall
telecommunications expenditures? What is the relationship between
household income and the percentage of a household's telecommunications
bill subject to assessment under the current system, and what would it
be under the State Members' proposed approach? Would such an approach
affect consumer adoption of telecommunications services that are not
currently assessed? We ask commenters to provide any analysis and data
regarding their estimated reduction in the contribution factor, if we
were to require contributions based on the total bill. If we were to
assess broadband Internet access, to what extent would that reduce the
contribution factor if we maintain a revenue-based methodology?
35. If the Commission does assess broadband Internet access
service, now or at some point in the future, should the Commission
assess all forms of broadband Internet access, including wired
(including over cable, telephone, and power-line networks), satellite,
and fixed and mobile wireless? Should it assess mass market broadband
Internet access as well as enterprise broadband Internet access? As a
practical matter, how would the Commission differentiate between mass
market broadband Internet access, and other forms of broadband Internet
access, and would such a distinction create any distortions in the
marketplace?
36. We note that TIA estimates the wired broadband Internet access
marketplace to be $38.3 billion in 2011 and $40.3 billion in 2012, and
the marketplace for wireless data services to be $73.6 billion in 2011
and $89.8 billion in 2012. TIA also projects wireless data services to
be over $140 billion, or double that for wireless voice, by 2015. It is
not clear; however, from how TIA presents the data whether its
estimates include both enterprise as well as mass market broadband
Internet access. To what extent are any of these revenues in the
contribution base today? What proportion of those revenues should be
considered mass market broadband Internet access, if we were to retain
a revenues-based system but adopt an approach that would exempt mass
market broadband Internet access services from contribution
obligations? Under such an approach, how should we define ``mass
market''?
37. We also seek comment on whether exercising our permissive
authority with respect to broadband Internet access services would be
consistent with the Act and our potential goals for contributions
reform, namely, creating greater efficiency, fairness, sustainability,
and other goals that
[[Page 33901]]
commenters identify. If we assess broadband Internet access services,
how would that affect the size of the contribution base? How would such
assessment affect the distribution of contribution obligations between
enterprise and mass market customers if we assess only enterprise
broadband Internet access services, only mass market broadband Internet
access services, or all broadband Internet access services? How would
these different approaches to assessing broadband Internet access
services affect the total average contribution impact for mass market
end users? How would they affect the distribution of contribution
obligations between services offered to low-volume and high-volume
users, or between low-income and higher-income users? How would an
assessment of broadband Internet access services affect the
distribution of contributions among various industry segments? Would
assessing retail broadband Internet access service eliminate the
current competitive disparity that exists today between providers that
contribute on their broadband transmission (small rate of return
companies) and their competitors, who do not?
38. Listing of Services Subject to Universal Service Contribution
Assessment. Section 54.706 of our rules sets forth a non-exhaustive
list of services that are currently included in the contribution base.
Should we continue to specify in our codified regulations specific
services that are subject to assessment? Should that list be updated to
reflect marketplace changes over the last decade? Does it advance our
potential goals for reform of providing predictability and simplifying
compliance and administration to maintain a non-exhaustive list of
services that are subject to contributions, which by definition does
not provide clarity as to whether services not on the list are subject
to contribution obligations? Could we adopt a simpler approach that is
flexible enough to be applied to services that exist today and ones
that will emerge in the future, without a need to continually update
our codified rules? Should the Commission periodically set forth a list
of assessable services, similar to the eligible services list used for
the schools and libraries universal service support mechanism?
3. Determining Contribution Obligations Through a Broader Definitional
Approach
39. In the previous section, we inquired about using our section
254(d) permissive authority or other tools to modify or clarify the
contribution obligations of providers of specific services. In this
section, we seek comment on an alternative approach: exercising our
permissive authority to craft a general rule that would specify which
``providers of interstate telecommunications'' must contribute, without
enumerating the specific services subject to assessment. Like the
approach discussed above, such a rule would not require us to resolve
the statutory classification of specific services as information
services or telecommunications services in order to conclude that
contributions should be assessed. Such a rule could potentially produce
a more sustainable contribution system by avoiding the need to
continually update a list of specific services subject to assessment.
At the same time, such an approach leaves open the possibility of
carving out or excluding a specifically defined list of providers or
services, if inclusion of those providers or services is not in the
public interest.
40. For example, we seek comment on exercising our permissive
authority to adopt a rule such as the following: Any interstate
information service or interstate telecommunications is assessable if
the provider also provides the transmission (wired or wireless),
directly or indirectly through an affiliate, to end users.
41. This rule is intended to encompass only entities that provide
transmission to their users, whether using their own facilities or by
utilizing transmission service purchased from other entities. As
discussed above, the provision of ``telecommunications'' means, in
part, the provision of transmission capability. Under the approach
historically taken by the Commission, some, but not all, providers of
information services ``provide'' telecommunications. By statutory
definition, an information service provider offers the ``capability for
generating, acquiring, storing, transforming, processing, retrieving,
utilizing, or making available information via telecommunications.'' In
the past, the Commission has found that the telecommunications
component may be provided by the information services provider or the
customer. In other words, some information service providers
``provide'' the telecommunications required to utilize the information
service, but others require their customers to ``bring their own
telecommunications'' (in other words, to ``bring their own transmission
capability''). The rule set forth above is intended to include entities
that provide transmission capability to their users, whether through
their own facilities or through incorporation of services purchased
from others, but not to include entities that require their users to
``bring their own'' transmission capability in order to use a service.
This is consistent with Commission precedent where the Commission has
exercised its permissive authority to extend USF contribution
requirements to providers of telecommunications that are competing
directly with common carriers. We seek comment on whether the rule
would achieve this intended result. To the extent the rule above would
not achieve this intended result; we seek comment on how the rule could
be altered to achieve this result.
42. We seek comment on whether a rule such as the one above would
further our proposed goals of contributions reform by improving
efficiency, fairness, and the sustainability of the Fund. Would
adopting such a rule provide sufficient guidance to potential
contributors regarding their contribution obligation? Would such a rule
be simple to administer, monitor, and enforce? Would it create market
distortions or impede innovation?
43. The National Broadband Plan recommended that however the
Commission chooses to reform contribution methodology, it should take
steps to minimize opportunities for arbitrage as new products and
services are developed, so that there is no need to continuously update
regulations to catch up with changes in the market. Would a rule like
the one discussed above achieve these goals, minimizing opportunities
for arbitrage and eliminating the need to continuously update
regulations? Or, alternatively, would it result in new definitional
disputes and potential uncertainty?
44. Could the above rule be read to make content fees assessable
when content is provided by the provider of the interstate
telecommunications? For example, could an IP-based video-on-demand
service be assessable? We note that cable services are regulated under
Title VI of the Act, and that video service providers are currently
only required to contribute to the extent they provide interstate
telecommunications services or other assessable telecommunications. We
also note that many video-on-demand services are being provided through
Internet web sites, and thus are services that require the viewer to
bring their own ``telecommunications'' (i.e., Internet access). Could
the above definition lead to the assessment of any other services that
compete largely or primarily against services that remain non-
assessable? If
[[Page 33902]]
so, would this lead to competitive distortions? How could the
definition be altered to avoid this result?
45. As noted above, the Commission has determined that ``over-the-
top'' interconnected VoIP providers provide transmission to or from the
PSTN to end users, and has subjected these services to contribution
obligations. Even where a user obtains Internet access from an
independent third party to use an interconnected VoIP service, an over-
the-top interconnected VoIP provider must still supply termination to
the PSTN for outgoing calls (which is not covered by the Internet
access service), and origination from the PSTN for incoming calls
(which again is not covered by the Internet access service). Over-the-
top VoIP providers generally purchase this access to the PSTN from a
telecommunications carrier who accepts outgoing traffic from and
delivers incoming traffic to the interconnected VoIP provider's media
gateway. The Commission held that origination or termination of a
communication via the PSTN is ``telecommunications,'' and over-the-top
interconnected VoIP providers, like other resellers, are providing
telecommunications when they provide their users with the ability to
originate or terminate a communication via the PSTN, regardless of
whether they do so via their own facilities or obtain transmission from
third parties. Are there legal or policy considerations that would
warrant revisiting those rationales, if we were to exercise our
permissive authority as set forth above? Are there reasons to extend or
not extend the rationale above to other services that provide
origination or termination of a communication via the PSTN? Would
interconnected VoIP providers fall under the definition of an
assessable service set forth in this section? If the objective is to
include only entities that provide a physical connection (wired or
wireless), should we consider entities that provide PSTN origination or
termination to be included within that group? If not, should we alter
the proposed definition, or should we add some additional provisions
specifically including additional services, like interconnected VoIP or
other services that are substitutable for assessable services, for
assessment?
46. The State Members of the Joint Board have proposed an
alternative broad definition, recommending that the Commission exercise
its permissive authority to broaden the contributions base to include
``all services that touch the public communications network.'' The
State Members conclude, however, that contributions should not be
required for ``pure content delivered by non-telecommunications over
broadband facilities.'' They acknowledge that their proposed rule could
result in difficult line drawing problems when the same company sells
both broadband services and content. We seek comment on the State
Members' proposal.
47. Potential Exclusions. If we were to adopt a rule such as the
one above, we seek comment on whether we should adopt any additional
limitations.
48. Non-Facilities-Based Providers: The rule discussed above would
assess providers of interstate telecommunications whether or not they
own the physical facility, or hold license to the spectrum, that is
used to provide interstate telecommunications. In the alternative,
should we limit contribution obligations to facilities-based providers,
and if so, how should we define ``facilities-based''? For example,
would a provider be considered ``facilities-based'' for contributions
purposes if it provides service only partially over its own facilities?
Should we define ``facilities-based'' services for contributions
purposes as those provided over unbundled network elements, special
access lines, and other leased lines and wireless channels that the
provider obtains from another communications services provider? For
example, EarthLink has suggested that non-facilities-based providers of
Internet access service do not provide the ``transmission service.'' We
seek comment on this viewpoint. The Commission's contribution
methodology has never exempted non-facilities-based telecommunications
providers from their obligation to contribute, and the Act does not
itself distinguish between facilities-based and non-facilities-based
telecommunications providers for purposes of contribution obligations.
We note that the Commission has previously found resellers to be
telecommunications carriers supplying telecommunications services to
their customers even though they do not own or operate the transmission
facilities. Carriers that incorporate transmission obtained from other
providers into their own telecommunications services are currently
subject to contribution requirements under the mandatory contribution
requirement in section 254(d). Likewise, firms contribute today when
they resell private line service provided by other carriers. Are there
policy or administrative reasons not to exercise permissive authority
over entities that incorporate telecommunications purchased from others
into their own service offerings?
49. Broadband Internet Access: If we were to adopt a rule such as
the one above, should we exclude broadband Internet access service?
Several parties have expressed concern that assessing broadband
Internet access could discourage broadband adoption. As described
above, we seek comment on those concerns and invite commenters to
submit empirical data into the record of this proceeding regarding the
impact of assessing broadband Internet access services on consumer or
business adoption or usage of services. To what extent would assessment
of universal service contribution obligations potentially deter
adoption of such services? Is there less likelihood that assessment of
USF contributions would deter adoption of business broadband Internet
access services?
50. To the extent commenters believe that assessing mass market
broadband Internet access service in particular could discourage
broadband adoption or harm other Commission goals, we seek comment on a
specific exemption for mass market broadband Internet access services
(both fixed and mobile). If we were to take such an approach, how
should we define enterprise versus mass market services, and from an
administrative standpoint, how would carriers and USAC be able to
distinguish between the two? To what extent would such an exemption
potentially distort how business and residential broadband Internet
access is provided, as carriers may seek to characterize their
offerings as ``mass market'' to avoid contribution obligations?
51. Free or Advertising-Supported Services: If we were to adopt a
rule such as the one above, should we do so only with respect to
providers that offer service for a subscription fee? Given the broad
meaning of ``fee'' in other contexts, how would we frame an exclusion
for free or advertising-supported services? Would such an exclusion
potentially cause marketplace distortions vis-[agrave]-vis firms that
have business models that derive revenues from other sources, such as
advertising revenues? Would imposing contribution obligations on free
or advertising-supported services from contribution obligations
discourage innovative offerings? Commenters should provide specific
examples and supporting data regarding the business models of relevant
services.
52. Machine-to-Machine Connections: If we were to adopt a rule such
as the one above, should we exclude machine-to-machine services?
Machine-to-machine connections have grown
[[Page 33903]]
rapidly in recent years. Would it be consistent with our statutory
authority to exercise permissive authority over machine-to-machine
communications, such as smart meter/smart grids, remote health
monitoring, or remote home security systems? Should machine-to-machine
connections be treated the same as connections between or among people?
As discussed above, the Act defines the term ``telecommunications'' as
``the transmission, between or among points specified by the user, of
information of the user's choosing, without change in the form or
content of the information as sent and received.'' In the case of
machine-to-machine communications, who is the ``user'' that is
specifying where the information should go? Is there any precedent
outside the contribution methodology context that should inform our
interpretation of the statutory term here? Should we conclude that all
machine-to-machine connections that transmit information over the
Internet include interstate telecommunications? How would assessing
machine-to-machine communications impact marketplace innovation in this
arena?
53. Statutory Interpretation. Above, we asked whether a general
rule like that described in this section would provide sufficient
guidance to potential contributors regarding their contribution
obligation. The rule described in this section would not require us to
resolve the statutory classification of specific services as
information services or telecommunications services in order to
conclude that contributions should be assessed. The Commission would,
however, still be required to determine whether services involved the
provision of interstate ``telecommunications.'' We seek comment on
additional issues that may arise in interpreting the definition of
``telecommunications'' for contributions purposes as the communications
marketplace evolves. We also ask how resolution of these questions in
the context of USF contributions would impact other regulatory
obligations, such as regulatory fees or other assessments that utilize
the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets.
54. First, we seek comment on how to interpret the statutory
requirement that a telecommunications transmission must be ``between or
among points specified by the user.'' In particular, we seek comment on
whether we should interpret ``the user'' to be a subscriber to the
service in question. For example, suppose that Bookseller A sells an
electronic reading device to Ms. Smith. The price of the device
includes a 3G wireless connection that allows Ms. Smith to connect to
Bookseller A's servers at any time and purchase e-books. Bookseller A,
in turn, purchases the wireless bandwidth for the connection from
Carrier B. In this instance, should we consider Ms. Smith to be the
``user'' of the service provided by Bookseller A? Alternatively, is
Bookseller A the ``user'' of the service provided by Carrier B? Under
the former view, would Bookseller A be viewed as ``providing
telecommunications'' to Ms. Smith, and therefore a contributor on that
service? Or should Carrier B be viewed as the entity that is providing
telecommunications to Bookseller A, and therefore the contributor? What
would be the potential effects in other regulatory contexts if the
Commission were to interpret the term ``user'' in a new way here?
55. We seek comment on what it means for the user to ``specify''
the ``points'' of transmission. Many communications services today
allow the user to specify the points of transmission--for example,
telephone and text messaging services generally allow a user to reach
any other user on the PSTN, and broadband Internet access services
generally allow users to access any location on the Internet. Certain
services, however, arguably do not allow the ``user'' to specify the
endpoints of the communication. To return to the e-books example above,
suppose that the free wireless connectivity on the reading device can
only be used to communicate between the device and Bookseller A's
server, and not to reach any other destination on the PSTN or the
Internet. In that case, is Ms. Smith, Bookseller A's customer,
``specifying'' the ``points'' of the transmission, or is Bookseller A?
56. We also seek comment on how to interpret the statutory
requirement in the definition of ``telecommunications'' that the
information transmitted must also be ``of the user's choosing.'' How
should we interpret this phrase? For example, suppose a doctor provides
a remote monitoring device to a patient that can send information back
to the doctor's office. The monitoring device is pre-programmed to
transmit only certain types of relevant medical data. Assuming that the
other statutory components of ``telecommunications'' are present, is
this an instance where the patient should be deemed the ``user'' that
is transmitting information ``of his or her choosing,'' or would the
fact that only information specified by the doctor or manufacturer that
provides the device to the patient is transmitted mean that this
communication does not meet the statutory definition of
``telecommunications''?
57. We also seek comment on whether, under a rule such as the one
described in this section, the Commission would have to interpret the
statutory requirement that the transmission must be ``without change in
the form or content of the information as sent and received.'' Although
information services often include a component that ``processes''
information in some way, the Commission has in the past recognized that
an information service can also include a separate
``telecommunications'' component. Furthermore, the Commission has
previously found that while all information services require the
transmission of information between customers and ``computers or other
processors,'' the form or content of the information is not altered
during these transmissions, and such transmissions constitute
``telecommunications.'' Would we be required to revisit any aspect of
these interpretations in light of changing technology and marketplace
developments?
58. Impact on the Contribution Base. We seek comment on the number
of additional contributors and impact on the contribution base if we
were to adopt the general definitional approach discussed in this
section, and whether those figures are likely to grow or shrink in the
future. How would the answer to this question differ if we were to
assess based on revenues, connections, numbers or some other
alternative? For each contribution methodology scenario, what services
and providers would contribute under such a rule that do not contribute
today? To what extent are they contributing today? What other services,
not already discussed above, might be included if we were to adopt the
general definitional approach discussed in this section? How would the
answer to these questions differ under the definitional approach
discussed in this section, as opposed to the service-by-service
approach discussed in the preceding section?
59. Finally, to the extent not already covered by the questions
above, we request clear and specific comments on the Commission's legal
authority and the type and magnitude of likely benefits and costs of
each of these variants of the suggested rule, and request that parties
claiming significant costs or benefits provide supporting analysis and
facts, including an explanation of how they were calculated and an
identification of all underlying assumptions.
[[Page 33904]]
B. How Contributions Should Be Assessed
60. We seek comment on how to simplify our contributions system,
consistent with the Act and our proposed goals for reform. Over the
last decade, the Commission has sought comment on a number of proposals
for alternative methodologies to the current revenues-based system,
including methodologies based on connections, numbers, and various
hybrid solutions. The record is mixed on whether we should make
modifications to our existing revenues-based system, or move to an
alternative system such as connections or numbers. Here, we seek
comment on reforming the current revenues-based system as well as ask
parties to update the record on these alternative methodologies. We
seek comment on how each option would further our proposed goals and
ask about potential implementation issues that are associated with
specific methodologies. We ask commenters to provide data to quantify
how potential rule changes would impact the Fund and reduce compliance
costs and burdens.
61. We request specific comments on the type and magnitude of
likely benefits and costs of each of the possible rules discussed in
this section, and request that parties claiming significant costs or
benefits provide supporting analysis and facts, including an
explanation of how any data were calculated and an identification of
all underlying assumptions.
1. Reforming the Current Revenues-Based System
62. We seek comment on whether we should retain the existing
revenues-based system, and if so, how we can reform the current system
to provide greater clarity to contributors, thereby promoting
efficiency, fairness, and sustainability. Specifically, we seek comment
on the pros and cons of retaining a revenues-based system. We ask
parties claiming significant costs or benefits of a revenues-based
system to provide supporting analysis and facts for such assertions,
including an explanation of how they were calculated and all underlying
assumptions.
63. What are the benefits or disadvantages of retaining a revenues-
based system for a transitional or indefinite period? Are there market
distortions caused by the existing revenues-based system? We solicit
comment on whether the modifications discussed below would sufficiently
address problems with the current revenues system. If we adopt any of
the potential reforms discussed in this section to modify the revenues
system, would such a system better serve our proposed reform goals than
a connections-based, numbers-based, or other alternative contribution
system? Would any of the potential reforms suggested in this section
also make sense for a connections-based, numbers-based, or other
alternative contribution system?
64. To the extent that we retain the current system, we seek
comment on rules to simplify how revenues are apportioned for
assessment, including the allocation of telecommunications service
revenues between the intrastate and interstate jurisdictions, and the
reporting of assessable revenues when a customer purchases a bundle of
services only some of which are assessable. We also seek comment on how
to assess revenues from information services and services that have not
been classified as information or telecommunications services. Such
adjustments could address some shortcomings in the current system that
stakeholders have raised and could reduce administrative burdens on
providers and USAC. We also seek comment on alternative approaches to
provide greater clarity regarding the respective obligations of
wholesalers and their customers, which has been subject to much
dispute. We seek comment on adopting a value-added revenues system that
would require contributions from each provider in the value chain, or,
in the alternative, substantially revising the reseller certification
process. Adopting a value-added revenues system or revising the
certification process could eliminate the complications and loopholes
associated with the current carrier's carrier reporting requirements.
In addition, we seek comment on measures to clarify our prepaid calling
card reporting requirements to ensure that competitors are contributing
in a consistent manner. Finally, we seek comment on eliminating the
international-only and the limited international revenues exemptions
and on modifying the de minimis exemption to reduce compliance burdens.
a. Apportioning Revenues From Bundled Services
65. We seek comment on modifying our bundled offering apportionment
rules to adopt more specific standards for determining what
apportionment methods are deemed reasonable for allocating revenues
from bundled offerings, or to eliminate carrier discretion in
determining how to apportion revenues from bundled offerings. We ask
whether doing so will further our proposed goals of making the
contributions system more efficient and fair, minimizing compliance
burdens, and reducing competitive distortions in the marketplace.
66. We are concerned that the lack of bright-line rules may
encourage providers to minimize their allocation of revenues in a
bundle to assessable services to reduce their contribution obligations
in order to gain a competitive edge. A number of commenters have
suggested, for instance, that this is a concern in the enterprise
market, where there is fierce competition to win contracts from large
corporate clients. We seek data from commenters regarding what are
common industry practices regarding the allocation of revenues from
bundled offerings. To what extent do contributors rely on market
studies of stand-alone services offered by other providers? To what
extent do contributors allocate revenues based on the allocated cost of
the underlying individual services? To what extent do contributors
allocate revenues based on revenue reporting requirements imposed by
other regulatory jurisdictions, such as cable franchising authorities
or state sales tax authorities?
67. We seek comment on adopting a revised apportionment rule that
would codify a modified version of the two safe harbors provided under
the CPE Bundling Order, 66 FR 19398, April 16, 2001, for apportioning
revenues from bundled service offerings and eliminate providers'
discretion on how to apportion revenues derived from bundled services.
Specifically, we seek comment on the following rule for USF
contributions purposes: If an entity bundles non-assessable services or
products (such as customer-premises equipment) with one or more
assessable services, it must either treat all revenues for that bundled
offering as assessable telecommunications revenues or allocate revenues
associated with the bundle consistent with the price it charges for
stand-alone offerings of equivalent services or products (with any
discounts from bundling assumed to be discounts in non-assessable
revenues).
68. We seek comment on whether this rule would simplify the process
of apportioning bundled revenues in a way that is transparent,
enforceable, and easily administrable. How would such a rule be
enforceable if the provider does not offer stand-alone equivalent
services? Would we need a separate rule to address such circumstances?
If so, how should that rule be structured? Would the benefits of
limiting the method by which providers determine
[[Page 33905]]
assessable revenues for bundled services outweigh any potential
benefits of allowing providers to present individualized showing, as
permitted under the current rule? We seek comment and examples of
instances where some providers of bundled services may be allocating
assessable revenues differently than their competitors, creating a
competitive disadvantage. Would eliminating the open-ended
apportionment option in favor of the rule above minimize competitive
disparities? Would the rule change incentives to offer (or not offer)
assessable services on an unbundled basis?
69. We seek comment on the technical aspects of such a rule. For
example, if we were to adopt such a rule, how much discretion should
carriers have in determining what constitutes a ``stand-alone offering
of equivalent service''? How could we prevent contributors from gaming
a stand-alone option to minimize their assessable revenues? Should
there be a requirement, for instance, that such a stand-alone offering
be generally available and actually subscribed to by a minimum number
of end users? If so, how and how many end users? Are there any
alternative ways to ensure that contributors are not creating a sham
stand-alone offering to minimize contribution obligations?
70. We also seek comment on whether such a rule would create
competitive disparities between providers that offer stand-alone
offerings of assessable services, and those that only sell bundled
services in the marketplace. Should we require carriers that do not
offer a stand-alone service themselves to rely on a market analysis of
services offered by other carriers in the marketplace or a tariffed
rate of another provider? If so, should we require such carriers to
submit any such market analyses used for imputation purposes or third
party tariffed rate to the Commission and to USAC? Should we require
that the stand-alone offering price be objectively verifiable by the
Commission or USAC, such as by reference to a public Web site or
tariffed offering? What measures would need to be in place for USAC to
be able to verify stand-alone pricing for business services, which are
often individually negotiated for individual customers? Is there any
reason to implement such a rule only for certain types of bundled
offerings and not others, or certain classes of customers and not
others? What is the least burdensome mechanism to ensure allocations
are objectively verifiable?
71. We seek comment on how the rule would impact the overall
contributions base, as well as the individual burden on consumers. What
would be the impact of the rule on providers serving consumers with
lower telecommunications expenditures (such as a voice only subscriber
with limited long distance calling) compared to providers serving
consumers with higher expenditures (such as a triple-play subscriber)?
How would such a rule affect consumers with lower telecommunications
expenditures compared to consumers with higher expenditures? What would
be the impact of such a rule on mobile providers, who increasingly are
deriving revenues from bundled voice-data packages, and their
consumers?
72. We also seek comment on alternative rule language as well as
alternative means of determining contribution obligations for bundled
service offerings. Parties that submit alternative proposals should
explain how such proposals further our proposed goals of reform and are
consistent with our legal authority. We ask commenters to quantify,
where possible, how their proposed rule would impact the contribution
base and total assessable revenues.
73. For each of these alternatives, we seek comment on how the
approach would impact the overall contribution base, as well as the
individual burden on contributors and consumers. We also seek comment
on what steps would need to be taken to implement the proposals above
or alternative proposals for apportioning revenues from bundled service
offerings for USF contribution purposes. How much time would parties
need to transition to a new method of apportioning revenues from
bundled offerings?
74. As discussed above, the Commission has the authority to assess
all providers of interstate telecommunications, if the public interest
warrants. Would a contribution methodology that assesses the full
retail revenues of bundled services that contain
``telecommunications,'' as that term is defined in the Act, without
safe harbors or the ability to present individualized showings, conform
to the statutory requirements? Given the growth in bundled service
offerings over the last decade, would adopting such a bright-line rule
make the contribution base more stable and thereby serve the public
interest? Would it further the principle of ``equitable and non-
discriminatory'' contributions by reducing potential competitive
distortions among providers and service offerings that apportion
revenues using different methodologies? Would a simplified approach
that assesses the total bill for bundled services promote
administrative efficiency and reduce compliance and enforcement
expenditures? Would it be appropriate to adopt such an approach even if
the Commission chose not to make every component of a bundled service
individually assessable, or would that create market distortions and
discourage bundled offerings?
b. Contributions for Services With an Interstate Telecommunications
Component
75. We seek comment on what revenues should be assessed to the
extent we choose to exercise our permissive authority over services
that provide interstate telecommunications. For example, to the extent
enterprise communications services that are implemented with MPLS
protocols are information services that provide interstate
telecommunications, we seek comment on whether we could and should
assess the full retail revenues of such enterprise communications
services, or instead should adopt a bright-line that would assess only
a fraction or percentage of the retail revenues.
76. Would it be consistent with our statutory authority under
section 254(d) to require contributions on the full retail revenues of
an information service that provides interstate telecommunications? Is
there a potential for competitive disparity, to the extent a non-
facilities-based provider of such services is assessed on its retail
revenues, and also may bear indirectly the cost of a universal service
contribution on underlying transmission that it purchases from a
wholesale provider? To what extent should the retail revenues derived
from information services have some nexus with the underlying
transmission component, in order for the full retail revenues to be
assessed? What are the advantages and disadvantages of assessing retail
information service revenues, if we were to exercise our permissive
authority?
77. Alternatively, should we assess only the telecommunications
(i.e., the transmission) component, and if so, how would we determine
what portion of the integrated service revenues should be associated
with the transmission component? For example, the MPLS Industry Group
proposes that revenues associated with the access transmission
components of all MPLS-enabled services be imputed on a uniform basis
and made subject to USF contributions obligations through Commission-
established ``MPLS
[[Page 33906]]
Assessable Revenue Component'' proxies. In other cases, the underlying
transmission is separately offered on a Title II basis, which could
provide a basis for assessing only the revenues associated with the
transmission component. We seek comment on the MPLS Industry Group
proposal. Is such a proposal workable for other similar services?
78. We seek comment on the following rule: If an entity offers an
assessable information service with an interstate telecommunications
component, it must treat all revenues for that information service as
assessable revenues, unless it offers the transmission underlying the
information service separately on a stand-alone basis. If it offers the
transmission on a stand-alone basis, it may treat as assessable
revenues an amount consistent with the price it charges for stand-alone
offerings of equivalent transmission.
79. We seek comment on whether this rule would simplify the process
of determining assessable revenues for information services in a way
that is transparent, enforceable, and easily administrable. How would
such a rule be enforceable if the provider did not offer the underlying
transmission on a stand-alone basis? In such circumstances, should we
craft a rule that looks at the general retail price of such
transmission services when offered on a stand-alone basis by other
providers? Would the proposed rule change incentives to offer (or not
offer) telecommunications transmission on an unbundled basis? Would
such a rule create competitive disparities between providers that
choose to offer transmission on a stand-alone basis (such as small
rate-of-return carriers that offer broadband Internet access) and
providers that do not offer transmission separately (such as cable
operators in the same geographic area as those rate-of-return
carriers)?
80. In the alternative, should we craft a rule, or a safe harbor,
that provides for assessment of a certain percentage of the retail
revenues of information services with a telecommunications
(transmission) component? Would it be legally permissible for the
Commission to assess a set percentage of the retail revenues, even when
such percentage might exceed the allocated revenues associated with the
underlying transmission in that information service? Would a set
percentage be easier to administer, reduce compliance costs, and
otherwise be in the public interest? Would it create competitive
distortions? Should the percentage vary depending on the type of
information service at issue? Is some other formula for determining the
assessable percentage of retail revenues of an information service
appropriate?
81. For each of these alternatives, we seek comment on how the
approach would impact the overall contributions base, as well as the
individual burden on contributors and consumers. We also seek comment
on what steps would need to be taken to implement the proposals above
or alternative proposals for apportioning revenues from information
services for USF contribution purposes. How much time would parties
need to transition to a new method of apportioning revenues from
information services with an interstate telecommunications component?
c. Allocating Revenues Between Inter- and Intrastate Jurisdiction
82. We seek comment on modifying or eliminating the requirement
that carriers are assessed based on interstate and international
revenues. While that requirement may have made sense when the
Commission initially implemented the Act, the marketplace has changed
dramatically since 1996 and will evolve with the continued deployment
of IP-based networks.
83. As a general matter, we seek comment on whether the Act compels
us to only assess a portion of revenues associated with services that
operate interstate, intrastate, and internationally. We also seek
comment on whether as a policy matter we should require that revenues
be allocated based on the jurisdiction that regulates the associated
service. Does this construct make sense in an environment where many
contributors are not rate regulated, and many of the services they
offer are only lightly regulated?
84. One approach would be to adopt a rule that requires all
providers that are subject to contributions to report and contribute on
all of the revenues derived from assessable services rather than
require providers to allocate revenues between the interstate and
intrastate jurisdictions. Since many services offered today are not
priced and sold separately as intrastate or interstate service, any
designated allocation between jurisdictions may be arbitrary to some
extent. In the TOPUC decision, the court found that the Commission did
not have jurisdiction to assess federal universal service contribution
on intrastate revenues. Given the changes in the marketplace, would the
TOPUC decision prohibit assessing a federal universal service fee on
the entire service?
85. The State Members of the Joint Board argue that the regulatory
jurisdiction over a service should not determine whether that service
contributes to universal service. They note that the states may
constitutionally impose sales taxes on both interstate and intrastate
telecommunications, and they suggest that the U.S. Constitution does
not prohibit there being both a federal universal service surcharge and
a state universal service surcharge on all services delivered over the
public communications network. They acknowledge that the 1999 TOPUC
decision limited the Commission from imposing universal service
surcharges on intrastate services, but they contend that TOPUC was
wrongly decided. We seek comment on the State Members' analysis and ask
commenters to address whether it would be consistent with section
254(d) for the Commission to require contributions on all revenues
derived from services delivered over a public network.
86. Would a rule that assesses all revenues from services that
operate interstate, intrastate, and internationally without allocation
for intrastate operations advance our proposed goals for reform? How
would such a rule impact the contribution base, today and in the
future? We note that the sum of interstate, international, and
intrastate revenues for all filers was $210 billion in 2010, while the
contribution base (the total of reported assessable revenues) for 2010
was $67 billion. If such a rule had been in place in 2010, i.e., a rule
that assesses all interstate, intrastate, and international revenues,
the contribution factor would have been roughly four percent, instead
of 14 percent on an annualized basis. Would such a system be
significantly simpler to administer, reducing the costs of complying
with our contribution rules? How would such a system affect states? How
would such an approach affect the allocation of the contribution
burden, especially between residential consumers and enterprise
consumers? For example, would residential consumers end up paying (in
USF pass through charges) a substantially higher portion of the USF
burden than they do today, compared to enterprise customers? If so, are
there ways to offset or limit this effect? Commenters are encouraged to
provide additional data and analysis regarding the impact of such a
rule change.
87. Another alternative would be to adopt bright-line rules for how
companies should allocate revenues between jurisdictions for broad
categories of services. If we were to adopt such rules, how narrowly or
broadly should we define the relevant
[[Page 33907]]
services? As shown in Chart 5 below, the percentage of end user
revenues that are reported as interstate/international have remained
relatively stable for the major subcategories of revenue that have been
reported on FCC Form 499 between 2004 and 2011. Should we adopt a
separate allocator for each major category of service presently
reported on Form 499 (fixed local services, mobile services, toll
services), or should we follow a simpler approach, for instance, with
just two allocation rules: one for voice and one for data services? For
instance, we could adopt a standard allocator for all voice revenues,
regardless of technology (fixed or mobile, traditional telephony or
interconnected VoIP). Under such an approach, we could specify that
voice revenues should be allocated according to a specified ratio, such
as 20 percent interstate and 80 percent intrastate. Should the
interstate allocation be higher or lower? Is there any policy
justification for setting a different percentage for voice based on the
type of carrier or technology used?
88. In other contexts, the Commission has recognized that Internet
access services are jurisdictionally interstate because end users
access Web sites across state lines. We seek comment whether a similar
finding should be made for USF contribution purposes. Specifically, if
we use our permissive authority to expand or clarify USF contribution
requirements to include enterprise communications services, text
messaging services, and broadband Internet access services (both fixed
and mobile), should we find that for USF contribution purposes,
revenues from such services should be reported as 100 percent
interstate? Alternatively, should we use an allocator lower than 100
percent interstate for contribution purposes, to preserve a revenue
base that could be assessed for state universal service funds?
89. What data should be considered when developing that fixed
percentage of interstate and intrastate revenues for services? Appendix
C presents in more detail the percentage of end user revenues that are
reported as interstate/international for each individual subcategory of
end user revenue reported on FCC Form 499 for the periods of 2004
through 2011. For 2011, filers reported $73.5B in total revenues for
fixed local revenues, with 30 percent allocated to the interstate
category and 0.6 percent allocated to the international category. For
mobile services, filers reported $106.6 billion in total revenues in
2011, with 22.8 percent allocated to the interstate category and 0.4
percent allocated to the international category. For toll services in
2011, filers reported $34.3 billion in total revenues, with 50.3
percent allocated to the interstate category, and 21.4 percent
allocated to the international category. We note that there is
significant variation in some of the individual subcategories of
revenues as currently reported on FCC Form 499. How should our decision
be informed by the interstate percentages reported for individual
subcategories of service as reported on the current Form 499, such as
fixed local exchange (line 404) and mobile services monthly and
activation charges (line 409)?
90. To what extent should we take into account ratios reported by
wireless carriers and interconnected VoIP providers in their traffic
studies? If we were to adopt a ratio applicable to the broad category
of ``mobile services,'' for instance, should we base the percentage for
mobile services, on the average (23 percent) or median (19 percent)
ratio that carriers have reported in their most recent traffic studies?
Commenters that support a different percentage should explain why
adoption of that alternative is preferable.
91. If we were to adopt such a rule specifying that a set
percentage of revenues should be reported as interstate for a category
of service, should carriers still be permitted to make a particularized
showing that a higher percentage of their traffic is intrastate? Should
the Commission adopt a mechanism to periodically update the percentage
and, if so, what would be the basis for updating the fixed percentage
factor? How would such a rule impact the contribution base, today and
in the future? Commenters are encouraged to provide additional data and
analysis regarding the impact of such a rule change.
92. Would adopting a fixed allocation method for categories of
services, or an across the board fixed allocation method, further our
proposed goals for contribution reform? Using a single allocation
factor for contribution purposes could potentially minimize competitive
distortions among providers offering similar services. Would a single
allocation factor help stabilize the contribution base by eliminating
incentives for providers to underreport their interstate
telecommunications revenues? Would a single allocation factor lessen
providers' compliance burdens by eliminating the need to perform
traffic studies or to maintain and update the methodology used to
establish their good-faith estimates? Would using a single allocation
factor potentially provide greater predictability?
93. We seek comment on whether, if we were to adopt a rule imposing
a fixed interstate allocator, we would be legally required to adopt a
procedure by which a provider could ``opt-out'' of using the single
allocation factor and instead make an individualized showing. We seek
comment on whether allowing any telecommunications provider to opt-out
would negate the administrative simplicity of adopting a single
allocator for purposes of universal service contributions. To the
extent that any commenter believes there should be a mechanism to
``opt-out'' of the fixed allocation factor, it should explain what
showing should be required to opt out, and what steps the Commission
should take to minimize competitive distortions that may arise if
alternative allocations are used for certain types of providers or for
certain types of traffic. For example, should a provider that opts out
of the fixed allocation factor be required to allocate revenues on a
customer-by-customer basis, given that each customer actually uses the
purchased telecommunications differently?
94. We also seek to develop a factual record on the regulatory
compliance costs stemming from the current requirement to allocate
revenue between the intrastate and interstate jurisdictions. We seek
comment and data submissions regarding the costs imposed on companies
today to separate their revenues in this fashion, and the costs
associated with performing a traffic study on an annual basis. We
encourage companies to provide estimates not only of the costs
associated with their legal and regulatory personnel, but also to
include any other costs that compliance with such requirements may pose
on other personnel, including accounting, billing, sales, network, IT,
and marketing staff, and any costs associated with hiring outside
resources, such as attorneys or consultants, to assist in implementing
such requirements or responding to any audits or investigations
relating to this aspect of our contribution rules.
95. To the extent commenters have concerns about any of these
proposals; they should present alternative methods for simplifying the
allocation of revenues between the interstate and intrastate
jurisdictions and explain how their proposals would meet the proposed
contribution reform goals set forth in this Notice. If we do not adopt
a fixed factor or factors to allocate telecommunications revenues, what
modifications should we consider making to the current rules?
[[Page 33908]]
96. If we continue to allow use of traffic studies to estimate the
allocation of interstate revenues, should we codify specific
requirements or provide greater detail in the Form 499 instructions for
how traffic is categorized in traffic studies to ensure that reporting
entities are conducting the studies in a competitively neutral manner?
We seek comment on current practices for classifying traffic for
traffic studies. We have some concerns that contributors may be using
different methodologies in conducting traffic studies, given the broad
variation in reported ratios. It is surprising, for instance, that nine
wireless providers report no interstate or international revenues at
all. Similarly, the fact that 47 VoIP filers report no interstate/
international revenues, while some others report ratios relatively
close (but slightly under) the current 64.9 percent safe harbor, also
suggests that VoIP providers may be classifying their traffic in
significantly different ways, and there may be a need to provide more
standardized guidance regarding how to perform a traffic study. We seek
comment on this analysis.
97. We seek comment on what steps would need to be taken to
implement the approaches above or alternative approaches to simplify
the allocation of interstate and intrastate revenues for federal USF
contribution purposes. We also seek comment on how much time, if any,
parties would need to transition to any new allocation method.
d. Contribution Obligations of Wholesalers and Their Customers
98. Value-Added Approach to Assessing Contributions. We seek
comment on whether we should modify the existing universal service
contribution methodology to assess ``value-added'' revenues rather than
``end-user'' revenues. Under this value-added approach, each
telecommunications provider in a service value chain (including both
wholesalers and resellers) would contribute based on the value the
provider adds to the service. Thus, in a revenue-based system, a
wholesaler would contribute on its wholesale revenues, and a reseller
of those services would contribute based on its retail mark-up.
99. Under this value-added revenues approach each provider in a
distribution or value chain would contribute based on the provider's
total interstate and international revenues, less a credit for any
telecommunications services or telecommunications purchased from other
contributors in the distribution or value chain. Contributors would
not, therefore, need to distinguish between revenues from end users and
revenues from other telecommunications providers.
100. We seek comment on the following potential rule change, which
could implement a value-added revenues system: A contributor must
contribute based on its projected assessable revenue less a credit for
telecommunications services or telecommunications purchased from other
contributors. Contributors shall report such revenues on the FCC Form
499-A and 499-Q Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets or such other
forms or filings as the Commission may prescribe from time to time.
Projected revenue information shall be subject to an annual true up, as
prescribed from time to time by the Commission in its
Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet instructions.
101. We ask whether the proposed value-added revenues approach
would meet the proposed goals of improving administrative efficiency,
while ensuring sustainability of the Fund. For example, how would a
value-added system further our proposed goals of simplifying
administration and oversight of the contribution system? Would a value-
added system reduce incentives to structure transactions to avoid
contribution obligations? Would adoption of a value-added system have
unintended consequences that undermine our proposed goals in reforming
the system? What records should contributors be required to retain to
demonstrate compliance with a value-added system? For example, if we
adopted the rule proposed above, should contributors be required to
retain (and/or report) back-up for the ``credit for telecommunications
services or telecommunications purchased from other contributors''?
102. As an alternative to reporting on the revenues earned minus
any amounts paid for telecommunications service inputs, should we
implement a value-added methodology in which carriers instead subtract
from their final contribution liability any pass-through charges paid
to other contributors? If so, should we require or permit
telecommunications providers to pass through an explicit universal
service line-item charge to customers that are also telecommunications
providers? Would a pass-through charge in these limited circumstances
enable telecommunications providers and USAC to verify the universal
service charges paid by one contributor to another for purposes of
calculating the credit the contributor should receive against its own
contribution obligation? Would mandated pass-through charges benefit
competition by eliminating the ability of wholesale providers to
distinguish service offerings based on whether or how they pass through
universal service charges to their reseller customers? Would allowing
providers to retain discretion over whether to recover their
contributions implicitly or via an explicit line-item charge further
our proposed goals of ensuring competitive neutrality and simplicity in
the USF contribution system? Under a value-added assessment system, how
should we treat transactions between wholesale providers and non-
carriers (e.g., retailers or distributors of prepaid calling cards), or
transactions between wholesale providers and entities that are
currently exempt from directly contributing to the Fund (e.g., non-
profit schools, non-profit libraries, non-profit colleges, non-profit
universities, and non-profit health care providers)?
103. If we adopt a value-added system based on credits for pass
through charges paid to other providers, we seek comment on whether we
should scale or otherwise limit the credit a telecommunications
provider receives to account for the fact that this system may exclude
some telecommunications revenues from assessment. We also seek comment
on the implementation of a value-added system. What would be an
appropriate time frame for implementing such a rule? For example, to
what extent would the existence of long-term contracts warrant delaying
implementation of a value-added revenues system? If we delay
implementation, what would be a reasonable period of time to transition
to this system?
104. We request clear and specific comments on the type and
magnitude of likely benefits and costs of the suggested rule, and
request that parties claiming significant costs or benefits provide
supporting analysis and facts, including an explanation of how data
were calculated and identification all underlying assumptions.
105. Value-Added Approach for Alternative Contribution
Methodologies. The value-added revenues system discussed above assumes
retaining a revenues-based contribution system. We seek comment below
on moving from a revenues-based contribution system to a system based
on assessing connections or numbers. Commenters should indicate whether
a value-added system could and should be developed for a connections-
based or numbers-based contribution system. If value-added is needed or
advisable for such other contribution systems, commenters
[[Page 33909]]
should explain the basis for such analysis, and should indicate how a
value-added system would work in such instances.
106. We note that one of the considerations in crafting the current
revenue-based system focused on end users was to avoid ``double
counting'' revenue. We ask commenters whether a connections or numbers-
based system may also raise concerns of double counting, and if so, how
a value-added proposal could be crafted to address this issue. More
generally, we seek comment on whether avoiding double counting remains
a significant policy concern, and if it should inform the structure of
a contributions methodology system.
107. In particular, we seek comment here on whether a value-added
system similar in concept to the value-added revenues proposal set
forth above for a revenues-based system may be desirable for
connections, and if so, how such a system would operate. If we were to
adopt a service-based definition of connections, there could be
situations in which a wholesaler sells a ``connection'' to a reseller
who adds value by separately selling more than one service over that
connection. For instance, to the extent Carrier A sells a connection to
Carrier B, and then Carrier B sells two connections to the retail
customer, would it simplify administration of a connections-based
system if both Carrier A and B are assessed based on the connections
provided to their respective customers, with Carrier B receiving a
credit for the number of connections it has purchased from a wholesale
provider so that, in this example, Carrier A and B would each be
assessed for one connection?
108. We also seek comment on how one might adopt a value-added
approach for a numbers-based methodology. Would a value-added approach
work in which each provider of interstate telecommunications in a
service value chain (including both wholesalers providers and their
customers) that provides a number to a customer would contribute on
that number, with a credit provided to the extent a carrier obtains
lines with numbers from another provider? Alternatively, would it make
sense to adopt a system in which a wholesaler could contribute on its
wholesale numbers at a lesser adjusted rate, and its customer could
contribute based on a higher per-unit rate for numbers associated with
services provided to retail customers, with an adjustment made for any
pass-through charges paid to the wholesale provider?
109. Reasonable Expectation Standard. We seek comment on potential
bright line rules that we could adopt that would provide greater
clarity to contributors as to what steps they must take to properly
report their assessable revenues and lessen the need to engage in such
fact-intensive inquiries, if we maintain a revenue-based contribution
methodology.
110. We seek comment and data submissions regarding the costs
imposed on companies today to separate their wholesale from their
retail revenues, and the costs associated with complying with the
requirement that they demonstrate a reasonable expectation that their
customers are contributing to USF. We encourage companies to provide
estimates not only of the costs associated with their legal and
regulatory personnel, but also to include any other costs that
compliance with such requirements may pose on other personnel,
including accounting, billing, sales, IT, and marketing staff, and any
costs associated with hiring outside resources, such as attorneys or
consultants, to assist in implementing such requirements or responding
to any audits or investigations relating to this aspect of our
contribution rules.
111. We seek comment on whether we should adopt a rule mandating
greater specificity in contributor certifications regarding the
services on which the certifying entity is contributing, so that
wholesalers are in a better position to determine which of their
revenues should be classified as carrier's carrier revenues. Many
contributors may obtain such certifications from their customers only
on an entity-wide basis, rather than on a service-specific basis,
because the model certification language provided in the instructions
beginning in 2007 does not specify service-specific certifications.
112. We seek comment on adopting a rule that would establish the
following language for customer certifications:
I certify under penalty of perjury that the company is
purchasing service which is incorporated into the company's
offerings. I also certify under penalty of perjury that either my
company contributes directly to the federal universal support
mechanisms for those offerings that incorporate this wholesale
service, or that each entity to which the company, in turn, sells
those offerings has provided the company with a certificate in the
form specified by Commission rules.
OR I certify under penalty of perjury that the company is
purchasing service for which is incorporated into the company's
offerings. I also certify under penalty of perjury that:
(check one)
The company contributes directly to the federal universal
service support mechanisms for those service offerings that
incorporate the wholesale service, or if the company resells the
service to another contributor, that the company has received a
certification from each customer in a form specified by Commission
rules that the customer will contribute directly based on revenues
from each such service.
The company contributes on [number] percent of the revenues for
services that incorporate the wholesale service, or has received a
certification from its customer stating that the customer will
contribute directly based on revenues from the service. On the
remaining [number] percent of the revenues of the service that
incorporates the wholesale service, the company does not directly
contribute, and it does not sell that service to another
contributor.
I also certify under penalty of perjury that the company will
notify [name of wholesale provider] within [30 or 60 days] if the
information provided in this certification changes.
113. Specificity as to Incorporation of Wholesale Services into a
Finished Service. It appears that under our current requirements,
certain revenues may be escaping assessment altogether, in situations
where a wholesaler does not contribute on revenues derived from
customers that it believes to be contributing when in fact the customer
is not contributing on those revenues. We seek comment on the magnitude
and prevalence of this problem. In these and other analogous
situations, should there be an affirmative obligation on the part of
the entity that purchases the wholesale telecommunications to specify
in its certification the extent to which the wholesale input is
incorporated into assessable services versus non-assessable services?
For instance, should we adopt the following rule: To the extent a
company purchases services that are incorporated into its own
offerings, with some of the offerings subject to universal service
contributions and some of the offerings not subject to universal
service contributions, the purchaser has an affirmative obligation to
provide information to its wholesale provider sufficient for the
wholesaler to allocate the revenues associated with its service as
carrier's carrier revenue or end-user revenue.
114. What burdens would such a rule impose on entities that
purchase wholesale telecommunications to incorporate into their
finished offerings, and what measures could be implemented to minimize
such burdens? If we were to adopt such a rule, what metric should the
purchasing entity use in developing the relevant allocations? For
instance, should it base the percentage on the number of circuits, the
revenues associated with individual circuits (to the extent that can be
determined), the average usage of a circuit, or something else?
[[Page 33910]]
115. We seek comment on whether to adopt a rule imposing an
affirmative obligation on entities purchasing wholesale
telecommunications that sign certifications to notify their wholesale
carrier within a specified period of time, such as 30 or 60 days, if
their contribution status changes over the course of the year. For
instance, we seek comment on the following rule: Providers who provide
contributor certifications to their wholesale carriers must notify
their wholesale carrier within [30 or 60] days if the contribution
status provided in the certifications changes.
116. Today, there may be situations where an entity certifies in
good faith at the beginning of the year that it is a contributor with
respect to the services provided to its retail customers, but
subsequently it ceases to be a contributor. This could occur, for
instance, if the entity purchases a special access circuit from a
wholesaler, and initially expects to provide special access to a retail
customer, but ultimately uses that circuit to provide broadband
Internet access service, which is not assessable under our current
rules. Or an entity purchasing wholesale telecommunications may expect
to contribute, but ultimately it turns out to be a de minimis
contributor due to lower than expected revenues. In both situations,
the wholesaler would not contribute on the services (because it has a
contributor certificate from its customer), but its customer ultimately
does not contribute, resulting in revenues not being subject to
contributions at any point in the value chain. Commenters should
address the time frame in which such notification should occur, and
what specific procedures should be followed. To the extent that parties
support elimination of certifications in favor of an alternative system
or a bright line, we ask them to provide specific details on how any
such alternatives would be implemented, administered, and enforced.
117. Another alternative on which we seek comment is whether we
should assess wholesalers at their point of sale, but not their
customers, so long as the wholesaler certifies that the contribution
has been or will be paid. Would such an approach be easier to
administer? Are there disadvantages to such an approach? Commenters
should indicate, to the extent possible, the reduction to the
contribution base if we were to adopt such an approach and how such an
approach would impact contribution burdens.
118. Improved Certification Requirements Compared to Value Added
Revenues System. Commenters are encouraged to compare and comment on
both the improved certification system and the value-added system
discussed immediately above in this Notice. Is there a particular
advantage over one approach over the other? Do aspects of both
approaches need to be adopted? If we adopt a value-added revenues
system, should we adopt modifications to our contributor certification
rules on an interim or transitional basis while we implement the value-
added approach?
119. Improved Certification Requirements for Alternative
Contribution Methodologies. We also seek comment on moving from a
revenues-based contribution system to a system based on assessing
connections or numbers. Commenters should indicate whether similar
contributor certification requirements as discussed above should be
developed for a connections-based or numbers-based contribution system.
If improved certification requirements are needed or advisable for such
other contribution systems, commenters should explain the basis for
such analysis, and should indicate how the contributor certifications
would work in such instances.
120. We ask commenters whether a connections or numbers-based
system may also raise concerns of double counting, and if so, how a
contributor certification could be crafted to address this issue. More
generally, we seek comment on whether avoiding double counting remains
a significant policy concern, and if it should inform the structure of
a contributions methodology system.
In particular, we seek comment here on whether improved contributor
certifications similar in concept to the proposals discussed above
might be desirable for connections, and if so, how such a system would
operate. If we were to adopt a service-based definition of connections,
there could be situations in which a wholesaler sells a ``connection''
to a customer who adds value by separately selling more than one
service over that connection. We also seek comment on how one might
adopt contributor certifications for a numbers-based system.
e. Contribution Obligations of Wholesalers and Their Customers
121. Reporting Prepaid Calling Card Revenues. Our rules require
prepaid calling card providers to contribute to the Fund based on their
end-user revenues. We seek comment on modifying existing rules to
provide clarity to the industry in response to requests from USAC and
record evidence suggesting different prepaid calling card providers may
be interpreting our rules in different ways, which may result in an
unlevel playing field for competitors of these services. We seek
comment on adopting a rule to require prepaid calling card providers to
report and contribute on all end-user revenues, and who should be
deemed the end user for purposes of such a rule. We ask whether prepaid
calling card providers should only report amounts paid by the entity to
which the provider directly sells the prepaid service. Alternatively,
we seek comment on adopting a rule to require prepaid calling card
providers to contribute based on the amounts paid by end users for
prepaid cards, whether the prepaid calling card is purchased by the end
user directly from the prepaid calling card provider or from a
marketing agent, distributor, or retailer. We also ask about the
application of the value-added contribution paradigm, discussed above,
to assessment of prepaid calling card service. In addition, we seek
comment on measures to standardize how providers report prepaid calling
card revenues, eliminating incentives or opportunities for providers to
avoid their USF contribution obligations. We also solicit comment on
whether adopting these reforms would further our proposed goals for
reform and the potential impact on the Fund if we were to adopt the
measures described below.
122. Defined Terms. We first seek comment on modifying the
definition of prepaid calling cards as explained below. The terms
``prepaid calling cards,'' and ``prepaid calling card providers'' are
defined in Sec. 64.5000 of our rules, as adopted by the Commission in
the Prepaid Calling Card Services Order, 71 FR 43667, August 2, 2006.
The definition of a prepaid calling card is fairly expansive,
encompassing not just physical cards that require the input of a
personal identification number (PIN) but also any ``device'' that
provides end users with the same or similar functionality. Although we
propose retaining these definitions, we seek comment on whether we
should add the phrase ``or service'' to the definition to make clear
that our prepaid calling card rules will encompass new ways to market
prepaid telecommunications services that do not involve using a PIN or
a device. Such a modification could read as follows (new language
underlined): (a) Prepaid calling card. The term ``prepaid calling
card'' means a card or similar device or service that allows users to
pay in advance for a specified amount of
[[Page 33911]]
calling, without regard to additional features, functions, or
capabilities available in conjunction with the calling service; (b)
Prepaid calling card provider. The term ``prepaid calling card
provider'' means any entity that provides telecommunications service to
consumers through the use of a prepaid calling card.
123. We also seek comment on whether we should define, for purposes
of prepaid calling cards, the term ``prepaid calling card distributor''
as we use it in the context of reporting prepaid calling card revenues.
The use of such term would acknowledge that prepaid calling cards are
often sold by means of marketing agents, distributors or retailers. We
seek comment on the following proposed definition: Prepaid calling card
distributor. A marketing agent, distributor, retailer, or other third
party that sells or resells prepaid calling cards on behalf of a
prepaid calling card provider.
f. Reporting Prepaid Calling Card Revenues
124. We also seek comment on alternative methods prepaid calling
card providers should use to report revenues from prepaid calling card
services. Today, prepaid calling card providers are required to report
and contribute on the end-user revenues from the sale of prepaid
calling card services. The current version of the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet instructions calls for reporting of such revenues
by the prepaid calling card provider, whether the end user purchases
the card from the prepaid calling card service provider or a marketing
agent, distributor, or retailer. Some stakeholders contend that this
method, which requires providers to report the ``face value'' of a card
as assessable revenue--not the amount actually paid by the provider's
end-user customer--is unrealistic considering that many cards do not
have a face value, and contributing providers often do not know and
have no control over the ultimate retail price of a calling card.
125. We first seek comment on limiting the contribution and
reporting requirements of prepaid calling card providers to report
amounts paid only by the person or firm to whom the provider directly
sells the prepaid card. Prepaid calling card providers that sell
directly to an end-user customer would, as now, easily identify and
report the assessable revenue amount. However, in situations where the
provider sells the card to an intermediate distributor or retailer,
rather than an end-user customer, under this paradigm we would require
the provider to report revenue actually received from the intermediate
distributor. This concept presumably would make it simpler for prepaid
providers to report accurate revenues because they would recognize
actual assessable revenue amounts from the sale to the end-user
customer or the intermediate distributor and would not be required to
estimate the amount paid by an end-user customer with whom the provider
has no retail relationship. This approach could benefit providers and
the Fund by permitting providers to report the revenue realized in a
more timely fashion. We seek comment on this alternative and ask
whether including an intermediate distributor or retailer in the
definition of an end user for the purpose of reporting prepaid calling
card revenue would create any competitive distortions or create
disparities among different types of contributors.
126. In the alternative, we seek comment on codifying in greater
detail the approach reflected in the existing Form 499 instructions. We
first specifically inquire how prepaid calling card providers should
report revenues from sales of prepaid calling card services to
marketing agents, distributors, or retailers. The Form 499 instructions
state that the revenue to be included in a provider's contribution
calculation is the amount actually paid by the end-user customer, not
the price paid to the prepaid calling card provider by intermediate
marketing agents, distributors, or retailers, even when the distributor
pays a different amount than the end user.
127. Should there be symmetry in the way that prepaid calling card
service transactions and other transactions are treated for USF
contribution purposes? For example, the Form 499 instructions also
state that payphone providers should not deduct from reported revenues
commission payments to owners of premises where payphones are located.
Should we also adopt a rule that payphone providers may deduct from
reported revenues discounts provided to intermediate distributors? We
seek comment on potential bright lines that would simplify
administration of contributions reporting for prepaid calling
providers.
128. Adopting a bright-line standard for reporting end-user
revenues could reduce or eliminate competitive disparities among
providers of similar services. We seek comment generally on adopting a
bright-line standard that contributors must use to report prepaid
calling card revenues. Would a bright-line standard create an incentive
for prepaid calling card providers to establish a process with their
marketing agents, distributors, and retailers to specifically identify
and report the actual prices paid by end users? Should we also consider
implementing a safe harbor for providers to estimate end-user revenues
when the price paid by the end-user customer cannot readily be
determined by the prepaid calling card provider?
129. If we adopt a bright-line standard, we seek comment on what
mark-up would be appropriate for prepaid calling card providers to use
in determining end-user revenues. Given this wide range of estimated
mark-ups, we seek comment on whether a standard mark-up of 50 percent
would be a reasonable mid-point between the various estimates that have
previously been suggested by commenters. We also seek comment on
whether a higher or lower standard mark-up would be more representative
of industry practice or would better serve in creating an incentive for
providers to work with their marketing agents, distributors and
retailers to identify the actual price paid by end-users. Adopting a
standard mark-up that falls at the higher end of the scale, for
example, may provide a greater incentive for prepaid calling card
providers to determine and report the actual prices paid by end users.
Parties should provide specific data to support their arguments.
130. To further ensure that all reporting entities are reporting
prepaid calling card revenues in a consistent manner under the current
system, we seek comment on requiring prepaid calling card providers to
report revenues derived from the sale of prepaid calling cards not
later than 60 days after the date the cards are sold by the prepaid
calling card provider to a prepaid calling card distributor. Adopting a
rule that creates an appropriate time limit for recognizing revenue
derived from the sale of prepaid calling cards could serve to further
reduce competitive distortions that arise from disparate
interpretations and application of our rules. We seek comment on this
analysis. We also seek comment on whether it is reasonable to expect
that most cards are sold within sixty days of the date the provider
bills the prepaid calling card distributor for the cards, taking into
account a 30-day billing cycle and an additional 30 days for the end
user to purchase the card.
131. We seek comment on whether these alternative ideas further our
proposed goal of ensuring that contribution assessments are fair. Would
such a rule be simple to administer? Are there policy reasons prepaid
calling card providers should be allowed to reduce or adjust reported
[[Page 33912]]
revenues based on discounts provided to prepaid calling card
distributors?
132. We also ask about the relationship between assessment of
prepaid calling card providers and the ``value-added'' approach to
assessing revenues discussed above. Under this approach, each
telecommunications provider in a service value chain (including
wholesalers, distributors, and reselling retailers) would contribute
based on the value the provider adds to the service. As applied to the
prepaid calling card marketplace, any firm that derives revenue from
the sale of prepaid calling card services would report and contribute
based on that revenue and would be permitted to take a credit based on
contributions made by other contributors in the chain. We seek comment
generally on this approach and inquire about the potential impact on
firms that are not already reporting revenue or contributing to the
Fund, such as retailers and other non-contributors. Should we consider
an exemption from any reporting and contribution obligations for
certain categories of retailers or distributors? If so, what would be
the basis for such an exemption? What would be the impact on other
contributors in the prepaid card chain, such as the service provider?
Should we also consider a more limited exemption such that we require
these companies only to report revenue derived from the card in order
to ensure the Fund is fully compensated? Finally, we seek comment on
what steps would need to be taken to implement any of the ideas
discussed above or any alternative proposals to modify the contribution
reporting requirements for prepaid calling card revenues. We also seek
comment on how much time parties would need to transition to any such
new rules.
g. International Telecommunications Providers
133. We seek comment on whether we should eliminate the limited
exemption for providers whose revenues are exclusively or predominantly
international. We seek comment on modifications to our current rules
regarding the contribution obligations of international providers.
134. Eliminating the ``International Only'' and the ``Limited
International Revenues'' Exemptions. We seek comment on whether the
Commission should eliminate the exemption for international-only
providers and Limited International Revenues Exemption (LIRE)-
qualifying providers, and our legal authority for doing so. In 1997,
the Commission interpreted section 254 of the Act, and specifically our
authority to assess all ``providers of interstate telecommunications,''
as drawing a three-way distinction between intrastate, interstate, and
international telecommunications. We seek comment on whether, in light
of the changes in the industry and telecommunications marketplace,
section 254's reference to interstate telecommunications in the context
of universal service contributions is better viewed as drawing a
jurisdictional line between the authority of the states (which have
authority over providers of intrastate telecommunications under section
254(f)) and the authority of the Commission (which has authority over
providers of interstate telecommunications under section 254(d)). Such
a reading of section 254 would parallel the Commission's reading of
other sections of that Act that divide responsibility between the state
and federal jurisdictions and include international services within the
Commission's jurisdiction. Alternatively, we seek comment on whether we
could rely on section 254(b)(4)'s principle of ``equitable and
nondiscriminatory contributions'' to require international-only and
LIRE-qualifying providers to contribute because these providers also
benefit from being able to originate or terminate traffic in the United
States. We note that the Act distinguishes ``foreign communication''
from both interstate and intrastate. Does that distinction affect the
Commission's authority to treat interstate and foreign
telecommunications in the same manner?
135. We also seek comment on whether the TOPUC decision limits our
ability to re-examine the international-only and LIRE exemptions today.
The Fifth Circuit in TOPUC held that the Commission's previous rule,
which had required providers with limited interstate telecommunications
revenues to contribute based on both their interstate and international
revenues but exempted providers without interstate telecommunications
revenues, was not ``equitable and nondiscriminatory.'' The court held
that the previous rule ``damage[d] some international carriers [i.e.,
limited-interstate-revenue providers] more than it harm[ed] others
[i.e., no-interstate-revenue providers].'' The court also found the
rule inequitable because it required limited-interstate-revenue
providers ``to incur a loss to participate in interstate service.'' The
court did not, however, make any findings or opine about the
Commission's jurisdiction to assess international revenues. Thus the
Commission should have significant discretion to revise its rules
regarding contributions on international revenues, consistent with the
Fifth Circuit decisions, so long as the new rule is equitable and
nondiscriminatory. We seek comment on this analysis and our ability to
eliminate the LIRE and to assess one hundred percent of a contributor's
interstate and international revenues, without a LIRE exemption.
136. Commenters that oppose the elimination of the ``international
only'' and the ``limited international revenues'' exemptions should
provide specific alternative rules and explain how their proposals will
support the proposed goals set forth in this Notice. We ask commenters
to provide data to quantify how our proposals or alternatives will
impact the Fund and reduce compliance costs and burdens.
137. Modifying the Limited International Revenues Exemption. If we
were to assess all international telecommunications revenues, as
suggested above, should we also eliminate the LIRE? In the alternative,
if we maintain an exemption for international-only providers, we seek
comment on whether modifying the LIRE and the contribution obligations
of LIRE-qualifying contributors may be appropriate.
138. Specifically, if we do not require LIRE-qualifying providers
to contribute on all of their end-user international telecommunications
revenues, we propose to require LIRE-qualifying providers to contribute
on at least a portion of those revenues. Moreover, the LIRE-qualifying
factor codified in our current rules (12 percent) may no longer provide
the ``adequate margin of safety'' it once did for providers that
primarily offer international services, given that the contribution
factor has remained above 12 percent over the past two years. We
therefore seek comment on ways to modify the LIRE-qualifying factor.
139. If we retain the LIRE, we seek comment on whether we should
modify the LIRE as follows: If the ratio of an entity's collected
interstate end-user telecommunications revenues to its combined
collected interstate and international end-user telecommunications
revenues is less than that year's LIRE-qualifying factor, that entity's
assessable revenues shall be its collected interstate end-user
telecommunications revenues plus an equal amount of its collected
international end-user telecommunications revenues, net of
contributions. (1) The LIRE-qualifying factor for a given year shall be
equal to the highest contribution factor
[[Page 33913]]
established for any quarter of the previous year plus three percent.
(2) For purposes of this subsection, an ``entity'' shall refer to the
entity that is subject to the universal service reporting requirements
and shall include all of that entity's affiliated providers of
interstate and international telecommunications and telecommunications
services.
140. We seek comment and (if appropriate) examples of how the LIRE
results in a competitive advantage for some providers. Providers that
qualify for the LIRE compete against non-qualifying providers that must
include all of their international revenues in calculating their
contribution base. LIRE-qualifying providers benefit from being able to
originate and terminate both interstate and international calls in the
United States. Further, we seek comment on whether the proposed
modification of the LIRE would advance the goal of fairness by treating
competitive providers in a like manner. Would it advance other of our
proposed goals for contribution reform, such as ensuring a stable
contribution base? Would requiring LIRE-qualifying providers to
contribute based on an amount of their international revenues equal to
their interstate revenues be a more equitable approach in today's
marketplace? Would the modification proposed above reduce the potential
regulatory advantage that LIRE-qualifying providers have over their
competitors? What impact would such a modification have on the Fund?
141. We also seek comment on whether we should set the LIRE-
qualifying factor based upon a formula rather than fixed percentage. A
fixed percentage assumes that the Commission can easily forecast
changes in the contribution base as well as changes in the demand for
universal service support. Neither of these assumptions has been valid
in recent years. The Commission has already had to increase the LIRE-
qualifying factor once to respond to the rising contribution factor.
Using a formula to establish the LIRE-qualifying factor should
eliminate the need for us to periodically rewrite our rules. Moreover,
a formula tied to the current contribution factor would also respond to
changes in the contribution factor. If, for example, future events
bring the contribution factor down, the LIRE-qualifying factor would
automatically decrease in future years, which should increase the
contribution base. Should we set the LIRE-qualifying factor one year at
a time to provide regulatory certainty for contributors? A three
percent increase tied to the current or anticipated contribution factor
is generally in line with previous increases to the LIRE. Would a three
percent increase, for example, over the previous year's highest
contribution factor, be sufficient to address unexpected events in the
future?
142. We seek comment on what steps would need to be taken to
implement the potential modifications outlined above or alternative
proposals to modify the contribution requirements for international-
only and predominantly international providers. We also seek comment on
how much time parties would need to transition to any modified or new
reporting requirements.
h. Reforming the De Minimis Exemption
143. We seek comment on streamlining the de minimis exemption to
ease administrative burdens. In particular, we seek comment on whether
we should modify the de minimis exemption to base the threshold on a
provider's assessable revenues rather than on the amount of its
contributions. We also seek comment on how we could potentially reform
our rules to minimize the filing requirements for companies that may be
subject to the exemption.
144. We seek comment on whether we should modify the Commission's
de minimis rules in an effort to reduce administrative burdens.
Specifically, we seek comment on revising the rule as follows to base
the de minimis threshold on a provider's assessable revenues rather
than on the amount of its contributions: If a potential contributor's
annual assessable revenues in any given year is $50,000 or less, that
contributor will not be required to submit a contribution or
Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet for that year unless it is
required to do so by our rules governing TRS, numbering administration,
or shared costs of local number portability. * * *A potential
contributor may--but need not--file the quarterly Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet for the year after it qualifies as a de minimis
telecommunications provider.
145. Such a rule would set the de minimis threshold based on a
telecommunications provider's assessable revenues rather than what it
would have contributed. A potentially qualifying telecommunications
provider (and its underlying providers) should know with increased
certainty whether it will actually qualify as a de minimis
telecommunications provider as the exemption will no longer depend on
each year's quarterly contribution factors. We seek comment on this
analysis.
146. If we adopt this approach, is $50,000 the right cutoff for
assessable revenues to qualify for the de minimis exemption, or should
we adopt some other cutoff? We use $50,000 as a potential cut off
because today the de minimis exemption applies when the contribution
would be less than $10,000. If a contributor (under the existing de
minimis rule) has $50,000 in annual assessable revenues, and we assume
an average contribution factor for the year of 17 percent, that
contributor would qualify for the de minimis exception. We believe that
adopting a $50,000 revenues threshold would not change the number of
contributors that would qualify for the de minimis exemption, but would
simplify the application of the de minimis rule. Modifying the de
minimis exemption in this manner could be more equitable, could have a
smaller marginal impact, and may better align our requirements for
reporting and contributing without affecting those whose
``telecommunications activities are limited to such an extent that the
level of such carrier's contribution to the preservation and
advancement of universal service would be de minimis.'' We seek comment
on this analysis.
147. We also seek comment on whether such a rule would also reduce
the reporting obligations and regulatory uncertainty for de minimis
telecommunications providers with growing revenues. If so, we ask
commenters to quantify the savings. Should we make it optional for
contributors to file quarterly Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets
for a year after which a contributor qualified as de minimis? We seek
comment on whether we should adopt a rule that allows
telecommunications providers in that position to avoid filing quarterly
Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet in the first year for which they
are no longer a de minimis filer. Such a rule could strike a reasonable
balance between providing certainty to small (and growing) businesses
in the telecommunications marketplace and the need for all
telecommunications providers with a substantial presence to contribute
to universal service in an equitable manner. We note that such a rule
would not alter the obligation of telecommunications providers to file
the annual Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet.
148. We also seek comment on other reforms the Commission could
make to all of its de minimis rules--in the context of funding
universal service,
[[Page 33914]]
Telecommunications Relay Services (Interstate TRS), North American
Numbering Plan, Local Number Portability, and regulatory fees
administration programs--to relieve de minimis companies of the burden
of filing the annual Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet. We seek
comment on whether we should reform our rules for filing the annual
Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet and set the de minimis threshold
based on a metric that does not require completing the entire
worksheet. For example, should we establish an abbreviated form for
telecommunications providers with less than some cutoff value in gross
revenues? What metric should the Commission use for determining de
minimis status? We ask commenters to discuss whether and how
alternative metrics would be consistent with the language of section
254(d). What threshold should the Commission establish to permit filing
of the abbreviated form? How could we ensure that any revisions to
these de minimis rules will not undermine the stability of funding for
various federal regulatory programs or allow telecommunications
providers to evade contribution obligations? Commenters that oppose
such suggested rules should provide specific alternative rules and
explain how their proposals will support the goals of universal
service. We also seek comment on what changes, if any, may be needed in
our de minimis rules if we were to assess the international
telecommunications revenues of all telecommunications providers.
149. We seek comment on what steps would need to be taken to
implement any of the potential modifications detailed above or
alternative proposals to improve the contribution reporting
requirements for de minimis providers. We also seek comment on how much
time, if any, parties would need to transition to any new rules.
2. Assessing Contributions Based on Connections
150. We seek comment on moving from a revenues-based contribution
assessment system to a system based on connections. Nothing in the Act
requires contributions to be based on revenues, and the Commission has
explored a connections-based methodology in the past. We ask whether a
connections-based approach would better meet our proposed goals of
promoting efficiency, fairness, and sustainability in the Fund, as well
as other goals identified by commenters.
151. Under a connections-based system, providers would be assessed
based on the number of connections to a communications network provided
to customers. Providers would contribute a set amount per connection,
regardless of the revenues derived from that connection. Under various
proposals, there would be one standard monthly assessment for certain
kinds of connections, typically provided to individuals, and a higher
standard monthly assessment for higher speed or capacity connections,
typically provided to enterprise customers. There might be several
tiers for assessment based on speed or capacity. The standard
assessment and higher assessment levels for higher speed or capacity
connections would be calculated by applying a formula based on the USF
demand requirement and the number of connections, however that term is
defined. This contribution factor would apply equally for all
connections that fall into the same category, such that assessments
would no longer be based on revenues.
152. In 2001, the Commission first sought comment on replacing the
existing revenues-based methodology with one that assesses
contributions on the basis of a flat fee ``per unit'' charge. In early
2002, the Commission proposed an assessment mechanism based on the
number or speed of connections a contributor provides to a public
network. The Commission subsequently sought comment on various
iterations of a connections-based system, including hybrid systems that
would include a connections and revenues component.
153. Proponents of connections-based methodologies have argued that
a connections-based system may provide a more stable contribution base
than a revenue-based system because the number of connections has
historically been more stable than end-user interstate
telecommunications revenues. In addition, proponents have suggested
that connections-based assessments may mitigate the need to
differentiate between revenues from interstate and intrastate
jurisdictions and from telecommunications and non-telecommunications
services. Others have raised concerns that a connections-based system
would impose new costs on both industry and USAC in the form of new
data collection and reporting requirements, necessitating changes to
billing and reporting systems. Some have argued that a connections-
based system may be at least as complex to implement and administer as
a revenue-based system, with many operational details that would need
to be resolved. Despite several rounds of comment, the industry as a
whole has not reached consensus about whether connections-based
assessments are the best way to reform the contribution system: Some
providers have strongly opposed a connections system, others have been
agnostic about whether a connections-based system is the optimal
reform, and still others who once supported a move to a system that
includes a connections-based component appear to be re-evaluating their
position on this issue. In light of the varied connections-based
proposals, the evolution of the communications ecosystem, and the
comments received over the past decade, we now seek to refresh the
record on the operation of a connections-based system, as well as the
costs and benefits of such a system, as discussed below. We ask parties
claiming significant costs or benefits of a connections-based system to
provide supporting analysis and facts for such assertions, including an
explanation of how data were calculated and all underlying assumptions.
a. Legal Authority
154. Section 254(d) of the Act requires that ``[e]very
telecommunications carrier that provides interstate telecommunications
services shall contribute, on an equitable and nondiscriminatory basis,
to the specific, predictable, and sufficient mechanisms established by
the Commission to preserve and advance universal service.'' It also
gives the Commission broad permissive authority to require
contributions from a variety of providers. We seek to refresh the
record on whether a connections-based assessment would satisfy the
requirements of section 254(d). In responding to the specific questions
below, we invite commenters to address how a connections-based system
should be structured to fulfill the statutory requirement that
telecommunications service providers contribute on an equitable and
nondiscriminatory basis. If we were to adopt a connections-based
contribution methodology, should we also explicitly exercise our
permissive authority over specified providers to make clear that
connections provided by those providers would be assessed? How would we
ensure that all entities that contribute under a connections-based
system are providers of interstate telecommunications?
155. In 2002, the Commission proposed a hybrid revenues/
connections-based system that would require a mandatory minimum
contribution based on interstate telecommunications revenues for all
providers of interstate telecommunications. Under this proposal, all
non-de minimis
[[Page 33915]]
telecommunications carriers would contribute a mandatory minimum,
either based on a percentage of total interstate revenue, or based on
increasing percentages of telecommunications revenues or increasing
flat-fee amounts tied to their telecommunications revenues. Providers
with end-user customers would also be assessed on a flat fee basis for
residential, single line business, and mobile connections, and on a
tiered basis based on speed or capacity for multi-line businesses.
Providers with end-user assessments could offset their connections-
based assessment against their minimum contribution. In crafting this
proposal, the Commission was specifically addressing concerns that a
connections-based proposal would be inconsistent with section 254(d)'s
requirement that every provider of interstate telecommunications
service contribute. We seek to refresh the record on this proposal and
seek comment on whether, in fact, a mandatory contribution from every
interstate telecommunications carrier is required to satisfy the
requirements of section 254(d) that contributions be equitable and
nondiscriminatory.
156. We also seek specific comment on whether a connections-based
methodology is consistent with the Fifth Circuit's TOPUC decision,
which held that section 2(b) of the Act prohibits the Commission from
assessing revenues associated with intrastate telecommunications
service. The Fifth Circuit also interpreted the Act as limiting the
Commission's authority to assess international revenues, finding that
the Commission's contribution system may not inequitably and
discriminatorily assess providers more in universal service
contributions than the provider generates in interstate revenues. We
seek comment on the Commission's authority under a connections-based
system to assess international connections that either originate or
terminate in the United States and whether TOPUC would apply under such
a system. We also seek comment on whether, if we were to adopt a
connections-based system, we should adopt an exemption similar to the
LIRE under the current revenues-based system for connections that are
primarily international in nature, and if so, how to craft such an
exemption.
b. Defining ``Connections''
157. We seek comment on the definition of an assessable connection
that best meets our proposed goals of promoting efficiency, fairness,
and the sustainability of the Fund, as well as other goals identified
by commenters. As described below, the question of the appropriate
definition of an assessable connection is related to, but may be
distinct from, the questions raised in this Notice regarding what
providers and services should contribute to universal service.
158. Facilities-Based Definition. A facilities-based definition
focuses on the physical facility--either wired line or wireless
channel--that is provided by the contributor. Under a facilities-based
definition, the connection itself, and not the services that are
provided over the connection, would be assessed. For example, a
physical line to a residential home would be assessed as one
``assessable connection'' even if it provided multiple assessable
services to the customer. A multi-line business connection would
likewise be assessed based on speed or capacity of the facility and not
the services provided over the facility. A facilities-based approach
raises complexities, however, to the extent that the assessment varies
based on the speed of the facility, in circumstances where the physical
connection provides variable speed on demand.
159. If we were to adopt a facilities-based definition, would it be
appropriate to build on the definition that was suggested in late 2002:
a facility that provides end users with ``access to an interstate
public or private network, regardless of whether the connection is
circuit-switched, packet-switched, wireline or wireless, or leased
line''? For example, we seek comment on the following potential
definition of connection: Connection. A facility that provides end
users with access to any assessable service, whether circuit-switched,
packet-switched, wireline or wireless, leased line or provisioned
wireless channel. Alternatively, we seek comment on the following
potential definition of connection, building on the FCC Form 477:
Connection. A wired line or wireless channel used to provide end users
with access to any assessable service. Are there any significant
differences in what would qualify as ``connections'' under these
definitions?
160. We believe either definition could be used with either of the
two general approaches to defining assessable services described in
Section IV of this Notice. That is, either definition could be used
either if, as described in Section IV.B, we were to continue defining
assessable services as telecommunications services plus certain
enumerated other services, or if, as described in Section IV.C, we were
to adopt a more general definition of assessable services. We seek
comment on this analysis.
161. We also seek comment on the impact of adopting a facilities-
based definition of connection. How would adopting such a definition
affect the distribution of contribution obligations among different
industry sectors, or the relative contribution burden borne by mass
market versus enterprise customers? Would such a definition provide
predictability for contributors, while retaining sufficient flexibility
to accommodate the evolution of the telecommunications marketplace? Are
there variations on the definitions, or alternate definitions, that
would better meet our proposed goals for contribution reform?
162. Service-Based Definition. Under a service-based definition,
the definition of the connection ``unit'' would focus on the service or
services that are delivered over the facility. Under such a definition,
each interstate telecommunications service using the connection would
be assessed as one ``unit,'' as could any service that had an
interstate telecommunications component. For example, in contrast to
the facilities-based definition, if a customer purchases two services
that we have determined are assessable and that are delivered over the
same facility, the provider would be assessed for two connections.
Multi-line business services could likewise be assessed based on the
services that are provided over the connection. For example, we seek
comment on the following potential service-based definition of
connection: Connection. An assessable service provided to an end user.
163. As above, we seek comment on the impact of adopting this
definition of connection. How many total connections would there be
under this definition, given the different approaches to defining
assessable services in this Notice? Would this definition raise
questions regarding whether particular offerings were one ``service''
or multiple bundled services? For example, under such a definition,
should a subscriber purchasing both text messaging service and voice
service be counted as two connections or one? How would family plans or
other multi-user or multi-device scenarios be treated?
164. How would adopting this definition affect the distribution of
contribution obligations among different industry sectors, or the
relative contribution burden borne by mass market versus enterprise
customers? Would this definition provide predictability for
contributors, while retaining sufficient flexibility to accommodate the
evolution of the telecommunications marketplace? Are
[[Page 33916]]
there variations on this definition, or alternate definitions, which
would better meet our proposed goals for contribution reform?
165. We also seek comment on alternative service-based definition
that would focus on usage (i.e., how much throughput actually traverses
the connection in a given period).
166. Defining ``End User.'' We also seek comment on whether a
definition of connection should be limited to connections provided to
``end users.'' In prior years, the Commission sought comment on whether
to apply the same definition of end user that is used under the current
revenue-based system. As discussed above, under the existing system,
``end users'' include purchasers of retail interstate
telecommunications or telecommunications services that do not
contribute on their finished offerings. End users do not include
entities that purchase wholesale inputs and contribute on the services
they provide to other customers. Would including the use of the term
``end user'' in the definition of a connection perpetuate some of the
challenges we see under the current revenue-based system discussed
above, such as, for example, the difficulty of determining whether a
customer is an end user or reseller of specific services for purposes
of USF contribution obligations? How should we define end user if we
adopt a connections-based approach? Should we, for instance, define an
end user as a residential, business, institutional, or governmental
entity who uses the services provided for its own purposes, and does
not sell the service to other entities, or incorporate the service into
another service sold to other entities?
167. Would a system that requires each provider to ``pay its own
way''--that is, each provider would contribute based on the connection
it provides to another entity--be simpler from a compliance and
administrative perspective? In 2002, the Commission sought comment on a
proposal that would split connections-based contribution obligations
between switched access and interstate transport providers. Under such
an approach, a provider of both local and interexchange services to the
end user would be assessed two units per connection (one for access and
one for transport), while a provider that provided only local service
would be assessed one unit and the interexchange carrier would be
assessed one unit. We invite comment on whether a more general system
of this type that requires each provider of connections to contribute
would be simpler from a compliance and administration perspective than
a system that requires only the provider with the relationship to the
end user customer to contribute. For instance, as discussed above, if
we were to adopt a service definition of connection, and Carrier A
sells a private line to Carrier B, and Carrier B in turn uses that
circuit to provide both an enterprise communications service and VoIP
to its retail customer, should Carrier A be assessed one unit for that
high-speed line, while Carrier B is assessed one unit for the
communications service and a second unit for the VoIP service?
168. Connections Provided to Lifeline Subscribers. Today there are
approximately 14.8 million Lifeline subscribers. We seek comment on
whether the Commission has statutory authority to exclude from
assessment connections provided to Lifeline subscribers. Would it be
consistent with section 10 to forbear from imposing contribution
obligations on such connections? How would the exclusion of such
connections impact a connections-based regime? What would be the policy
justifications for excluding these connections from contribution
obligations? Alternatively, should such connections associated with
Lifeline services be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate, and if
so, what would be an appropriate amount?
c. Trends in Connections
169. We seek comment regarding trends in connections over time. We
seek data to project the number of connections that exist today under
the facilities-based definitions discussed above. If we were to adopt a
service-based definition, the number of connections would largely
depend on how narrowly or broadly we were to define the relevant
assessable services. We invite commenters to present data and their
underlying assumptions regarding the number of connections under the
alternative connection definitions discussed above.
170. The FCC Form 477 data collection provides some information
that may be useful in projecting the number of connections. As
discussed above, FCC Form 477 counts broadband connections separately
from connections that are used for local telephone service, which
provides some basis for estimating the number of connections if we were
to exercise our permissive authority over broadband Internet access
services and also adopted a definition of connections that counted
broadband separately from voice. Notably, because the form is designed
mainly to track residential connections, it does not capture many
connections provided to businesses, governmental entities, and other
large institutions.
171. There were 616 million connections reported under the FCC Form
477 connection categories in 2010: 117 million local landlines
(switched access lines), 32 million interconnected VoIP subscriptions,
285 million mobile telephone subscriptions, and 182 million broadband
connections. If one assumes continued growth in mobile subscriptions,
interconnected VoIP and broadband connections, the total number of
connections could grow to approximately 800 million connections under
the FCC Form 477 connection categories by 2015.
172. We seek comment on our analysis of the 477 data and invite
commenters to present their own analysis and underlying assumptions. In
particular, how many enterprise connections are there under different
definitions of connections and of assessable enterprise services? And
if we were to adopt a facilities-based definition of connections,
rather than the service-based approach used in Form 477, how many
connections are there, and what is the likely trend in the number of
connections over time? To what extent are the landlines or mobile
subscriptions reported in FCC Form 477 also providing broadband?
d. Assessment and Use of Speed or Capacity Tiers
173. Another key question is whether a connections-based assessment
should be based on speed or capacity tiers and how to define any such
tiers. In the past, the Commission's proposals have assumed a
connections-based methodology would classify connections into various
tiers, and each connection within a tier would be assessed the same
flat fee. We seek comment on how assessment based on speed or capacity
tiers would operate under a service or facilities-based definition of
``connection,'' and whether such an assessment structure would further
our proposed reform goals of promoting efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability of the Fund.
174. Determining the Per-Unit Assessment. In the past, the
Commission has sought comment on grouping residential, single-line
business, and mobile wireless connections together in a separate
category from multi-line business connections, and assessing each based
on a flat fee. Under such a system, the initial proposed amount for the
residential, single-line business, and mobile wireless connections has
been in the range of $1 per month. The residual USF demand would then
be met
[[Page 33917]]
through assessments on multi-line business connections based on the
number and capacity of the connections. We seek comment to refresh the
record on such an approach. How would the contribution amount for a
typical consumer vary under such an approach compared to the revenues-
based approach in place today?
175. If we were to adopt a connections-based approach, should
certain providers be eligible for special consideration or exemption?
We seek comment on whether a connections-based system that provides
special treatment for a myriad of services would meet our proposed
goals of ensuring sustainability of the Fund, while simplifying
compliance and administration. As noted above, a recent development is
the growth in machine-to-machine connections, enabling such innovations
as smart meter/smart grids, remote health monitoring, or supply chain
tracking. To the extent we were to exercise permissive authority over
some or all machine-to-machine connections, should they be assessed at
the same level, or flat rate, as other connections? If not, how should
they be assessed?
176. Another question that would need to be resolved under a
connections-based approach with tiers is whether and how to update the
tiers and/or assessment amounts as business and residential users move
to higher bandwidth services and new technologies and services develop.
In previous Notices, the Commission recognized that, to ensure an
appropriate amount of funds for universal service, it would need to
revisit and adjust the assessment amount periodically. Recently, the
Commission has taken significant strides to minimize future growth of
the Fund by adopting a budget in the recent USF Transformation Order
and a savings target in the Lifeline and Link-Up Reform and
Modernization Order. These measures to instill fiscal responsibility in
these programs are in addition to the caps on other universal service
support mechanisms (i.e., the schools and libraries and rural health
care mechanisms). We seek comment on how often we should revisit any
per-unit amount, if we were to adopt a connections-based proposal, in
light of these reforms. Would a semi-annual or annual review be
sufficient to meet the needs of the Fund? We also seek comment on
whether any re-evaluation of the assessment should happen on a set
schedule or an ad hoc basis, either on our own motion or at the request
of industry participants or USAC. What factors should we consider in
determining whether to adjust the assessment? When periodically
readjusting the unit amounts, should we aim to maintain the relative
proportion of contribution burdens between residential and business
consumers? How could that proportion be accurately determined?
177. Tiers. In 2002, the Commission proposed that contributions
from providers of multi-line business connections be a residual amount
calculated to meet the remaining universal service funding needs not
met by contributions for residential, single-line business, and mobile
connections. The Commission reasoned that this proposal would make
contribution obligations more predictable and understandable for
residential, single-line business, and mobile customers, and that
multi-line businesses may be better equipped to understand the
fluctuations in assessments from quarter to quarter. We seek comment on
whether this reasoning remains valid in today's marketplace.
178. In the past, the Commission sought comment on defining a
connection as either a residential/single-line business or a multi-line
business connection based on whether the residential/single-line
business or multi-line business subscriber line charge (SLC) is
assigned to the connection. We seek to update the record on whether
this delineation is an effective way to identify residential and
single-line business connections in today's market, particularly given
the growth in wireless and VoIP connections--which typically do not
charge SLCs or their equivalent. Not only is such a method for
distinguishing residential connections from business connections
possibly outdated today, but we are concerned it will become
increasingly more so as users move to alternative providers that do not
charge SLCs. We seek comment on whether, if we adopt a connections-
based approach, we should distinguish between residential/mass market
connections and business/enterprise connections. And, if so, we seek
comment on other objective measures aside from the SLC that we could
use to distinguish between these two categories of connections.
179. We understand anecdotally that many companies are moving away
from purchasing mobile service directly for employees in favor of
providing employees with reimbursements for their personal mobile
monthly plans. To the extent we were to make a distinction between
residential and business connections, how should such connections be
classified as residential or multi-line business connections? How would
contributors distinguish such connections absent a corporate identifier
on the account? We seek comment on these issues and whether such a
distinction serves our proposed policy goals of administrative
efficiency, fairness, and sustainability.
180. Tier Structures. Over the years, the Commission and the
industry have proposed various tiers to calculate assessments for
multi-line business connections, with no one approach emerging as the
preferred alternative. In 2002, the Commission proposed a structure of
three tiers of up to 1.544 Mbps, 1.544 to 45 Mbps, and 45 Mbps or
higher for multi-line business connections. Later in 2002, the
Commission updated the proposed tiers to four tiers of up to 725 kbps,
726 kbps to 5 Mbps, 5.01 Mbps to 90 Mbps, and greater than 90 Mbps for
multi-line business connections. At that time, the Commission sought to
set the speed ranges so that then-common service offerings would fall
well within each tier in order to minimize market distortion.
Subsequently in 2008, the Commission proposed just two tiers of up to
64 kbps and over 64 kbps for business services. Commenters have also
proposed different sets of tiers. AT&T, for example, proposed three
tiers of up to 25 Mbps, over 25 Mbps up to and including 100 Mbps, and
over 100 Mbps for dedicated business connections.
181. In today's ever evolving marketplace, there is increased
demand for multi-line business connections to have more bandwidth. One
of the proposed goals of our reformed contribution system is to
simplify administration and reporting. Is there a way to structure the
speed tiers in a future-proof manner? Or, would a system based on
available speed tiers inevitably become outdated as the communications
industry continues to evolve? Is there a reasonable way to have tiers
automatically adjusted, for example by setting tiers based on
percentile, such that the slowest quartile of connections would fall
into one tier, the next quartile in another tier, etc.?
182. We seek comment on whether any of the previously proposed tier
structures would be appropriate in today's marketplace, and whether any
such tiers should be limited to business customers or whether they
should extend to residential or mass market connections as well. We
seek to refresh the record in light of recent actions taken in the USF-
ICC Transformation Order and FNPRM and other pending proceedings. For
instance, in establishing tiers, to what extent, if at all, should we
take into account the Commission's decision to establish 4
[[Page 33918]]
Mbps down/1 Mbps up as the minimum speed for fixed broadband
connections under the Connect America Fund? Should speed tiers for
universal service contribution purposes be based on actual speeds or
advertised speeds? Is one approach preferable to another for purposes
of auditing and enforcing compliance with our contributions rules?
183. To the extent commenters believe one of the previously
proposed tier structures is appropriate for today's market, we seek
detailed comments to support such a position. Additionally, we
encourage commenters to propose a tier structure that accounts for the
qualities of connections in the marketplace today. In the past, the
Commission sought comment on a tier structure based on speed. Should
tiers also be set based upon capacity, or the total volume of data that
can be sent and/or received over the connection by the end user over a
period of time? Commenters should explain why they propose tiers at the
particular capacity range and propose the appropriate assessment amount
for each tier. Commenters should also discuss how we can structure the
tiers so that they will accommodate future evolution. We seek to
minimize the potential for market distortion based on the tier
structure; commenters should address how their proposal addresses this
concern in their responses. Commenters proposing new tier structures
should also provide an analysis of the impact on the Fund and the
relevant burdens to residential and business consumers.
184. Would the current FCC Form 477 tier structure work in the
context of a USF connections-based assessment? For example, FCC Form
477 tracks facility-based broadband connections in ten different
technology categories (e.g., asymmetrical and symmetrical xDSL, cable
modem, fiber-to-the-home, mobile wireless) based on transfer rates
ranging from 200 kbps to greater than 100 mbps. We seek comment on
whether this categorization and tier structure as well as the other
data collection requirements in the FCC Form 477 could work for
universal service contribution purposes, or whether they could be
easily modified to satisfy the requirements of both the FCC Form 477
and any established USF contribution rules and requirements. If we were
to modify our FCC Form 477 data collection, should we also make
corresponding modifications to the tiers for purposes of USF
contributions?
185. While multi-line business connections may provide a specific
maximum level of speed or capacity, other connections provide
customers, through contractual agreements, with the option of utilizing
additional speed or capacity on a short-term basis. One of the
challenges of a tiered connections-based approach is how it would
address connections that provide varying speed at different points in
time. For example, should we consider how ``burstable'' bandwidth would
be assessed under a connections-based system? Burstable bandwidth
allows a connection to exceed its stated speed, usually up to a pre-
chosen maximum capacity for a period of time, such as during periods of
heavy network activity or peak network usage. We seek comment on what
rules should be adopted to address such situations, if we were to adopt
a connections-based system.
186. Some commenters argue that there is little correlation between
connection speed and telecommunications usage. These commenters ask
whether it is more appropriate to base the tiers on usage rather than
speed. Under prior connections-based proposals, contributors would be
assessed for multi-line business connections based on the maximum
amount of bandwidth they allocate to the connection, not the actual
amount of bandwidth used. Because customers often purchase excess
bandwidth for backup or future growth, some commenters argue that
assessing a connection at the maximum available speed taxes spare
bandwidth and could lead to poor network management practices. We seek
comment on this position. We also seek comment on how a provider would
measure the actual usage of a customer's connection and the burdens
associated with such reporting. Finally, we seek comment on how we
would audit actual usage.
e. Policy Arguments Related to Connections-Based Assessment
187. In 2002, the Commission outlined a number of potential
benefits of a connections-based assessment methodology: the number of
connections has been more stable than interstate revenues and therefore
connections-based assessment may provide a more predictable and
sufficient funding source for universal service; under a connections-
based approach, providers would not have to allocate revenues between
interstate and intrastate jurisdictions or between telecommunications
and non-telecommunications services; and under a connections-based end-
user approach, only one entity--the one with the direct relationship
with the end user--would be responsible for contributing, thereby
potentially reducing the complexities associated with collecting and
reporting USF fees. We seek comment to refresh the record on these
issues given the changes that have occurred in the telecommunications
marketplace since 2002 and the potential rule changes discussed in this
Notice. Is a connections-based contribution methodology consistent with
the proposed goals of having a contribution methodology that is
efficient, fair, and sustainable?
188. Distinguishing Telecommunications from Non-Telecommunications.
In 2002, the Commission and commenters suggested as a potential benefit
that a connections-based methodology might not require carriers to
distinguish between telecommunications and non-telecommunications
services, distinctions that may be increasingly difficult as the
marketplace evolves. We seek comment above on approaches to provide
clarity to contributors with respect to specific services, without the
need to classify those services as either information services or
telecommunications services. We also seek comment on assessing revenues
associated with information services. In light of those potential
approaches, is this potential advantage of a connections-based
methodology still relevant? If we were to adopt a facilities-based
connections approach, should we make an affirmative finding that each
connection within the scope of our definition ``provides interstate
telecommunications'' in order to subject that connection to assessment?
189. Jurisdictional Considerations. The Commission and industry
participants have suggested in the past that a connections-based system
might mitigate the need to differentiate between interstate and
intrastate jurisdictions. We seek comment on whether this remains a
relevant consideration.
190. In the connections-based methodology proposed in 2002, the
Commission stated that international-only and intrastate-only
connections would be exempt because they do not have an interstate
component. We seek comment on how specifically we would determine
whether a particular connection should be deemed to be intrastate-only
for contribution purposes, if we were to adopt a connections-based
methodology, and how such a rule could be applied. We note that today,
private lines with less than ten percent interstate traffic are deemed
to be jurisdictionally intrastate. For contribution purposes, the Form
499 instructions specify that if over ten percent of the traffic is
interstate, all of
[[Page 33919]]
the revenues for that line are classified as interstate. We seek
comment above in this Notice on a revenues-based approach that would be
simpler to administer, which would allocate revenues to the different
jurisdictions according to a set percentage. If we were to adopt a
connections-based approach, should we adopt a rule that any connection
that provides the capability to originate or terminate communications
that may cross state lines is subject to assessment, regardless of the
physical end points of the facility or the actual traffic carried on a
particular circuit?
191. To the extent we exercise our permissive authority to assess
broadband Internet access connections, we seek comment on whether such
connections should be presumed interstate for purposes of universal
service contributions. Should we conclude that any connection that
connects to an Internet point of presence should be deemed interstate
for federal USF contribution purposes? Would such a rule allow states
to assess connections (or revenues associated with connections) to
support state universal service funds? Would a connections-based system
increase compliance burdens if states continue to employ a revenues-
based assessment for state-based funds? What is a simple way to
determine jurisdiction for connections in a manner that is fair and
competitively neutral, and could such an approach reduce compliance
burdens on contributors?
192. Consumer Impact. In the past, certain contributors have argued
that a connections- or numbers-based contribution methodology would
disproportionately impact vulnerable populations, such as low-income
consumers and the elderly. How would moving to a connections-based
approach change the relative distribution of the contribution burden
between enterprise users and consumers, as well as among different
types of enterprise users and consumers? Is moving to a connections-
based approach where connections are assessed a flat rate (or a flat
rate within a tier) fair to low-income consumers and other users on
low-cost service plans? Are there modifications that could be made to a
connections-based methodology to make the level of assessment fairer to
consumers on low-cost service plans? If we were to adopt a connections-
based approach, would low-income households be likely to see a
contribution pass-through charge for a larger percentage of their
monthly telecommunications bill than higher-income households? Would
low-volume customers bear an assessment that constitutes a larger
percentage of their bill than high-volume users?
f. Implementation
193. Implementing a connections-based system would presumably
require new data collection and reporting requirements and, at least in
the near term, impose additional costs on both filers and USAC to
implement new reporting systems. A connections-based system could also
present complexities related to compliance and auditing, particularly
because connections are not generally reported for other governmental
purposes. Further, a move to a connections-based system may affect
other programs that currently report on the FCC Form 499, including
Interstate TRS, North American Numbering Plan, Local Number
Portability, and regulatory fees administration. Finally, a new system
would require some period of transition. We seek comment on all these
issues below.
194. Reporting. We seek comment on how to implement reporting
requirements under a connections-based contributions system. Under the
existing revenue-based contribution methodology, contributors report to
USAC their historical gross-billed, projected gross-billed, and
projected collected end-user interstate and international revenues
quarterly on the FCC Form 499-Q and their gross-billed and actual
collected end-user interstate and international revenues annually on
the FCC Form 499-A. USAC then bills contributors for their universal
service contribution obligations on a monthly basis based on the
contributors' quarterly projected collected revenue. Contributors
report actual revenues on the FCC Form 499-A, which USAC uses to
perform true-ups to the quarterly projected revenue data.
195. How should a connections-based system be implemented? In
particular, we seek comment on the specific changes necessary to enable
USAC to administer the Fund under a connections-based system. How would
contributors report the number and speed or capacity of their
connections under a connections-based assessment methodology? For a
service-based connections methodology, how should providers report the
service type? Should we continue to use a FCC Form 499 or use a
different system, and why? What would be the administrative impact of a
new reporting system on providers and on USAC as the administrator of
the Fund? Could we modify the FCC Form 477 to capture the data
necessary for a connections-based system, thus eliminating the need to
file separately for contribution purposes? What measures should we take
to ensure that providers would not be able to avoid their contribution
obligation? To what extent do connections fluctuate due to churn or
other factors, and, as a result, how often should providers report
their data to ensure the stability and sufficiency of the Fund? Should
we limit reporting requirements to twice a year, to coincide with the
requirement to report connections data on the FCC Form 477? We seek
comment on whether reporting only twice a year would satisfy our
proposed goal of a more simplified contribution system. We also seek
comment on the potential impact of a six-month reporting interval on
periodic adjustments to the per-connection assessment. Would such a
reporting schedule provide USAC and the Commission with the data
necessary to effectively administer the universal service programs? We
specifically seek comment and data on whether it is necessary to
monitor individual provider fluctuations through frequent reporting or
whether less frequent reporting would suffice.
196. Alternatively, we seek comment on the costs and benefits of
reporting at monthly or quarterly intervals. Since a more frequent
interval would likely provide a larger number of ``snapshots'' of a
contributor's connection counts over a year, would a more frequent
interval provide more accurate data and lead to more stability in the
Fund than would a six-month interval? Would a more frequent reporting
period make adjustments to the contributions requirements more
incremental? Would longer or shorter reporting intervals advantage or
disadvantage some types of providers more than others? In 2002, the
Commission sought comment on a monthly reporting system under which the
contributor would report the number and speed or capacity of their
connections at the end of each month on a new FCC Form 499-M. Under
that approach the new form would also serve as a contributor's monthly
bill. We seek comment on the costs and benefits of such an approach.
197. Costs Associated with Implementing a Connections System. We
seek comment on contributors' out-of-pocket costs for implementing a
new connections-based contribution methodology. Would contributors be
able to use their current billing and operating systems to report
connections for universal service contributions? If not, what would be
the incremental costs associated with modifying billing systems and
internal controls and processes to collect and track
[[Page 33920]]
connections for purposes of reporting and contributing to the Fund?
Would contributors have to implement entirely new systems to track the
type of data needed to report connections? Does the answer to this
question depend on whether the Commission adopts the FCC Form 477
connection categories as opposed to other categories of providers or
services whose connections are assessable? Are there cost savings that
could be realized by moving away from the current system, which
requires contributors to report revenues quarterly (projected) and
annually (actual) for USF purposes? Would those costs vary depending on
the definition of connections we adopt? We also seek comment on whether
the cost of updating billing and internal systems for this regulatory
purpose would outweigh any benefit achieved. What would be the
implications for reporting for other regulatory programs such as
regulatory fees, Interstate TRS, and the North American Numbering Plan?
Would increased operational costs negatively impact certain carriers
more as compared to other carriers (for example, smaller rate of return
companies that recover some of these costs from high-cost loop support,
which is capped)?
198. We specifically seek comment on any implementation costs
associated with other programs that rely on the data reported on the
FCC Form 499-A. For example, if we were to move to a connections-based
system for contributions, would there be additional costs associated
with reporting for the Interstate TRS Fund, North American Numbering
Plan, Local Number Portability, and regulatory fees administration
programs which currently rely on the FCC Form 499-A data? Would a
change in the contribution system to a connections-based approach only
be feasible and cost-effective if these other programs also changed to
a connections-based approach? We also ask whether adopting a
connections-based system would increase compliance burdens if states
continue to employ a revenues-based assessment.
199. We also seek to refresh the record on whether there are other
costs associated with a connections system, and in particular ask
providers if there are any new costs that were not foreseen when we
last asked for comments on this methodology. Would the cost of a new
assessment methodology increase for certain classes of customers or
certain industry segments? To what extent would this analysis change
depending on how a connection is defined and assessed? Do the
additional costs associated with implementation and reporting
requirements outlined below outweigh the benefits of moving to a
connections-based methodology?
200. Auditing. Audits are an essential tool for the Commission and
USAC to ensure program integrity and to detect and deter waste, fraud,
and abuse. Any new connections methodology must be auditable in order
to ensure that contributors are reporting accurately, and that the
system operates in an equitable and nondiscriminatory manner, maintains
stability in the contribution base, and minimizes market distortions
and gamesmanship. Auditing a connections-based system could be
difficult, however, if the manner in which providers track their
connections for business reasons does not overlap with the Commission's
definitions of ``connections'' and ``tiers.'' As previously noted,
unlike revenues, connections are not universally tracked, and thus
there are no standards or regular means of auditing a ``connection.''
In addition, unlike revenues, ``connections'' are not reported to other
federal agencies, such as the SEC, nor are connections routinely
tracked on a company's books. Because companies would be tracking
connections solely or primarily for the Commission, we seek comment on
how to structure a connections-based system to be auditable and
enforceable. How, in fact, would companies track their connections for
USF contribution reporting purposes? Would companies need to create
internal records solely for this purpose? How would an auditor verify
the accuracy of the internal records, especially in light of customer
churn and customer change orders? Because revenue is reported for other
governmental purposes there are, to some extent, inherent checks and
balances built into a revenues-based system. We seek comment on whether
any potential lack of checks and balances under a connections system is
a fatal flaw, or if it could be remediated. Proponents of a
connections-based system should provide specific details about how
contributors would report their data and how auditors could verify the
accuracy of connections data reported. In addition to audits, what
other steps should be taken under a connections-based system to detect
and deter waste, fraud, and abuse?
201. We seek comment on how, under a connections-based system, we
could create the proper incentives for providers to accurately report
connections data. What types of procedures are necessary to verify the
accuracy of the number of connections reported by a provider? How would
USAC measure the accuracy of the data, especially given customer churn
that may occur between reporting periods?
202. Effect on Other Programs. As in previous comment cycles, we
ask parties to provide comment on the impact of moving to a
connections-based approach on the Interstate TRS, North American
Numbering Plan, Local Number Portability, and regulatory fees
administration programs. The revenue information currently reported on
an annual basis in FCC Form 499-A is also used to calculate assessments
for these programs. We ask parties to provide comment on the best
approach for ensuring proper funding of these programs were we to move
to a connections-based methodology. Should contributors continue
reporting gross billed end-user revenues for purposes of these
programs, and if so, should they continue to report on an annual basis?
Could we dramatically simplify the FCC Form 499 for purposes of revenue
reporting in that instance, such as by eliminating the multi-line
breakout of reported revenues into sub-categories? We specifically seek
comment on whether to maintain revenue-based reporting for the
regulatory fee program if we move to a connections-based approach for
USF contributions and/or the other programs.
203. If we were to adopt a connections-based approach for the USF,
should we also move to a connections-based approach for Interstate TRS,
North American Numbering Plan, Local Number Portability, and regulatory
fees administration programs? If so, would a connections-based approach
for these programs vary, if at all, from a connections-based approach
for the USF? We specifically seek comment on how a connections-based
system could be implemented to satisfy the requirements of section 715
of the Act. This section requires that each interconnected VoIP service
provider and each provider of non-interconnected VoIP service shall
participate in and contribute to the Interstate Telecommunications
Relay Services Fund in a manner ``consistent with and comparable to the
obligations of other contributors to such Fund.'' Finally, are there
alternative ways to calculate contributions for the Interstate TRS,
North American Numbering Plan, Local Number Portability, and regulatory
fees programs?
204. Transition. A connections-based methodology would constitute a
substantial change from the current revenue-based system and would
likely require a transition period, especially if reporting entities
need to implement
[[Page 33921]]
new billing and accounting systems and a process for recording
connection counts in a manner that is auditable. We seek comment on
what steps would need to be taken to transition between the current
revenues-based system and a connections-based system and how much time
would be needed to ensure that the new process is applied in an
equitable manner.
205. If we were to adopt a connections-based methodology, the
Commission and USAC would likely need to go through multiple reporting
cycles to determine whether information is being reported consistently
and to determine whether contributors understand what information they
are being asked to report. In addition, contributors and USAC would
need time to update their billing and tracking systems to accommodate
the new methodology. Is a one-year transition period sufficient to
ensure that all affected parties would have adequate time to address
any implementation issues that arise? How much time would be necessary
for contributors, including new contributors, to adjust their record-
keeping and reporting systems in order to comply with new reporting
procedures? Are there new considerations that would favor a longer or
shorter transition period? Would there be a benefit in adopting
different transition periods for residential and business markets?
206. We also seek comment on the value of requiring dual reporting
during all or some of the transition time--where reporting entities
would continue to report and pay under the current revenues-based
system, while they also begin reporting under the new system. Would
having providers report under both systems for a specified amount of
time during the transition provide the opportunity for both providers
and USAC to address unforeseen implementation issues that are likely to
arise under the new reporting system? Should new filers begin reporting
sooner since USAC does not have any historical data on their revenues
and services?
3. Assessing Contributions Based on Numbers
207. We seek comment on moving away from the current revenues-based
contribution system and adopting a numbers-based contribution
methodology. The Commission has explored a numbers-based methodology in
the past, including as recently as 2008, when it sought comment on
using telephone numbers as the basis for a new contributions system. We
seek to refresh the record given developments in technology and
communications.
208. Under a numbers-based system, in its simplest form, providers
would be assessed based on their count of North American Numbering Plan
(NANP) phone numbers. There would be a standard monthly assessment per
phone number, such as $1 per month, with potentially higher and lower
tiers for certain categories of numbers based on how these numbers are
assigned or used. The monthly assessment per number would be calculated
by applying a formula based on the USF demand requirement and the
relevant count of numbers, however that term is defined. This
contribution factor would no longer be based on revenues.
209. In 2002, the Commission first sought comment on replacing the
existing revenues-based methodology with a system that would assess
providers on the basis of telephone numbers assigned to end users
(assigned numbers), while assessing special access and private lines
that do not have assigned numbers based on their speed. The Commission
also sought comment on how to treat multi-line switched business
services, such as Centrex and private branch exchange, and other types
of services, such as electronic fax services under a telephone-number
based approach. Thereafter, in the 2008 Comprehensive Reform FNPRM, 73
FR 66821, December 12, 2008, the Commission sought comment on a series
of proposals to adopt a new contribution methodology based on assessing
telephone numbers. The FNPRM contained three proposals, each with a
numbers-based assessment component. Two of the proposals (2008 Appendix
A Proposal and 2008 Appendix C Proposal) would have assessed USF
contributions based on telephone numbers used for residential services,
at a flat $1.00 per month charge for each number, and would have
assessed business services based on connections. The third proposal
(2008 Appendix B Proposal) would have assessed USF contributions based
on telephone numbers used for consumer and business services, at a flat
$.85 per month charge for each number.
210. We seek comment on whether a numbers-based methodology would
further our proposed reform goals of greater administrative efficiency,
fairness, and sustainability of the Fund. We also seek comment on the
costs and benefits of a numbers-based contribution methodology. We ask
parties claiming significant costs or benefits of a numbers-based
system to provide supporting analysis and facts for such assertions,
including an explanation of how data were calculated and all underlying
assumptions.
a. Legal Authority
211. We seek comment on our legal authority to adopt a numbers-
based contributions methodology. Section 254(d) of the Act requires
that ``[e]very telecommunications carrier that provides interstate
telecommunications services shall contribute on an equitable and
nondiscriminatory basis, to the specific, predictable, and sufficient
mechanisms established by the Commission to preserve and advance
universal service.'' Section 254(d) also provides the Commission with
permissive authority to require ``providers of interstate
telecommunications'' to contribute to the Fund. Title I of the Act
gives the Commission ancillary jurisdiction over matters reasonably
related to ``the effective performance of [its] various
responsibilities'' where the Commission has subject matter jurisdiction
over the service.
212. The Commission previously has sought comment on whether the
Commission's ``plenary authority'' over numbering in section 251(e)
provides additional authority to adopt a numbers-based methodology. The
Commission has ``exclusive jurisdiction over those portions of the NANP
that pertain to the United States.'' In the VoIP 911 Order, the
Commission relied on its section 251(e) authority to require
interconnected VoIP providers to provide E911 services. In so doing,
the Commission noted that it exercised its authority under section
251(e) because, among other reasons, ``interconnected VoIP providers
use NANP numbers to provide their services.''
213. We seek to refresh the record on the Commission's authority
pursuant to sections 254(d), 251(e), and Title I of the Act to
establish a numbers-based contributions methodology. Under a numbers-
based approach, some providers could be required to contribute directly
to the Fund that historically may have contributed indirectly or not at
all. We seek comment on whether the public interest would be served if
the Commission were to exercise its permissive authority to require
these providers to contribute to the Fund. What is the extent of the
Commission's ancillary authority under Title I of the Act? Does the
provision of a service that relies on the assignment of an assessable
number to an end user bring such a service offering under the
Commission's broad subject matter jurisdiction because it involves, in
some manner, ``interstate * * * communication by wire or radio? '' Does
[[Page 33922]]
the Commission's plenary authority over numbering under section 251 of
the Act support use of a numbers-based contribution methodology?
214. We invite commenters to address how a numbers-based system
should be structured to fulfill the statutory requirement that
telecommunications service providers contribute on an equitable and
nondiscriminatory basis. If we were to adopt a numbers-based
contribution methodology, should we also explicitly exercise our
permissive authority over providers of telecommunications or specified
services to make clear that providers of those services would be
assessed? How would we ensure that all entities that contribute under a
numbers-based system are providers of interstate telecommunications?
b. Defining Assessable Numbers for Contribution Purposes
215. We seek comment on which numbers should be assessed under a
numbers-based contribution methodology. We also seek comment on whether
defining assessable numbers or alternatives that commenters may suggest
would best further our proposed goals for contribution reform. We
specifically ask commenters to estimate the per-number assessment under
their preferred definition of assessable numbers and the scope of any
exemptions that they propose. We also ask parties to address the impact
of differing definitions of assessable numbers on who would contribute
in the future, compared to today.
216. Definition of Assessable Numbers. We seek comment on how the
Commission should define an ``assessable'' number for purposes of a
numbers-based contributions methodology. In other contexts, the
Commission has defined ``numbers'' for purposes of Commission reporting
requirements. For example, the Commission requires that each
telecommunications carrier that receives numbering resources from the
North American Numbering Plan Administrator (NANPA), the Pooling
Administrator, or another telecommunications carrier, report its
numbering resources in each of six defined categories of numbers set
forth in Sec. 52.15(f) of our rules. In the regulatory fee context,
the Commission has adopted the category of ``assigned numbers'' as the
starting point for determining how to assess fees on certain providers,
but found it necessary to modify that definition to account for
different regulatory contexts. Specifically, in assessing regulatory
fees for commercial mobile radio service (CMRS) providers that report
number utilization to NANPA based on the reported assigned number count
in their Numbering Resource Utilization and Forecast (NRUF) data, the
Commission requires these providers to adjust their assigned number
count to account for number porting. The Commission found that
adjusting the NRUF data to account for porting was necessary for the
data to be sufficiently accurate and reliable for purposes of
regulatory fee assessment. We seek comment on whether we should adopt
any of these definitions of numbers for purposes of defining an
``assessable number'' for USF contributions.
217. Specifically, we seek comment on the following definition of
assessable numbers: An ``Assessable Number'' is a NANP telephone number
that is in use by an end user and that enables the end user to receive
communications from or terminate communications to (1) an interstate
public telecommunications network or (2) a network that traverses (in
any manner) an interstate public telecommunications network in the
United States and its Territories and possessions. Assessable Numbers
include geographic as well as non-geographic telephone numbers (such as
toll-free numbers and 500-NXX numbers) as long as they meet the other
criteria described in this part for Assessable Numbers.
218. We seek comment on whether this definition furthers our
overall proposed goals of reform. Is the above definition sufficiently
broad to capture all types of numbers, including those associated with
services aimed primarily at international calls that either commence or
end in the United States and its Territories? Should we include in the
above definition of numbers toll-free numbers that are also part of the
North American Numbering Plan, but are governed by Sec. Sec. 52.101
through 52.111?
219. We also seek comment on alternatives. For instance, should we
define assessable numbers consistent with the definition of ``Assigned
numbers'' in Part 52: ``Assessable numbers are numbers working in the
Public Switched Telephone Network under an agreement such as a contract
or tariff at the request of specific end users or customers for their
use, or numbers not yet working but having a customer service order
pending. Numbers that are not yet working and have a service order
pending for more than five days shall not be classified as assessable
numbers.'' Would such a definition include NANP numbers assigned to
mobile broadband-only devices, such as 3G tablets or laptop cards? If
not, should we modify this definition, or would it be appropriate to
exclude numbers associated with such devices and services associated
with them? Commenters proposing alternative definitions of ``assessable
numbers'' should explain how their proposal satisfies our proposed
goals for contributions reform.
220. We note that any definition of assessable numbers may exclude
special access services and possibly other services that are clearly
assessed today, but that do not include a telephone number. In
addition, such a definition may exclude some of the services mentioned
in Section IV.B of this Notice. We seek comment on how such services
should be treated under a pure numbers-based approach.
221. Cyclical Numbers. We seek comment below on whether
contributors should report numbers on a monthly basis. If we were to
adopt such a rule, should numbers used for intermittent or cyclical
purposes (and that may not be fully in use at the time of a monthly
reporting obligation) be excluded or included from the definition of
Assessable Numbers?
222. We define numbers used for cyclical purposes as numbers
designated for use that are typically ``working'' or in use by the end
user for regular intervals of time. These numbers include, for example,
an end-user's summer home telephone number that is in service for six
months out of the year. In the NRO III Order, 67 FR 6431, February 12,
2002, the Commission clarified that these types of numbers should
generally be categorized as ``assigned'' numbers if they meet certain
thresholds and that, if they do not meet these thresholds, they ``must
be made available for use by other customers'' (i.e., they are
``available'' numbers). Is there a bright-line way for providers to
determine, and for the Commission or USAC to verify and audit, which
numbers are cyclical versus which numbers are not cyclical? If not,
would excluding such numbers be consistent with our proposed goals for
contribution reform? What are the implications of excluding such
numbers in the contribution base? Would excluding these numbers be
consistent with the requirements of section 254(d)? What would be the
policy justifications for excluding or including these numbers in the
contribution base? For example, one policy reason for assessing
cyclical numbers would be that each cyclical number obtains the full
benefits of accessing the public network. If cyclical numbers are not
excluded from the definition of assessable numbers, should such numbers
be assessed at a pro-rated
[[Page 33923]]
or reduced rate? We ask commenters to provide data as to the count of
numbers that would fall into the category of cyclical numbers, and
explain how the Commission and USAC would verify and audit the use of
such numbers.
223. Assigned but Not Operational Numbers. Section 52.15 of our
rules define ``assigned numbers'' as numbers that have been assigned to
a customer (within a period of five days or less) but have not yet been
put into service. Since providers generally do not bill for services
that have yet to be provisioned and therefore are not compensated for
services during the pendency of the service order, should such numbers
be excluded from the definition of Assessable Numbers? We seek comment
on whether our definition of assessable numbers should include numbers
that are not yet operational to send or receive calls. Would it be
consistent with the ``equitable and non-discriminatory'' language in
section 254(d) to exclude these numbers? Would the exclusion of
assigned but not operational numbers have a material impact on the
contribution base and associated per month charge for assessable
numbers? What would be the policy justifications for excluding these
numbers from contribution obligations? In the alternative, should such
numbers be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate? We ask commenters
to provide data as to the volume of numbers that would fall into the
category of ``assigned but not operational numbers.''
224. Available but Not Assigned Numbers. We seek comment on whether
the definition of assessable numbers should include or exclude other
numbers that are held by service providers from the definition of
Assessable Numbers. In particular, should we exclude from the
definition of Assessable Numbers those numbers that meet the definition
of an Available Number, an Administrative Number, an Aging Number, or
an Intermediate Number as those terms are defined in Sec. 52.15(f) of
the Commission's rules? Carriers will not have an end user associated
with a number in any of these categories of numbers. For example, an
intermediate number is a number that is ``made available for use by
another telecommunications carrier or non-carrier entity for the
purpose of providing telecommunications service to an end user or
customer.'' Should the receiving provider be responsible for including
the number as an Assessable Number only when it provides the number to
an end user? We seek comment on whether a numbers-based approach should
assess Reserved Numbers. Would it be consistent with the ``equitable
and non-discriminatory'' language in section 254(d) to exclude these
numbers? Would the exclusion of available but not assigned numbers have
a material impact on the contribution base and associated per month
charge for assessable numbers? What would be the policy justifications
for excluding these numbers from contribution obligations? Should such
numbers be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate? We ask commenters
to provide data as to the volume of numbers that would fall into the
category of ``reserved numbers.''
225. Assigned but Non-Working Numbers. The 2008 proposals sought
comment on excluding non-working telephone numbers from the definition
of Assessable Number. Several commenters supported the Commission's
proposal that assigned but non-working numbers should be excluded from
contributions. Carriers report as assigned numbers for NRUF purposes
entire codes or blocks of numbers dedicated to specific end-user
customers if at least fifty percent of the numbers in the code or block
are working in the PSTN. Would it be consistent with the definition of
an Assessable Numbers above for carriers to exclude the non-working
numbers in these blocks in their Assessable Number counts, because the
non-working numbers portion of these blocks are not ``in use by an end
user''? We seek to update the record on whether a numbers-based
approach, if adopted, should assess non-working numbers. Would it be
consistent with the ``equitable and non-discriminatory'' language in
section 254(d) to exclude these numbers? Would the exclusion of non-
working numbers have a material impact on the contribution base and
associated per month charge for assessable numbers? What would be the
policy justifications for excluding these numbers from contribution
obligations? Would this create loopholes and make it difficult for the
Commission or USAC to audit a provider to determine if non-working
numbers were properly counted? In the alternative, should such numbers
be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate? We also seek comment on the
count of non-working numbers, as well as the trend for this category.
226. Numbers Used for Routing Purposes. We seek to update the
record on whether a NANP number used solely to route or forward calls
should be excluded from the definition of Assessable Number in a
numbers-based approach, if such routing number were provided for free,
and such number routes calls only to Assessable Numbers. Should these
numbers be assessed on a different basis, if such routing or forwarding
were provided for a fee, such as with remote call forward service or
foreign exchange service? We seek comment on whether such numbers
should be excluded under a numbers-based contribution system. Would it
be consistent with the ``equitable and non-discriminatory'' language in
section 254(d) to exclude these numbers? Would the exclusion of numbers
used for routing purposes have a material impact on the contribution
base and associated per month charge for assessable numbers? How would
the exclusion of routing numbers impact a numbers-based regime? What
would be the policy justifications for excluding these numbers from
contribution obligations? Should such numbers be assessed at a pro-
rated or reduced rate? We also seek data on numbers used for routing
purposes, including trend information for this category of numbers.
227. Toll-Free Numbers. We seek comment on whether a numbers-based
methodology should make special accommodations for toll-free numbers.
We seek comment on whether the proposed definition for assessable
number should exclude from assessment toll-free numbers. Would it be
consistent with the ``equitable and discriminatory language'' in
section 254(d) to exclude these numbers? How would the exclusion of
toll-free numbers impact a numbers-based regime? What would be the
policy justifications for excluding these numbers from contribution
obligations? Should such numbers be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced
rate? We also seek data on toll-free numbers, including trend
information for this category of numbers.
228. All Public or Private Interstate Networks. As more services
migrate to alternative networks that only partially traverse the PSTN,
we seek comment on whether there is a danger that a NANP numbers-based
contributions methodology in time could result in declines in the base,
and may conflict with our proposed reform goals of ensuring
sustainability in the Fund and promoting fairness in the USF
contribution assessment system? Or are NANP numbers being used in
association with new technologies that do not originate or terminate on
the PSTN? If so, do commenters expect that growth in these alternative
usages will outpace other declines? We seek comment generally on
whether a contribution system based on NANP numbers would be
sustainable as the marketplace evolves in the future.
[[Page 33924]]
229. Numbers Provided to End Users. We seek comment on which
providers should contribute to the Fund under a numbers-based
contribution methodology. We seek comment on whether the provider with
the retail relationship with the end user should have the contribution
obligation under a numbers-based approach. Would such a provider have
the most accurate and up-to-date information about how many Assessable
Numbers it currently has assigned to end users and how many are in use?
If we adopt a different approach for numbers used for consumer versus
enterprise services, would the provider with the retail relationship be
in the best position to distinguish consumer users from business users?
230. We seek comment on how a numbers-based approach should be
implemented with respect to wholesalers, resellers, and other providers
incorporating NANP numbers into retail services. Would a system that
assesses only numbers provided to end-users invite problems similar to
those that exist today under the current revenues-based system, whereby
some providers do not contribute for services provided? We note that in
some instances wholesalers may provide telecommunications services to
customers with numbers. For example, would a numbers-based system
create wholesale/reseller/retailer problems of the type discussed
earlier in this Notice?
c. Trends in Numbers
231. We seek comment and data on the count of numbers that would be
assessable under a number-based USF contribution assessment system.
Neustar, the administrator of the NANP, estimates that there are
currently 770 million numbers in active use in the United States. As
shown in Chart 7 below, one projection suggests there could be over 832
million numbers in active use by 2015. We seek comment on this estimate
and the underlying assumptions, and invite commenters to present their
own estimates for the growth or decline in the count of actively-used
numbers as well as any additional data regarding their own estimates
and the key drivers for such growth or decline. To what extent is the
growth in the volume of numbers due to new services and applications,
and to what extent is it due to greater penetration of phone service,
such as cell phone family plans and usage by younger children? Do
commenters believe the volume of numbers will increase in the
foreseeable future? Is the growth trend sustainable given anticipated
technology changes? What other factors will impact the continued growth
in the volume of numbers? What impact would the growth in numbers have
on future contribution assessments? To the extent commenters predict
the volume of numbers in use will decline over time rather than grow,
they should similarly identify the basis for their assumptions and
describe in detail their projections for the foreseeable future. What
challenges would a numbers-based contribution system face if the volume
of numbers were to shrink?
232. We seek to update the record on what the per-number charge
would be, given current and projected trends in numbers and overall
universal service demand. Commenters also should provide revised
estimates of the impact on different industry contributors, and
residential and business consumers, in light of current marketplace
developments. Commenters should indicate which definition of
``assessable numbers'' (and exclusions from assessable numbers) they
use in their projections.
d. Differential Treatment of Certain Types of Numbers
233. We seek comment on whether to provide differential treatment
or exclude altogether certain types of numbers from the definition of
Assessable Numbers under a numbers-based contribution methodology, and
whether doing so would further or undermine our proposed goals for
contributions reform. To the extent commenters contend certain types of
numbers should be assessed at a different rate, i.e. a percentage of
the basic per number assessment per month, we ask commenters to include
a policy rationale for their proposal. Is there a reason why certain
types of numbers should be assessed at some fraction, such as 33 or 50
percent, of other numbers based on usage? Would assessing numbers used
for certain types of services promote or discourage innovation?
234. Family Plan Numbers. Parties have argued in the past that
telephone numbers assigned to the additional handsets in family
wireless plans should be assessed at a reduced rate, either permanently
or for a transitional period. These commenters suggested that assessing
contributions at the full per-number rate would cause family plan
customers to experience ``rate shock.'' We seek to refresh the record
on this issue. We seek comment on whether a numbers-based approach
should count equally all numbers that are used for family plans. If we
were to adopt a differentiated approach for family plans, how would we
define a ``family plan'' that would be subject to such differential
treatment? Would this create incentives for service providers to
consolidate accounts and take other measures to characterize service
offerings as ``family plans''? Would such a rule be limited to mass
market consumers, and if so, how should we distinguish between mass
market plans and enterprise plans? Would differential treatment of such
numbers satisfy the statutory requirements that contributions by
telecommunications service providers be equitable and non-
discriminatory? What would be the policy justifications for assessing
such numbers at a pro-rated or reduced rate? We ask commenters to
provide data with underlying assumptions as to the count of numbers
that would fall into this category, specifically, how many phone
numbers are associated with a primary phone number in a family plan.
235. Services-Based Exceptions. Prior commenters have proposed that
we should exempt from any numbers-based contribution methodology
services provided by telematics providers, one-way service providers,
two-way paging services, and alarm companies. We seek to update the
record on these proposals, noting that since 2008, additional
marketplace developments have emerged that may similarly not fit neatly
into the numbers paradigm, including numbers assigned to devices
reliant on mobile broadband, such as data cards, e-readers, and tablet
computers. Should these types of numbers be assessed at a different
rate, e.g., a percentage of the basic per number monthly assessment?
Should a number assigned to a telematics device, where the customer is
not paying a monthly fee and the device can only make a ``call'' in an
emergency situation be assessed differently from a number assigned to a
consumer cell phone or a business landline? Would exclusion of numbers
associated with such services be consistent with the statutory
requirement that all carriers providing interstate telecommunications
services shall contribute on an equitable and non-discriminatory basis?
How would the exclusion of such numbers impact a numbers-based regime?
What would be the policy justifications for excluding these numbers
altogether from contribution obligations? We ask commenters to provide
data as to the volume of numbers that would fall into this category.
236. Numbers Provided to Lifeline Subscribers. We seek comment on
whether the Commission has statutory authority to exclude numbers
associated with service offerings provided to Lifeline subscribers,
given the
[[Page 33925]]
mandatory contribution obligation for telecommunications service
providers. To the extent such numbers are provided with
telecommunications services, would it be consistent with our section 10
authority to forebear from imposing contribution obligations on such
numbers?
237. We seek to update the record on whether it is appropriate to
not assess numbers for Lifeline subscribers, if we were to adopt a
numbers-based contribution methodology. We note that today there are
approximately 14.8 million Lifeline subscribers. How would the
exclusion of such numbers impact a numbers-based regime? What would be
the policy justifications for excluding these numbers from contribution
obligations? Alternatively, should such numbers associated with
Lifeline services be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate, and if
so, what would be an appropriate amount?
238. Free Services. We seek to refresh the record on whether
services offered on a free, or nearly-free basis should be excluded in
a numbers-based system. Since commercial providers of free or nearly-
free services generate revenue in other ways, such as through
advertising or through more sophisticated paid service offerings or
product offerings, should they be exempt from contribution obligations?
We ask commenters to provide estimates with supporting data regarding
the number of numbers that would fall into this category.
239. Community Voice Mail. We seek comment on whether a numbers-
based approach should assess numbers associated with services such as
community voicemail. Would exclusion of these numbers satisfy the
statutory requirements for universal service contributions from
providers of telecommunications services? How would the exclusion of
such numbers impact a numbers-based regime? What would be the policy
justifications for excluding these numbers from contribution
obligations? Should such numbers be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced
rate? We ask commenters to provide data as to the volume of numbers
that would fall into this category.
240. TRS and VRS Numbers. We seek to update the record on whether
we should exempt Internet-based telecommunications relay services
(TRS), including video relay services (VRS) and IP Relay services. Such
services are provided for free to people with hearing and speech
disabilities, under Congressional mandate. Would inclusion of these
numbers satisfy the statutory requirements for universal service
contributions? How would the exclusion of such numbers impact a
numbers-based regime? What would be the policy justifications for
excluding these numbers from contribution obligations? Should such
numbers be assessed at a pro-rated or reduced rate? We ask commenters
to provide data as to the volume of numbers that would fall into this
category.
241. Other Exemptions. Are there other types of numbers or services
that should be excluded from a numbers-based contribution mechanism, if
we were to adopt such an approach? For instance, should we adopt
exemptions for numbers used by non-profit health care providers,
libraries, colleges and universities, entities that typically
administer their own numbers? Would inclusion of these numbers satisfy
the statutory requirements for universal service contributions? How
would the exclusion of such numbers impact a numbers-based regime? What
would be the policy justifications for excluding these numbers from
contribution obligations? Should such numbers be assessed at a pro-
rated or reduced rate? We ask commenters to provide data as to the
volume of numbers that would fall into each category of proposed
exemptions.
e. Use of a Hybrid System With a Numbers-Component
242. We seek specific comment on adopting a hybrid numbers-
connections based methodology. The Commission sought comment in 2008
proposals on two hybrid approaches in which consumer numbers would be
assessed on a numbers-based methodology, and business lines would be
assessed on a connections-based methodology. The Commission has also
sought comment on a hybrid numbers-connections methodology that would
assess providers a flat fee for each assessable NANP telephone number
and assess services not associated with a telephone number as
connections. A hybrid numbers and connections system may have
advantages over a numbers-only system insofar as it captures services
that are provided without numbers. In other respects, however, such a
system might incorporate all of the potential disadvantages of both
numbers-based and connections-based systems. Moreover, regardless of
the particular methodologies used, hybrid systems may be more complex
and expensive to administer than a single system. Should carriers that
do not have working numbers or end-user connections continue to
contribute based on their interstate telecommunications revenues? We
ask parties to refresh the record and seek comment on this analysis.
243. To what extent would a hybrid system create competitive
distortions in the marketplace? Any system that would make distinctions
between mass market and enterprise users would require an ability for
contributors in the first instance, and USAC and this Commission, to
distinguish between the two, in order to ensure that contributions are
appropriately made. Would such a system advance our proposed reform
goals of administrative efficiency, fairness and sustainability? Would
a hybrid system satisfy the statutory requirements that contributions
be equitable and non-discriminatory? Would using a different
methodology for contributions for the provision of service to
businesses dissuade investment in higher speed and robust
communications facilities? Recognizing that the answer may depend on
the specific tiers that are adopted, and the assessment levels for each
tier, would such a system, potentially, unfairly advantage or
disadvantage purchasers of higher speed connections?
244. Commenters who support a numbers-connections methodology
should address the feasibility of the methodology in light of recent
industry developments and the continuing evolution of
telecommunications technology. Commenters should also address the
advantages and disadvantages of such a system. Are there any entities
that would be contributing for the first time, if we were to adopt a
hybrid approach? We specifically seek comment on whether a hybrid
numbers-connections methodology would better meet our goals for reform
in comparison to the options discussed above, including an improved
revenues system, a connections-based approach, and a numbers-based
contribution assessment system. We ask parties claiming significant
costs or benefits of a hybrid approach to provide supporting analysis
and facts for such assertions, including an explanation of how data
were calculated and all underlying assumptions.
f. Policy Arguments Related to Numbers-Based Assessment
245. We seek to refresh the record on the potential benefits of a
numbers-based contribution methodology. We also seek comment on whether
a numbers-based system (compared to a connections-based system or the
current revenues-based system) would be simpler to understand. Would it
be competitively neutral? Would a
[[Page 33926]]
numbers methodology be inequitable or discriminatory for low volume
users? Would a numbers-based system, be easier to audit for compliance?
Could such a system reduce compliance costs for contributors? Could it
also reduce marketplace distortions that may be present in either the
consumer or enterprise markets? We ask parties claiming significant
costs or benefits of a numbers-based system to provide supporting
analysis and facts for such assertions, including an explanation of how
data were calculated and all underlying assumptions.
246. Are there modifications that could be made to a numbers-based
methodology to make assessment fairer to consumers on low-cost service
plans? Would a numbers-based system shift the universal service
contributions from higher-volume users of communications services to
lower-volume users? Overall, would low-income households pay a larger
percentage of communications bills in contribution assessments than
higher income households compared to today?
247. Would adoption of a numbers-based contribution approach
discourage the emergence of innovative new functions and services, such
as ``follow-me'' services or unified communications applications? If
the Commission were to adopt a numbers-based contribution methodology,
how could it structure such a system so as not to inhibit innovation?
For example, should the Commission exempt numbers associated with
certain services to be exempt for a defined period of time, analogous
to the Commission's pioneer's preference rules?
248. Distinguishing Telecommunications from Non-Telecommunications.
Would a numbers-based methodology more easily accommodate new services
and technologies without requiring service providers or the Commission
to make service classification judgments? We seek comment on approaches
to provide clarity to contributors with respect to specific services,
without the need to classify those services as either information
services or telecommunications services. We also seek comment on
assessing revenues associated with information services. In light of
those potential approaches to determining who should contribute, would
a numbers-based methodology continue to offer advantages as a
relatively simple basis for assessing those providers' contributions?
To what extent have numbers become increasingly associated with
information services? Would a numbers-based assessment mechanism ensure
that contribution obligations are applied in a fair and predictable
manner to all interstate telecommunications providers?
249. Jurisdictional Considerations. The current revenues-based
system requires contributors to separately report revenues derived from
interstate, intrastate, and international services. We seek comment on
whether a numbers-based system might mitigate the need to differentiate
between interstate and intrastate jurisdiction.
250. Given that NANP numbers enable users to connect with other
users across state lines, is it reasonable to conclude that a numbers-
based methodology would be directed at interstate providers and
therefore consistent with the statutory requirements of section 254? We
seek specific comment on the implications of the Fifth Circuit's TOPUC
decision, which held that section 2(b) of the Act prohibits the
Commission from assessing revenues associated with intrastate
telecommunications service. Does TOPUC impose any limitations on a
numbers-based contribution system, particularly in light of the
Commission's authority over numbering in section 251? We also seek
comment on whether TOPUC raises any concerns related to assessing
international services. If so, we seek comment on whether a numbers-
based system should include an exemption similar to the limited
international revenues exemption under the current revenues-based
system for providers that are primarily international in nature, and if
so, how such an exemption should be crafted.
g. Implementation
251. Implementing a numbers-based system would require revised data
collection and reporting requirements. In this section, we seek comment
on how the Commission would transition to a numbers-based system. We
also ask whether adopting a numbers-based system would increase
compliance burdens if states that administer their own universal
service programs continue to employ revenues-based assessments.
252. Reporting of Numbers. We seek comment on how a numbers-based
system should be implemented and the transition process, should we
adopt such a system. In particular, we seek comment on the specific
changes necessary to enable USAC to collect contributions under a
numbers-based system. How would contributors report the assessable
numbers (and potentially speed or capacity under a numbers-connection
hybrid system) under a numbers-based assessment methodology? Should we
continue to use a FCC Form 499 (with changes), leverage the existing
NRUF reporting requirements, or develop a completely new data
collection? What would be the administrative impact of a new reporting
system on providers and on USAC as the administrator of the Fund? If
the Commission were to adopt a numbers-based methodology, should
contributors be required to report assessable numbers on a monthly
basis, quarterly basis, or some other period? Should we retain the same
quarterly and annual true up reporting periods for a numbers-based
system? Would a monthly reporting requirement create a burden that is
not outweighed by the simplification posed by a numbers-based system?
Should the information be reported as actual numbers, forecasted
numbers, or historical numbers? Would historical reporting
unnecessarily complicate the numbers reporting system? Is there any
information that would be particularly difficult to report on a monthly
basis? Would a more frequent reporting period be less likely to require
adjustments to the contributions requirements? Would longer or shorter
reporting intervals advantage or disadvantage some types of providers
more than others?
253. Costs Associated With Implementing a Numbers System. We seek
comment on what out-of-pocket costs contributors would incur to
implement a new numbers-based contribution methodology, both in the
short term to transition to a new system and on an annual basis once a
new system is in place. Commenters should explain the categories of
costs that would be incurred. To the extent possible, commenters should
quantify these costs and indicate how they compare to the costs of
complying with the existing revenues-based system. Would contributors
be able to use their current billing and operating systems to report
numbers for universal service contributions? If not, what would be the
incremental costs associated with modifying billing systems and
internal controls and processes to collect and track numbers for
purposes of reporting and contributing to the Fund? Would contributors
have to implement entirely new systems to track the type of data needed
to report assessable numbers? Are there cost savings that could be
realized by moving away from the current revenues-based system, which
requires contributors to report revenues quarterly (projected) and
annually (actual) for USF purposes, and potential efficiencies based on
other existing number reporting requirements for other
[[Page 33927]]
regulatory requirements? Would those costs vary depending on the
definition of assessable numbers? We also seek comment on whether the
cost of updating billing and internal systems for this narrow
regulatory purpose would outweigh any benefit achieved. Would increased
operational costs of moving to a numbers system negatively impact
certain carriers as compared to other carriers? Commenters should
provide data on any such increased costs.
254. We also seek comment and data on other costs associated with a
numbers-based system, and in particular ask providers if there are any
costs that are not discussed above. Would the cost of moving to a new
numbers system be relatively greater for certain classes of customers
or certain industry segments? To what extent would this analysis change
depending on how ``assessable numbers'' is defined and assessed? Do the
additional costs associated with implementation and the reporting
requirements outlined below outweigh the benefits of moving to a
numbers-based methodology?
255. Auditing. We seek comment on how to define an ``Assessable
Number'' to make it easier to audit to ensure that contributors are
reporting accurately, and that the system operates in an equitable and
nondiscriminatory manner, maintains stability in the contribution base,
and minimizes market distortions and gamesmanship. We seek comment on
whether we should allow carriers to self-certify which numbers are
assessable numbers for contributions purposes. We also seek comment on
whether we should modify the current recordkeeping requirements to
further improve the auditing process for both contributors and
auditors. Should we adopt additional rules or provide further guidance
regarding the types of records and supporting documentation that should
be maintained? Proponents of a numbers-based system should provide
specific details about how contributors would report their data and how
auditors could verify the accuracy of assessable numbers reported.
256. Effect on Other Programs. We ask parties to provide comment on
the impact of moving to a numbers-based approach on the Interstate TRS,
North American Numbering Plan, Local Number Portability, and regulatory
fees administration programs. We ask parties to provide comment on the
best approach for ensuring proper funding of these programs were we to
move to a numbers-based methodology. Should contributors continue
reporting gross billed end-user revenues for purposes of these
programs, and if so, should they continue to report on an annual basis?
Should we simplify the Form 499 for purposes of revenue reporting in
that instance? Are there alternative ways to calculate contributions
for these programs?
257. Transition. A numbers-based methodology would constitute a
change from the current revenue-based system and would likely require a
transition period, especially if reporting entities need to implement
new billing and accounting systems and a process for recording number
counts in a manner that is auditable. We seek to refresh the record on
whether a 12-month period would give contributors sufficient time to
adjust their record-keeping and reporting systems so that they may
comply with modified reporting procedures. Could such a transition be
implemented within a given calendar year, and if so, should it be tied
in some fashion to the current quarterly filing of Form 499-Q? We seek
comment on what steps would need to be taken to transition between the
current revenues-based system and a numbers-based system and how much
time would be needed to ensure that the new process is applied in an
equitable manner. Commenters should indicate whether the other changes
discussed in this Notice would require less or more time to implement.
258. Is a 12-month transition period sufficient to ensure that all
affected parties would have adequate time to address any implementation
issues that arise? How much time would be necessary for contributors,
including new contributors, to adjust their record-keeping and
reporting systems in order to comply with new reporting procedures? Are
there considerations that would favor a longer or shorter transition
period? Would there be a benefit in adopting different transitional
periods for residential and business markets?
259. We also seek comment on requiring dual reporting during all or
some of the transition time--where reporting entities would continue to
report and pay under the current revenues-based system, while they also
begin reporting under the new system. Would having providers report
under both systems for a specified amount of time during the transition
provide the opportunity for both providers and USAC to address
unforeseen implementation issues that are likely to arise under the new
reporting system? Should new filers begin reporting sooner since USAC
does not have any historical data on their revenues and services?
C. Improving the Administration of the Contribution System
260. We seek comment on potential rule changes that could be
implemented to provide greater transparency and clarity regarding
contribution obligations, reduce costs associated with administering
the contribution system, and improve the operation and administration
of the contributions system. For each issue, we seek comment on whether
and how the potential rule change could or should be implemented on an
accelerated timetable, in advance of other reforms under consideration
in this proceeding, as well as the potential reduction in compliance
costs associated with adopting each proposal.
261. We request clear and specific comments on the type and
magnitude of likely benefits and costs of each of the rules discussed
in this section, and request that parties claiming significant costs or
benefits provide supporting analysis and facts, including an
explanation of how data were calculated and identification all
underlying assumptions.
1. Updating the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet
262. We seek comment on whether we should modify the process by
which the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets (FCC Forms 499-A and
499-Q) are revised by soliciting public comment from interested parties
prior to adopting revisions to the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet and instructions. We also seek comment on whether to adopt a
rule specifying that the worksheets and instructions constitute binding
agency requirements.
263. We propose to adopt a formalized annual process for the Bureau
to update and adopt the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets and
their accompanying instructions. We propose to amend Sec. 54.711 to
include the following proposed rule: Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet Revisions. The Wireline Competition Bureau shall annually
issue a Public Notice seeking comment on the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheets and accompanying instructions. No later than 60
days prior to the annual filing deadline, the Wireline Competition
Bureau shall issue a Public Notice attaching the finalized
Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet and instructions. Adopting such
a rule would respond to requests in the record asking that parties be
given prior notice of any proposed revisions to
[[Page 33928]]
the worksheet instructions, and an opportunity to comment on such
revisions. If the Bureau were to put instructions out for public
comment before they are adopted, at what point in the calendar year
should the Bureau place the proposed form and instructions on public
notice, and when should it be required to issue the revised form and
instructions? Would this proposed rule change support our proposed
reform goals of fairness and simplifying compliance and administration?
Parties are encouraged to provide information and data addressing how
such a rule would simplify compliance and administration.
264. In particular, we seek comment on whether releasing the form
after the calendar year is over makes it more difficult for
contributors to track the information that must be reported for the
prior year in a manner consistent with the prescribed format. If so,
commenters should provide specific examples of such burden, and
quantify such examples with data.
265. Should the Commission specify that contributors are required
to comply with the Form 499 instructions adopted pursuant to such a
process? Should the Bureau have delegated authority to make changes to
the Form and related instructions to the extent that they constitute
binding requirements, and if so, what should be the scope of its
authority?
266. If we do not adopt an annual process for publicizing the
updated form, should we require the Bureau to set out for comment the
proposed revisions to the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets and
accompanying instructions before implementation of any significant
changes resulting from the reforms identified in this Notice? What is
the most efficient way to seek public input on how to implement these
changes in a straightforward and readable manner so that all reporting
entities can know their obligations and comply with our rules?
2. Revising the Frequency of Adjustments to the Contribution Factor
267. If the Commission continues a revenues-based system or
alternative system that will use a contribution factor, we seek comment
on modifying the frequency of changes to the contribution factor.
Presently, the contribution factor is revised on a quarterly basis. We
seek comment on revising the contribution factor less frequently, such
as annually. We seek comment on whether we should revise our rules, for
example, to use reserves, to the extent necessary, to meet any
quarterly fluctuation in demand. Would such a method better serve our
proposed reform goals of increasing efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability of the Fund? If we were to adopt a rule requiring annual
adjustments to the contribution factor, should we wait to implement
such a rule until 2013, when the Commission expects to have the
information needed to be in the position to determine an appropriate
budget for the Lifeline program?
268. Would adjusting the contribution factor on an annual basis
advance our proposed reform goals of increasing administrative
efficiency, fairness and sustainability? Does the fluctuation in the
contribution factor create revenue reporting difficulties for
stakeholders? Does it cause difficulties in marketing services to
consumers? Does the fluctuation from one quarter to the next in the
contribution factor make it difficult for contributors to anticipate
their likely contribution obligations for the year, or for end-user
customers to forecast the total cost of their communications packages,
including any universal service pass through charges? To the extent
there are reasons to adjust the factor more often than annually, would
it be an improvement to the current system to make such adjustments
every six months?
269. Another option to reduce fluctuations in the contribution
factor caused by prior period adjustments is to extend the period of
time during which such prior period adjustments are taken into account
for subsequent adjustments to the contribution factor. For example, we
could require that prior period adjustments be leveled out over a
period of two subsequent quarters under a rule that provides as
follows: If the contributions received by the Administrator in a
quarter exceed or are inadequate to meet the actual expenses for that
quarter, the Administrator shall adjust its projected expenses for the
following two quarters to account for the excess or inadequate payments
(and any associated costs) unless instructed to do otherwise by the
Commission. The contribution factor for the following two quarters will
take into consideration the projected costs of the support mechanism
for those two quarters, and the excess or insufficient contributions
carried over from the previous quarter.
270. We seek comment on whether accounting for prior-period
adjustments over a longer period, such as two quarters rather than one,
could reduce the amount and severity of the fluctuation in the
contribution factor from one period to the next. By providing USAC with
more than one quarter to account for these adjustments, the increases
and decreases may help to offset each other, and thereby reduce the
period to period fluctuations in the contribution factor.
271. We seek comment on the merits and technical aspects of a rule
change to address quarter to quarter fluctuations in the contribution
factor. What would be the benefits of modifying our rules as discussed
above, and would such a change have any negative or positive impact on
administration of the Fund? What are the potential unintended
consequences of extending the period of time during which prior period
adjustments are taken into account? Would authorizing USAC to make
prior period adjustments over an even longer period be appropriate, and
if so, over how many quarters? If we were to move to an alternative to
the current revenue-based system, should we similarly direct USAC to
account for any fluctuations in demand over a period of time longer
than one quarter in order to minimize quarterly variation in the
contribution obligation associated with the assessable unit of measure?
3. Pay-and-Dispute Policy
272. We propose to adopt either as Commission policy or a codified
rule the current USAC practice commonly referred to as the ``pay-and-
dispute'' policy. This policy requires contributors that wish to
challenge a USAC invoice to keep their accounts current while disputing
the amounts billed in order to avoid late fees, interest, and
penalties. We seek comment on whether adopting ``pay-and-dispute'' as a
policy or rule supports our proposed reform goals, including ensuring
predictability and sustainability of the Fund, simplifying compliance
and administration, and fairness.
273. We propose to amend Sec. 54.713 of our rules to adopt a pay-
and-dispute rule as follows: If a universal service fund contributor
fails to make full payment of the monthly amount established by the
contributor's applicable Form 499-A or Form 499-Q, or the monthly
invoice provided by the Administrator, on or before the date due, the
payment is delinquent. Late fees, interest charges, and penalties for
failure to remit any payment by the date due shall apply regardless of
whether the obligation to pay that amount is appealed or otherwise
disputed unless the Administrator or the Commission (pursuant to Sec.
54.719) finds the disputed charges are the result of clear error by the
Administrator.
274. Although the Bureau has consistently upheld USAC's
[[Page 33929]]
implementation of the pay-and-dispute requirement, contributors
continue to challenge USAC's use of the pay-and-dispute requirement in
specific instances by withholding payment pending resolution of a
disputed charge. Adopting as a Commission policy or rule or, at a
minimum, affirming the pay-and-dispute requirement could lessen
administrative burdens for both USAC and Commission staff, while also
putting all contributors on notice of the procedures for appealing
contested invoices. We seek comment on whether adopting the pay-and-
dispute requirement serves our proposed reform goals. We specifically
seek other proposals that create the proper incentive for contributors
to pay their invoices in a timely manner. We seek comment on whether
adopting USAC's pay-and-dispute requirement is consistent with the
Commission's DCIA rules. We also seek comment on any other changes to
our rules that would ensure better compliance with our rules and the
Debt Collection Improvement Act.
4. Oversight and Accountability
275. We seek comment on various issues relating to oversight and
accountability for the contributions system. To ensure that data
actually reported closely approaches our best estimate of industry-wide
assessable services, should we establish a performance goal of reducing
the number of contributors that do not satisfy their contributions
obligations? If so, what information should we rely upon to track that
goal?
276. USAC employs several practices to identify entities that
should register and contribute to the Fund. For example, during
contributor audits, USAC obtains a list of resellers from the auditee
and identifies companies that have not registered. USAC contacts these
companies to determine why they are not registered or contributing to
the Fund. USAC also contacts companies that it independently identifies
from industry news sources and whistleblowers. We seek comment on
additional steps that could be taken to identify those
telecommunications providers that are not meeting their contribution
requirements. What measures could the Commission direct USAC to take to
ensure industry-wide compliance with our contribution rules?
277. We seek comment on the extent to which potential rule changes
that could simplify the contribution system discussed in this Notice
could help ensure that contribution assessments are made and collected
in accordance with Commission rules and requirements. Further, we seek
comment on how we could measure the benefits of simplification in the
contribution system. What information would we need, and what would be
an appropriate performance goal?
278. USAC Audits. We seek comment on processes and procedures that
USAC could implement to make the contributor audit process more
efficient. We seek public comment on how to most efficiently use our
administrative resources to ensure that contributions are made in
accordance with the Commission's rules and requirements, while
minimizing compliance burden on companies subject to audit. We seek
comment on whether we should require USAC to produce an updated audit
plan for OMD and the Bureau for USF contribution purposes. How many
audits should USAC initiate (at a minimum) each year? How should USAC
ensure that audits encompass a representative sample of the industry?
279. Timely and Efficient Reporting. We seek comment on whether we
should adopt as a performance goal that a specified percentage of
reporting entities file their Worksheets on time. We seek comment on
what additional outreach and training USAC may need to do to encourage
more reporting entities to file their Worksheets on time and
electronically. We also seek comment on any revisions to our rules that
would create the proper incentives for timely filing. We seek comment
on this analysis and the time frame in which we should implement and
monitor our progress towards meeting such a goal, if adopted.
280. Prompt Payment and Collection of Contribution Obligations. We
seek comment on adopting several performance goals related to that
task. First, we seek comment on adopting a performance goal of
decreasing the aggregate number and dollar amount of delinquent
contributions payments. Second, we seek comment on adopting performance
goals of reducing the percentage of contributors that are delinquent in
payments, the percentage of contributors delinquent more than 30 days,
and the percentage of contributors delinquent more than 90 days. We
seek comment on these performance goals and also on the specific
targets that USAC and the Commission should strive to reach. We seek
comment on what additional outreach and training USAC may need to do to
encourage more contributors to pay their debts on time, and whether any
revisions to our rules would encourage timely payment. We seek comment
on what allowances we can and should make in consideration of any
economic conditions impacting the industry.
281. We seek comment on whether these measures would assist the
Commission with monitoring either the costs of compliance for
contributors or the contributions burden on consumers and businesses,
especially when coupled with other proposals in this Notice. We seek
specific comment on whether any particular reforms identified in this
Notice would help or hinder oversight over the contribution system. We
also invite parties to suggest additional or alternative goals and
measures for assessing the performance of the contribution system.
5. Paper-Filing Fees
282. We propose to adopt a filing fee for contributors that choose
to submit the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets by paper rather
than electronically. In order to increase efficiency in program
administrative, we propose to amend Sec. 54.711 to require that
reporting entities file the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet
electronically: Electronic Filings. Reporting entities must file the
Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet electronically. The
Administrator shall assess a $25 fee on reporting entities for filing
paper copies of the quarterly Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet.
The Administrator shall assess a $50 fee on reporting entities for
filing paper copies of the annual Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet. The Administrator shall not assess a paper-filing fee on
reporting entities that electronically file their Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet, but such entities must also submit either a paper
or electronic certification attesting to the accuracy of the
information reported therein under penalty of perjury.
283. Based on information provided by USAC, the proposed paper-
filing fees would be set at a level so as to compensate the Fund for
the additional costs incurred by USAC to manually process these paper
filings and encourage more reporting entities to file electronically.
We seek comment on this analysis.
284. We seek comment on the merits and technical aspects of a rule
change assessing a paper filing fee. What is the potential impact on
contributors and the Fund if we adopt a paper filing fee? We seek
specific comment on setting the appropriate size of a paper filing fee
so that reporting entities would have an appropriate incentive to file
electronically and in a timely manner. We seek comment on any other
changes
[[Page 33930]]
to our rules that would ensure better compliance with our rules and the
Debt Collection Improvement Act. The above proposed rule requires
electronic filers to submit either a paper or electronic certification
attesting the accuracy of the electronic filing. We seek comment on
what procedures we should adopt to facilitate the certification to be
done electronically, per the E-Sign Act. In addition, we seek comment
on what modifications, if any, USAC should make to its electronic
filing system to ensure that it is accessible to persons with
disabilities. In lieu of imposing a filing fee, is there a different
approach that would incent contributors to file electronically?
6. Filer Registration and Deregistration
285. We seek comment on tightening our registration requirements so
that all telecommunications providers with FCC Form 499-A reporting
obligations (whether they are common carriers or not) have the
obligation to register within thirty days of commencing service. We
propose to amend Sec. 54.706 to include the following proposed rule:
(f) Registration Requirements. Every common carrier subject to the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and every entity required to
submit a Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet shall register with the
Commission in accordance with the provisions of 47 CFR 64.1195(a) thru
(c) and the Instructions to the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet
within thirty days of the commencement of provision of service.
286. Deregistration Requirements. We also propose to require
registered entities that no longer meet the requirements to register to
file a deregistration with the Commission. A deregistration requirement
could ensure that the Commission's Form 499 Filer Database is current
and complete. Currently, if a contributor has previously filed a Form
499-A or Form 499-Q, but has not notified USAC that it no longer
providers telecommunicates services, USAC estimates the provider's
quarterly revenues and sends an invoice to that provider for its
estimated contributions. This may create confusion and generate late
fees for providers that no longer provide service. A formal
deregistration requirement could streamline USAC's and the Commission's
processes by eliminating unnecessary invoices and removing entities
that no longer provide service from the Commission's database. We
propose to amend Sec. 54.706 to include the following proposed rule:
(g) Deregistration Requirements. If a registrant stops providing
interstate and international telecommunications to others, it shall
deregister with the Commission within thirty days of its last provision
of telecommunications. To deregister, a registrant must comply with the
Instructions to the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet.
287. Would adoption of such a rule simplify the process of billing
contributors, and thereby lessen USAC's administrative costs? Would
adoption of such a rule further other proposed reform goals?
288. Wholesale-Reseller Confirmation Requirements. We seek comment
on adopting a value-added revenue system to address recurring USF
contribution issues that arise in instances where wholesale carriers
provide services to other carriers. To the extent that we do not adopt
a value-added system, however, we seek comment on requiring all
registrants that provide telecommunications to other carriers to check
the registration status of their customers. We seek comment on whether
imposing such an obligation could ``deter [registrants] from providing
service to resellers that have not registered with the Commission,
which will, in turn, make it more difficult for `bad actor' resellers
to stay in business.'' We propose to amend Sec. 54.706 to include the
following proposed rule: Customer Confirmation Requirements. A
telecommunications carrier or provider providing telecommunications to
other carriers or providers shall have an affirmative duty to ascertain
whether a customer that is required to register has in fact registered
with the Commission prior to offering service to that customer.
289. Would adoption of each of the above proposed rules increase
the likelihood that all potential contributors register with the
Commission and comply with universal service contribution reporting
obligations? What are the costs and benefits of imposing such an
obligation on FCC registrants, and how would that vary if the
Commission adopts other rule changes discussed in this Notice? For
instance, if the Commission were to require contributions from
wholesalers, would that lessen the potential policy rationale for
ensuring the reseller is registered with the Commission?
D. Recovery of Universal Service Contributions From End Users
290. We seek comment on issues relating to recovery of universal
service contributions from customers. We request clear and specific
comments on the type and magnitude of likely benefits and costs of each
of the rules discussed in this section, and request that parties
claiming significant costs or benefits provide supporting analysis and
facts, including an explanation of how they were calculated and
identification of all underlying assumptions.
291. The statutory framework established by Congress in the Act
governs the recovery of universal service contributions by
telecommunications service providers. Although a contributor may
generally recover its universal service contributions from its
customers, the Commission has placed two restrictions on doing so.
First, a ``federal universal service line-item charge'' may not
``exceed the interstate telecommunications portion of that customer's
bill times the relevant contribution factor.'' Second, eligible
telecommunications carriers (ETCs) that are incumbent LECs may not pass
through a federal universal service line-item charge to their Lifeline
subscribers except to recover ``contribution costs associated with the
provision of interstate telecommunications services that are not
supported by the Commission's universal service mechanisms.'' In
practice, this means that incumbent ETCs historically have not been
permitted to pass through to Lifeline subscribers the contribution
costs associated with the subscriber line charge (which is deemed 100
percent interstate), but they may pass through contribution costs
associated with other interstate services, such as long distance
calling. There is no comparable restriction for competitive ETCs that
serve Lifeline subscribers.
1. Pass-Through of USF Contributions as Separate Line Item Charge
292. We seek comment on ways to improve transparency relating to
the amount of universal service contribution charges that are being
passed through by the carriers to their customers.
293. Providing Clarity in Customer Bills. Under today's system, the
contribution factor is typically applied to only a fraction of the
total end user revenues derived from a customer. Currently, Sec.
54.712(a) only addresses line items on customer bills and does not
address situations in which there is no billing relationship. Moreover,
our rules do not require contributors to indicate how the universal
service charge on a customer's bill is calculated. In many instances,
customer bills include a line item for USF, but do not indicate the USF
contribution factor used to determine such line item, or the portion of
the bill to which the
[[Page 33931]]
contribution factor was applied. We seek comment on whether we should
limit the flexibility currently afforded contributors in the recovery
of universal service obligations or adopt measures to provide greater
transparency regarding such recovery to enable consumers to make
informed choices regarding their service. For example, we could adopt a
rule that contributors must identify on the consumer bill the portion
of the bill (whether based on revenues or another unit) that is subject
to assessment. This could enable end users to determine whether they
are being properly charged a USF pass-through charge. What
modifications, if any, would we need to make to Sec. 54.712 of the
existing rules, which prohibits a carrier from charging more than the
interstate portion of the bill times the relevant contribution factor.
294. We seek comment on the value of making the burden of the
universal service contribution plain, and whether this can be obtained
without distorting the pricing strategies of individual providers.
Would it be possible to require that the advertised price include the
universal service contribution, while allowing the continued
publication of the universal service contribution as a line item in
end-users' bills? What additional rules should the Commission adopt to
provide clarity to customers regarding USF pass-through charges? How
should these rules be enforced? What benefits to consumers and/or cost
burden to providers would such rules result in?
295. Advertising USF Charges. Should we also mandate that carriers
disclose at the time of initial service subscription the amount of the
quoted rate or other assessable units that would be subject to
assessment? Are there alternative approaches the Commission should take
to ensure greater disclosure of such charges to customers in a way that
advances price comparison and evaluation?
296. Mass Market Customers vs. Business Customers. If we were to
adopt either of these rules, should the rule apply broadly to all
customers, or be limited to mass market customers, who typically have
less leverage than businesses, institutions and governmental entities
that purchase communications services? If we were to adopt such a
distinction, how should we define ``mass market'' for these purposes?
297. Eliminating Line Items. An alternative approach to the rules
described above would be to limit carrier flexibility to recover their
universal service contributions from end users through a line-item or
``surcharge'' on end-user bills. Under such an approach, while
contributors would retain the flexibility to include the cost of
contributing to the universal service fund in determining their overall
rate structure, they would not be permitted to represent any line item
on end-user customer bills as a federal universal service charge. For
instance, Sec. 54.712 of the Commission's rules, which currently
specifies that line items may not exceed the assessable portion of the
bill times the contribution factor, could be replaced with the
following rule: Federal universal service contribution costs may not be
recovered by contributors as a separate line-item charge on a
customer's bill.
298. We seek comment on the relative advantages of any of these
potential changes over our current rules regarding the recovery of
universal service contributions. In particular, we invite commenters to
address whether such rules would benefit consumers by requiring
contributors to quote prices for their services that are subject to USF
obligations. What cost/burdens would this impose on service providers,
and how can such cost/burdens be mitigated? We additionally ask
commenters to address whether such rules would result in bills that are
simpler and easier to understand. We particularly seek comment from
consumer groups on the benefits or disadvantages of such a rule. We
also seek comment on whether a rule limiting the pass through of USF
charges would unnecessarily reduce carriers' pricing flexibility,
resulting in fewer options for consumers.
299. We seek comment on our authority to impose these constraints
on contributors' recovery of universal service contributions from their
customers. We seek comment on whether sections 4(i), 201, 202, and 254
of the Act, or other statutory provisions, provide sufficient authority
to adopt these proposals. Could the Commission adopt such requirements
pursuant to its authority to regulate common carrier billing practices
under section 201(b) of the Act? Because sections 201 and 202 of the
Act only apply to ``common carriers'' or ``telecommunications
carriers,'' could the Commission make these rules applicable to the
broader category of ``telecommunications providers'' under its
authority to regulate universal service contribution obligations
pursuant to section 254(d) of the Act?
300. We also ask commenters to address whether any of these rules
would raise First Amendment or other constitutional concerns, and, if
so, how we should address those concerns. Would such rules be
consistent with the Commission's other policies and regulations,
including the Commission's goals of promoting competition,
deregulation, innovation, and universal service?
2. Segregation of USF Pass-Through Charges
301. When a telecommunications provider files bankruptcy, the funds
collected by the provider from end-user customers to recover universal
service contribution costs are often claimed as part of the bankruptcy
estate for the benefit of all the carrier's creditors, rather than for
the benefit of the Fund. From 2001 through 2011, the USF was unable to
collect, due to provider bankruptcies, $80 million of the $90.7 million
in funds that such providers had collected as universal service line
items. The Fund collected the remaining $10.7 million through
participation in the providers' bankruptcy cases, but only after
significant delays and the expenditure of attorneys' fees.
302. We seek comment on whether we should take steps to ensure
contributions are made by contributors that become insolvent. Should we
adopt a rule specifying that telecommunications providers that impose
line items on their customers for federal universal service
contributions are acting on behalf of the Fund? Would such a codified
rule strengthen the position of USAC and the Commission in bankruptcy
proceedings?
303. One potential solution to this problem would be to amend Sec.
54.712 of our rules to require contributors that recover their
contribution obligation from end-users to segregate those end-user
payments in dedicated trust accounts for the sole benefit of the USF.
We seek comment on whether the Commission should adopt such a
requirement, and the particulars of its implementation. Should we, for
instance, require the account to be interest-bearing? Should we require
that USAC have access to or be a co-signatory on each account? In the
event of late payment, should we permit contributors to use the trust
funds to pay interest, penalties and/or costs assessed against the
contributor under our rules for late payment? How would such a
requirement best be enforced? We also seek comment on alternative means
of ensuring payment of contribution amounts to the Fund in cases of
insolvency and financial distress, and their advantages and
disadvantages.
[[Page 33932]]
3. Limiting Pass-Through of USF Charges to Lifeline Subscribers
304. We seek comment on rule changes to provide a more level
playing field among incumbent ETCs and competitive ETCs regarding their
recovery of universal service pass-through charges. In particular, we
propose to extend the current rules that apply only to incumbent
carriers by amending Sec. 54.712 to prohibit competitive ETCs from
recovering USF charges for Lifeline offerings from Lifeline subscribers
as follows: Lifeline Subscribers. Eligible telecommunications carriers
covered by Sec. 69.131 and Sec. 69.158 are subject to the limitations
on universal service end user charges set forth therein. All other
eligible telecommunications carriers shall not recover federal
universal service contribution costs from Lifeline services to Lifeline
subscribers. This limitation does not apply to services to Lifeline
subscribers that are not supported by Lifeline, such as per-minute or
other additional charges beyond the service for which the customer
receives Lifeline support.
Such a rule could offer an easily administrable bright-line rule: ETCs
would be free to pass along contribution costs through a line-item (or
prepaid charge in the case of prepaid cards or services) only if the
Lifeline subscriber chooses to purchase additional services beyond the
basic Lifeline service. We seek comment on this analysis.
305. Would it be appropriate to bar competitive ETCs from passing
through universal service contribution costs associated with their
basic Lifeline offering, comparable to the restriction that exists
today for incumbent carriers? Would such a rule result in competitive
ETCs reducing the number of minutes provided in a Lifeline offering? We
note that competitive ETCs are not required to allocate their costs and
tariff their basic local exchange service (as incumbent LECs generally
must), and there may be no reliable way to determine whether a
competitive ETC is effectively recovering the contribution costs
associated with the eligible Lifeline service included in the package.
How would the Commission treat Lifeline service offerings by
competitive ETCs?
306. We seek to develop the record on carrier practices today
regarding recovery of USF contribution costs for Lifeline offerings
from Lifeline subscribers. We seek comment and data on the extent to
which ETCs that offer prepaid services supported by the Lifeline
program effectively recover from their Lifeline subscribers the cost of
their universal service contributions associated with that Lifeline
plan. Do they recover those costs by adjusting the number of minutes
provided for the established Lifeline rate? Do competitive ETCs
providers that have monthly billing arrangements with Lifeline
subscribers pass through USF contribution costs for Lifeline offerings?
307. We seek comment on the potential impact of a rule prohibiting
recovery of contribution costs for Lifeline offerings on Lifeline
service providers and their Lifeline subscribers. Given the
Commission's steps in the last decade to increase telephone penetration
on Tribal lands via the low-income program, we are particularly
interested in comment from Tribal governments and Tribally-owned and
operated Lifeline service providers on the impact of such a rule on
Tribal lands and their Lifeline subscribers. Commenters that oppose
such a rule should provide specific alternative rules and explain how
their proposals would support the goals of universal service.
308. We seek comment on whether we need to update our rules
applicable to both incumbent and competitive ETCs in light of the
emergence of Lifeline offerings that may permit the Lifeline subscriber
to make calls across state lines as well as within the state. For
instance, should we adopt a rule that expressly prohibits all ETCs from
recovering any contribution costs associated with a Lifeline offering
that provides all-distance calling from their Lifeline subscriber?
309. Finally, we also seek comment on the impact on low-income
subscribers generally, i.e., those subscribers that would be eligible
for Lifeline, even if they do not participate in the program, of the
different contribution methodologies discussed in above. What is the
average amount of USF pass-through charge imposed and collected today
for low-income consumers?
II. Procedural Matters
A. Ex Parte Presentations
310. Ex Parte Rules. The proceeding this Notice initiates shall be
treated as a ``permit-but-disclose'' proceeding in accordance with the
Commission's ex parte rules. Persons making ex parte presentations must
file a copy of any written presentation or a memorandum summarizing any
oral presentation within two business days after the presentation
(unless a different deadline applicable to the Sunshine period
applies). Persons making oral ex parte presentations are reminded that
memoranda summarizing the presentation must (1) list all persons
attending or otherwise participating in the meeting at which the ex
parte presentation was made, and (2) summarize all data presented and
arguments made during the presentation. If the presentation consisted
in whole or in part of the presentation of data or arguments already
reflected in the presenter's written comments, memoranda or other
filings in the proceeding, the presenter may provide citations to such
data or arguments in his or her prior comments, memoranda, or other
filings (specifying the relevant page and/or paragraph numbers where
such data or arguments can be found) in lieu of summarizing them in the
memorandum. Documents shown or given to Commission staff during ex
parte meetings are deemed to be written ex parte presentations and must
be filed consistent with rule Sec. 1.1206(b). In proceedings governed
by rule Sec. 1.49(f) or for which the Commission has made available a
method of electronic filing, written ex parte presentations and
memoranda summarizing oral ex parte presentations, and all attachments
thereto, must be filed through the electronic comment filing system
available for that proceeding, and must be filed in their native format
(e.g., .doc, .xml, .ppt, searchable .pdf). Participants in this
proceeding should familiarize themselves with the Commission's ex parte
rules.
B. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
311. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as
amended (RFA), the Commission has prepared this Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant economic impact
on a substantial number of small entities by the policies and rules
proposed in this Notice. Written public comments are requested on this
IRFA. Comments must be identified as responses to the IRFA and must be
filed by the deadlines for comments on the Notice. The Commission will
send a copy of the Notice, including this IRFA, to the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA). In addition,
the Notice and IRFA (or summaries thereof) will be published in the
Federal Register.
1. Need for, and Objectives of, the Proposed Rules
312. In the Notice, we seek public comment on approaches to reform
and modernize how Universal Service Fund (USF or Fund) contributions
are assessed and recovered. We seek comment on ways to reform the USF
[[Page 33933]]
contribution system in an effort to promote efficiency, fairness, and
sustainability. We seek comment in four key areas regarding the
contributions system: (1) Who should contribute to the Fund; (2) how
contributions should be assessed; (3) how the administration of the
contribution system can be improved; and (4) recovery of universal
service contributions from consumers.
313. First, we seek comment on who should contribute to the Fund.
Specifically, we seek comment on how we could exercise our permissive
authority to define what services or providers should be subject to
contribution obligations, either by: (1) Clarifying or modifying on a
service-by-service basis whether particular services or providers are
required to contribute to the Fund; or (2) adopting a more general rule
that would specify which interstate telecommunications providers must
contribute without enumerating the specific services subject to
assessment.
314. Second, we seek comment on how contributions should be
assessed. In particular, what methodology we should use to determine
the relative contribution obligation among those providers who are
required to contribute. In particular, we seek to refresh the record
and update proposals to assess based on revenues, connections, numbers,
or a hybrid approach. For each alternative, we ask parties to address
the current and projected impact on the relative contribution burden
for consumers and businesses in light of marketplace trends.
315. Third, we seek comment on how to improve the administration of
the contribution system. We seek comment on potential rule changes that
could be implemented to provide greater transparency and clarity
regarding contribution obligations, reduce costs of administering the
program, and improve the operation and administration of the program.
Specifically, we seek comment on potential rule changes in six areas
that should improve administration: (1) Updating the Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet and its instructions; (2) revising the frequency of
adjustments to the contribution factor; (3) codifying the pay-and-
dispute policy; (4) improving oversight and accountability; (5)
mandating electronic filing of the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet with a fee for paper filer; and (6) implementing a filer
registration and deregistration requirement for all parties required to
file the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet.
316. Finally, we seek comment on whether the Commission could
promote fairness and transparency by modifying the methods by which
providers recover the costs of universal contributions from consumers.
Specifically, we seek comment on the following questions: (1) whether
to limit the flexibility of contributors to pass through contribution
costs as a separately stated line item on customer bills; (2) whether
to implement measures to ensure contributions are made by contributors
that become insolvent; and (3) whether to prohibit competitive carriers
from recovering universal service contributions for Lifeline offerings
from Lifeline subscribers.
2. Legal Basis
317. The legal basis for any action that may be taken pursuant to
the Notice is contained in sections 1, 2, 4(i), 4(j), 201, 202, 218-
220, 254, and 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and
section 706 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, as amended.
3. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which
the Proposed Rules Will Apply
318. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA generally defines
the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the terms
``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small governmental
jurisdiction.'' In addition, the term ``small business'' has the same
meaning as the term ``small-business concern'' under the Small Business
Act. A ``small-business concern'' is one which: (1) Is independently
owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and
(3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the SBA.
Nationwide, there are a total of approximately 29.6 million small
businesses, according to the SBA.
319. Wired Telecommunications Carriers. The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for Wired Telecommunications Carriers,
which consists of all such companies having 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a total of 3,188
firms in this category, that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3144 firms employed 999 or fewer employees, and 44 firms
employed 1000 employees or more. Thus, under this size standard, the
majority of firms can be considered small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
320. Local Exchange Carriers (LECs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a size standard for small businesses specifically
applicable to local exchange services. The closest applicable size
standard under SBA rules is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers.
Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to Commission data, 1,307 carriers reported
that they were incumbent local exchange service providers. Of these
carriers, an estimated 1,006 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have
more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that
most providers of local exchange service are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
321. Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (incumbent LECs). Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has developed a size standard for small
businesses specifically applicable to incumbent local exchange
services. The closest applicable size standard under SBA rules is for
Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these carriers, an estimated 1,006 have
1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that most providers of incumbent
local exchange service are small entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
322. We have included small incumbent LECs in this present RFA
analysis. As noted above, a ``small business'' under the RFA is one
that, inter alia, meets the pertinent small business size standard
(e.g., a telephone communications business having 1,500 or fewer
employees), and ``is not dominant in its field of operation.'' The
SBA's Office of Advocacy contends that, for RFA purposes, small
incumbent LECs are not dominant in their field of operation because any
such dominance is not ``national'' in scope. We have therefore included
small incumbent LECs in this RFA analysis, although we emphasize that
this RFA action has no effect on Commission analyses and determinations
in other, non-RFA contexts.
323. Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (competitive LECs),
Competitive Access Providers (CAPs), Shared-Tenant Service Providers,
and Other Local Service Providers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size standard
[[Page 33934]]
specifically for these service providers. The closest applicable size
standard under SBA rules is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers.
Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to Commission data, 1,442 carriers reported
that they were engaged in the provision of either competitive local
exchange services or competitive access provider services. Of these
carriers, an estimated 1,256 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 186 have
more than 1,500 employees. In addition, 17 carriers have reported that
they are Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and all 17 are estimated to
have 1,500 or fewer employees. In addition, 72 carriers have reported
that they are Other Local Service Providers. Of these 72 carriers, an
estimated 70 have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more than 1,500
employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that most providers
of competitive local exchange service, competitive access providers,
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and Other Local Service Providers are
small entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the
Notice.
324. Interexchange Carriers (IXCs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a size standard for small businesses specifically
applicable to interexchange services. The closest applicable size
standard under SBA rules is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers.
Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to Commission data, 359 companies reported
that their primary telecommunications service activity was the
provision of interexchange services. Of these companies, an estimated
317 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 42 have more than 1,500
employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of
interexchange service providers are small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
325. Prepaid Calling Card Providers. Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
prepaid calling card providers. The closest applicable size standard
under SBA rules is for Telecommunications Resellers. Under that size
standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 193 providers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of prepaid calling cards. Of these providers,
an estimated 193, or all such providers, have 1,500 or fewer employees
and none have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of prepaid calling card providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
326. Local Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission data, 213 carriers have reported
that they are engaged in the provision of local resale services. Of
these, an estimated 211 have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of local resellers are small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
327. Toll Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission data, 881 carriers have reported
that they are engaged in the provision of toll resale services. Of
these, an estimated 857 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 24 have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of toll resellers are small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
328. Payphone Service Providers (PSPs). Neither the Commission nor
the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
payphone services providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA
rules is for the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission data, 535 carriers have reported
that they are engaged in the provision of payphone services. Of these,
an estimated 531 have 1,500 or fewer employees and four have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of payphone service providers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
329. Operator Service Providers (OSPs). Neither the Commission nor
the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
operator service providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA
rules is for the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission data, 33 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of operator services. Of these, an
estimated 31 have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more than 1,500
employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of
OSPs are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant
to the Notice.
330. Other Toll Carriers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a size standard for small businesses specifically applicable
to Other Toll Carriers. This category includes toll carriers that do
not fall within the categories of interexchange carriers, operator
service providers, prepaid calling card providers, satellite service
carriers, or toll resellers. The closest applicable size standard under
SBA rules is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size
standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 284 companies reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was the provision of other toll
carriage. Of these, an estimated 279 have 1,500 or fewer employees and
five have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of Other Toll Carriers are small entities
that may be affected by the rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
331. 800 and 800-Like Service Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically
for 800 and 800-like service (toll-free) subscribers. The appropriate
size standard under SBA rules is for the category Telecommunications
Resellers. Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees. The most reliable source of information
regarding the number of these service subscribers appears to be data
the Commission collects on the 800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in use.
According to this data, as of September 2009, the number of 800 numbers
assigned was 7,860,000; the number of 888 numbers assigned was
5,588,687; the number of 877 numbers assigned was 4,721,866; and the
number of 866 numbers assigned was 7,867,736. We do not have data
specifying the number of these subscribers that are not independently
owned and operated or have more than 1,500 employees, and thus are
unable at this time to estimate with greater precision the number of
toll-free subscribers that would qualify as small businesses under the
SBA size standard. Consequently, we estimate that there are 7,860,000
or fewer small entity 800 subscribers; 5,588,687 or fewer small entity
888 subscribers;
[[Page 33935]]
4,721,866 or fewer small entity 877 subscribers; and 7,867,736 or fewer
small entity 866 subscribers.
2. Wireless Telecommunications Service Providers
332. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). Since
2007, the SBA has recognized wireless firms within this new, broad,
economic census category. Prior to that time, such firms were within
the now-superseded categories of ``Paging'' and ``Cellular and Other
Wireless Telecommunications.'' Under the present and prior categories,
the SBA has deemed a wireless business to be small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. For this category, census data for 2007 show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 1,368 firms employed 999 or fewer employees and 15 employed 1000
employees or more. Similarly, according to Commission data, 413
carriers reported that they were engaged in the provision of wireless
telephony, including cellular service, Personal Communications Service
(PCS), and Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR) Telephony services. Of these,
an estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these firms can be considered small.
Thus, using available data, we estimate that the majority of wireless
firms can be considered small entities that may be affected by the
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
333. Broadband Personal Communications Service. The broadband
personal communications service (PCS) spectrum is divided into six
frequency blocks designated A through F, and the Commission has held
auctions for each block. The Commission defined ``small entity'' for
Blocks C and F as an entity that has average gross revenues of $40
million or less in the three previous calendar years. For Block F, an
additional classification for ``very small business'' was added and is
defined as an entity that, together with its affiliates, has average
gross revenues of not more than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. These standards defining ``small entity'' in the
context of broadband PCS auctions have been approved by the SBA. No
small businesses, within the SBA-approved small business size standards
bid successfully for licenses in Blocks A and B. There were 90 winning
bidders that qualified as small entities in the Block C auctions. A
total of 93 small and very small business bidders won approximately 40
percent of the 1,479 licenses for Blocks D, E, and F. In 1999, the
Commission re-auctioned 347 C, E, and F Block licenses. There were 48
small business winning bidders. In 2001, the Commission completed the
auction of 422 C and F Broadband PCS licenses in Auction 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in this auction, 29 qualified as ``small'' or ``very
small'' businesses. Subsequent events, concerning Auction 35, including
judicial and agency determinations, resulted in a total of 163 C and F
Block licenses being available for grant. In 2005, the Commission
completed an auction of 188 C block licenses and 21 F block licenses in
Auction 58. There were 24 winning bidders for 217 licenses. Of the 24
winning bidders, 16 claimed small business status and won 156 licenses.
In 2007, the Commission completed an auction of 33 licenses in the A,
C, and F Blocks in Auction 71. Of the 14 winning bidders, six were
designated entities. In 2008, the Commission completed an auction of 20
Broadband PCS licenses in the C, D, E and F block licenses in Auction
78.
334. Advanced Wireless Services. In 2008, the Commission conducted
the auction of Advanced Wireless Services (``AWS'') licenses. This
auction, which as designated as Auction 78, offered 35 licenses in the
AWS 1710-1755 MHz and 2110-2155 MHz bands (``AWS-1''). The AWS-1
licenses were licenses for which there were no winning bids in Auction
66. That same year, the Commission completed Auction 78. A bidder with
attributed average annual gross revenues that exceeded $15 million and
did not exceed $40 million for the preceding three years (``small
business'') received a 15 percent discount on its winning bid. A bidder
with attributed average annual gross revenues that did not exceed $15
million for the preceding three years (``very small business'')
received a 25 percent discount on its winning bid. A bidder that had
combined total assets of less than $500 million and combined gross
revenues of less than $125 million in each of the last two years
qualified for entrepreneur status. Four winning bidders that identified
themselves as very small businesses won 17 licenses. Three of the
winning bidders that identified themselves as a small business won five
licenses. Additionally, one other winning bidder that qualified for
entrepreneur status won two licenses.
335. Narrowband Personal Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted an auction for Narrowband PCS licenses. A second
auction was also conducted later in 1994. For purposes of the first two
Narrowband PCS auctions, ``small businesses'' were entities with
average gross revenues for the prior three calendar years of $40
million or less. Through these auctions, the Commission awarded a total
of 41 licenses, 11 of which were obtained by four small businesses. To
ensure meaningful participation by small business entities in future
auctions, the Commission adopted a two-tiered small business size
standard in the Narrowband PCS Second Report and Order, 65 FR 35875,
June 6, 2000. A ``small business'' is an entity that, together with
affiliates and controlling interests, has average gross revenues for
the three preceding years of not more than $40 million. A ``very small
business'' is an entity that, together with affiliates and controlling
interests, has average gross revenues for the three preceding years of
not more than $15 million. The SBA has approved these small business
size standards. A third auction was conducted in 2001. Here, five
bidders won 317 (Metropolitan Trading Areas and nationwide) licenses.
Three of these claimed status as a small or very small entity and won
311 licenses.
336. Paging (Private and Common Carrier). In the Paging Third
Report and Order, 64 FR 33762, June 4, 1999, the Commission developed a
small business size standard for ``small businesses'' and ``very small
businesses'' for purposes of determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and installment payments. A ``small
business'' is an entity that, together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross revenues not exceeding $15
million for the preceding three years. Additionally, a ``very small
business'' is an entity that, together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross revenues that are not more
than $3 million for the preceding three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards. According to Commission data, 291
carriers have reported that they are engaged in Paging or Messaging
Service. Of these, an estimated 289 have 1,500 or fewer employees, and
two have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of paging providers are small entities that
may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice. An auction of
Metropolitan Economic Area licenses commenced on February 24, 2000, and
closed on March 2, 2000. Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned, 985 were
sold. Fifty-seven companies claiming small business status won 440
licenses.
[[Page 33936]]
A subsequent auction of MEA and Economic Area (``EA'') licenses was
held in the year 2001. Of the 15,514 licenses auctioned, 5,323 were
sold. One hundred thirty-two companies claiming small business status
purchased 3,724 licenses. A third auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses
in each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in all but three of the 51 MEAs,
was held in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming small or very small
business status won 2,093 licenses. A fourth auction of 9,603 lower and
upper band paging licenses was held in the year 2010. Twenty-nine
bidders claiming small or very small business status won 3,016
licenses.
337. 220 MHz Radio Service--Phase I Licensees. The 220 MHz service
has both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase I licensing was conducted
by lotteries in 1992 and 1993. There are approximately 1,515 such non-
nationwide licensees and four nationwide licensees currently authorized
to operate in the 220 MHz band. The Commission has not developed a
small business size standard for small entities specifically applicable
to such incumbent 220 MHz Phase I licensees. To estimate the number of
such licensees that are small businesses, we apply the small business
size standard under the SBA rules applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). Under this category,
the SBA deems a wireless business to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. The Commission estimates that nearly all such licensees are
small businesses under the SBA's small business size standard that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
338. 220 MHz Radio Service--Phase II Licensees. The 220 MHz service
has both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The Phase II 220 MHz service is
subject to spectrum auctions. In the 220 MHz Third Report and Order, we
adopted a small business size standard for ``small'' and ``very small''
businesses for purposes of determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and installment payments. This small
business size standard indicates that a ``small business'' is an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years. A ``very small business'' is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals, has average gross revenues
that do not exceed $3 million for the preceding three years. The SBA
has approved these small business size standards. Auctions of Phase II
licenses commenced on September 15, 1998, and closed on October 22,
1998. In the first auction, 908 licenses were auctioned in three
different-sized geographic areas: three nationwide licenses, 30
Regional Economic Area Group (EAG) Licenses, and 875 Economic Area (EA)
Licenses. Of the 908 licenses auctioned, 693 were sold. Thirty-nine
small businesses won licenses in the first 220 MHz auction. The second
auction included 225 licenses: 216 EA licenses and nine EAG licenses.
Fourteen companies claiming small business status won 158 licenses.
339. Specialized Mobile Radio. The Commission awards small business
bidding credits in auctions for Specialized Mobile Radio (``SMR'')
geographic area licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz bands to entities
that had revenues of no more than $15 million in each of the three
previous calendar years. The Commission awards very small business
bidding credits to entities that had revenues of no more than $3
million in each of the three previous calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size standards for the 800 MHz and 900
MHz SMR Services. The Commission has held auctions for geographic area
licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz bands. The 900 MHz SMR auction was
completed in 1996. Sixty bidders claiming that they qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size standard won 263 geographic area
licenses in the 900 MHz SMR band. The 800 MHz SMR auction for the upper
200 channels was conducted in 1997. Ten bidders claiming that they
qualified as small businesses under the $15 million size standard won
38 geographic area licenses for the upper 200 channels in the 800 MHz
SMR band. A second auction for the 800 MHz band was conducted in 2002
and included 23 BEA licenses. One bidder claiming small business status
won five licenses.
340. The auction of the 1,053 800 MHz SMR geographic area licenses
for the General Category channels was conducted in 2000. Eleven bidders
won 108 geographic area licenses for the General Category channels in
the 800 MHz SMR band qualified as small businesses under the $15
million size standard. In an auction completed in 2000, a total of
2,800 Economic Area licenses in the lower 80 channels of the 800 MHz
SMR service were awarded. Of the 22 winning bidders, 19 claimed small
business status and won 129 licenses. Thus, combining all three
auctions, 40 winning bidders for geographic licenses in the 800 MHz SMR
band claimed status as small business.
341. In addition, there are numerous incumbent site-by-site SMR
licensees and licensees with extended implementation authorizations in
the 800 and 900 MHz bands. We do not know how many firms provide 800
MHz or 900 MHz geographic area SMR pursuant to extended implementation
authorizations, nor how many of these providers have annual revenues of
no more than $15 million. One firm has over $15 million in revenues. In
addition, we do not know how many of these firms have 1,500 or fewer
employees. We assume, for purposes of this analysis, that all of the
remaining existing extended implementation authorizations are held by
small entities, as that small business size standard is approved by the
SBA.
342. Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems, previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (``MDS'') and Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (``MMDS'') systems, and ``wireless cable,'' transmit video
programming to subscribers and provide two-way high speed data
operations using the microwave frequencies of the Broadband Radio
Service (``BRS'') and Educational Broadband Service (``EBS'')
(previously referred to as the Instructional Television Fixed Service
(``ITFS'')). In connection with the 1996 BRS auction, the Commission
established a small business size standard as an entity that had annual
average gross revenues of no more than $40 million in the previous
three calendar years. The BRS auctions resulted in 67 successful
bidders obtaining licensing opportunities for 493 Basic Trading Areas
(``BTAs''). Of the 67 auction winners, 61 met the definition of a small
business. BRS also includes licensees of stations authorized prior to
the auction. At this time, we estimate that of the 61 small business
BRS auction winners, 48 remain small business licensees. In addition to
the 48 small businesses that hold BTA authorizations, there are
approximately 392 incumbent BRS licensees that are considered small
entities. After adding the number of small business auction licensees
to the number of incumbent licensees not already counted, we find that
there are currently approximately 440 BRS licensees that are defined as
small businesses under either the SBA or the Commission's rules. The
Commission has adopted three levels of bidding credits for BRS: (i) A
bidder with attributed average annual gross revenues that exceed $15
million and do not exceed $40 million for the preceding three years
(small business) is eligible to receive a 15 percent discount on its
winning bid; (ii) a bidder with
[[Page 33937]]
attributed average annual gross revenues that exceed $3 million and do
not exceed $15 million for the preceding three years (very small
business) is eligible to receive a 25 percent discount on its winning
bid; and (iii) a bidder with attributed average annual gross revenues
that do not exceed $3 million for the preceding three years
(entrepreneur) is eligible to receive a 35 percent discount on its
winning bid. In 2009, the Commission conducted Auction 86, which
offered 78 BRS licenses. Auction 86 concluded with ten bidders winning
61 licenses. Of the ten, two bidders claimed small business status and
won four licenses; one bidder claimed very small business status and
won three licenses; and two bidders claimed entrepreneur status and won
six licenses.
343. In addition, the SBA's Cable Television Distribution Services
small business size standard is applicable to EBS. There are presently
2,032 EBS licensees. All but 100 of these licenses are held by
educational institutions. Educational institutions are included in this
analysis as small entities. Thus, we estimate that at least 1,932
licensees are small businesses. Since 2007, Cable Television
Distribution Services have been defined within the broad economic
census category of Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that category is
defined as follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily
engaged in operating and/or providing access to transmission facilities
and infrastructure that they own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using wired telecommunications
networks. Transmission facilities may be based on a single technology
or a combination of technologies.'' The SBA defines a small business
size standard for this category as any such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. The SBA has developed a small business size standard for
this category, which is: all such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 955 firms in this previous category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 939 firms had employment of 999 or fewer
employees, and 16 firms had employment of 1000 employees or more. Thus,
under this size standard, the majority of firms can be considered small
entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
344. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses. The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special provisions such as bidding
credits. The Commission defined a ``small business'' as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for the preceding three years.
A ``very small business'' is defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals, has average gross revenues
that are not more than $15 million for the preceding three years.
Additionally, the Lower 700 MHz Band had a third category of small
business status for Metropolitan/Rural Service Area (``MSA/RSA'')
licenses, identified as ``entrepreneur'' and defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues that are not more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA approved these small size standards. The
Commission conducted an auction in 2002 of 740 Lower 700 MHz Band
licenses (one license in each of the 734 MSAs/RSAs and one license in
each of the six Economic Area Groupings (EAGs)). Of the 740 licenses
available for auction, 484 licenses were sold to 102 winning bidders.
Seventy-two of the winning bidders claimed small business, very small
business or entrepreneur status and won a total of 329 licenses. The
Commission conducted a second Lower 700 MHz Band auction in 2003 that
included 256 licenses: Five EAG licenses and 476 Cellular Market Area
licenses. Seventeen winning bidders claimed small or very small
business status and won 60 licenses, and nine winning bidders claimed
entrepreneur status and won 154 licenses. In 2005, the Commission
completed an auction of five licenses in the Lower 700 MHz Band,
designated Auction 60. There were three winning bidders for five
licenses. All three winning bidders claimed small business status.
345. In 2007, the Commission reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second Report and Order. The 700 MHz Second
Report and Order revised the band plan for the commercial (including
Guard Band) and public safety spectrum, adopted services rules,
including stringent build-out requirements, an open platform
requirement on the C Block, and a requirement on the D Block licensee
to construct and operate a nationwide, interoperable wireless broadband
network for public safety users. An auction of A, B and E block
licenses in the Lower 700 MHz band was held in 2008. Twenty winning
bidders claimed small business status (those with attributable average
annual gross revenues that exceed $15 million and do not exceed $40
million for the preceding three years). Thirty-three winning bidders
claimed very small business status (those with attributable average
annual gross revenues that do not exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years). In 2011, the Commission conducted Auction 92, which
offered 16 Lower 700 MHz band licenses that had been made available in
Auction 73 but either remained unsold or were licenses on which a
winning bidder defaulted. Two of the seven winning bidders in Auction
92 claimed very small business status, winning a total of four
licenses.
346. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses. In the 700 MHz Second Report and
Order, the Commission revised its rules regarding Upper 700 MHz band
licenses. In 2008, the Commission conducted Auction 73 in which C and D
block licenses in the Upper 700 MHz band were available. Three winning
bidders claimed very small business status (those with attributable
average annual gross revenues that do not exceed $15 million for the
preceding three years).
347. 700 MHz Guard Band Licenses. In the 700 MHz Guard Band Order ,
we adopted a small business size standard for ``small businesses'' and
``very small businesses'' for purposes of determining their eligibility
for special provisions such as bidding credits and installment
payments. A ``small business'' is an entity that, together with its
affiliates and controlling principals, has average gross revenues not
exceeding $40 million for the preceding three years. Additionally, a
``very small business'' is an entity that, together with its affiliates
and controlling principals, has average gross revenues that are not
more than $15 million for the preceding three years. An auction of 52
Major Economic Area (MEA) licenses commenced on September 6, 2000, and
closed on September 21, 2000. Of the 104 licenses auctioned, 96
licenses were sold to nine bidders. Five of these bidders were small
businesses that won a total of 26 licenses. A second auction of 700 MHz
Guard Band licenses commenced on February 13, 2001 and closed on
February 21, 2001. All eight of the licenses auctioned were sold to
three bidders. One of these bidders was a small business that won a
total of two licenses.
348. Cellular Radiotelephone Service. Auction 77 was held to
resolve one group of mutually exclusive applications for Cellular
Radiotelephone Service licenses for unserved areas in New Mexico.
Bidding credits for designated entities were not available in Auction
77. In 2008, the Commission completed the closed auction of one
unserved service area in the Cellular
[[Page 33938]]
Radiotelephone Service, designated as Auction 77. Auction 77 concluded
with one provisionally winning bid for the unserved area totaling
$25,002.
349. Private Land Mobile Radio (PLMR). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial, business, land transportation,
and public safety activities. These radios are used by companies of all
sizes operating in all U.S. business categories, and are often used in
support of the licensee's primary (non-telecommunications) business
operations. For the purpose of determining whether a licensee of a PLMR
system is a small business as defined by the SBA, we use the broad
census category, Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that a small entity is any such
entity employing no more than 1,500 persons. The Commission does not
require PLMR licensees to disclose information about number of
employees, so the Commission does not have information that could be
used to determine how many PLMR licensees constitute small entities
under this definition. We note that PLMR licensees generally use the
licensed facilities in support of other business activities, and
therefore, it would also be helpful to assess PLMR licensees under the
standards applied to the particular industry subsector to which the
licensee belongs.
350. As of March 2010, there were 424,162 PLMR licensees operating
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands below 512 MHz. We note that any
entity engaged in a commercial activity is eligible to hold a PLMR
license, and that any revised rules in this context could therefore
potentially impact small entities covering a great variety of
industries.
351. Rural Radiotelephone Service. The Commission has not adopted a
size standard for small businesses specific to the Rural Radiotelephone
Service. A significant subset of the Rural Radiotelephone Service is
the Basic Exchange Telephone Radio System (``BETRS''). In the present
context, we will use the SBA's small business size standard applicable
to Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), i.e., an
entity employing no more than 1,500 persons. There are approximately
1,000 licensees in the Rural Radiotelephone Service, and the Commission
estimates that there are 1,000 or fewer small entity licensees in the
Rural Radiotelephone Service that may be affected by rules proposed in
the Notice.
352. Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service. The Commission has not
adopted a small business size standard specific to the Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service. We will use SBA's small business size standard
applicable to Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite),
i.e., an entity employing no more than 1,500 persons. There are
approximately 100 licensees in the Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service,
and we estimate that almost all of them qualify as small under the SBA
small business size standard and may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
353. Aviation and Marine Radio Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use a very high frequency (VHF)
marine or aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an emergency position-
indicating radio beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency locator
transmitter. The Commission has not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these small businesses. For
purposes of this analysis, the Commission uses the SBA small business
size standard for the category Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), which is 1,500 or fewer employees. Census data for
2007, which supersede data contained in the 2002 Census, show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated that year. Of those 1,383, 1,368
had fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more than 100 employees.
Most applicants for recreational licenses are individuals.
Approximately 581,000 ship station licensees and 131,000 aircraft
station licensees operate domestically and are not subject to the radio
carriage requirements of any statute or treaty. For purposes of our
evaluations in this analysis, we estimate that there are up to
approximately 712,000 licensees that are small businesses (or
individuals) under the SBA standard. In addition, between December 3,
1998 and December 14, 1998, the Commission held an auction of 42 VHF
Public Coast licenses in the 157.1875-157.4500 MHz (ship transmit) and
161.775-162.0125 MHz (coast transmit) bands. For purposes of the
auction, the Commission defined a ``small'' business as an entity that,
together with controlling interests and affiliates, has average gross
revenues for the preceding three years not to exceed $15 million
dollars. In addition, a ``very small'' business is one that, together
with controlling interests and affiliates, has average gross revenues
for the preceding three years not to exceed $3 million dollars. There
are approximately 10,672 licensees in the Marine Coast Service, and the
Commission estimates that almost all of them qualify as ``small''
businesses under the above special small business size standards and
may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
354. Fixed Microwave Services. Fixed microwave services include
common carrier, private operational-fixed, and broadcast auxiliary
radio services. At present, there are approximately 22,015 common
carrier fixed licensees and 61,670 private operational-fixed licensees
and broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in the microwave services. The
Commission has not created a size standard for a small business
specifically with respect to fixed microwave services. For purposes of
this analysis, the Commission uses the SBA small business size standard
for Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), which is
1,500 or fewer employees. The Commission does not have data specifying
the number of these licensees that have more than 1,500 employees, and
thus is unable at this time to estimate with greater precision the
number of fixed microwave service licensees that would qualify as small
business concerns under the SBA's small business size standard.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that there are up to 22,015
common carrier fixed licensees and up to 61,670 private operational-
fixed licensees and broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in the
microwave services that may be small and may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice. We note, however, that the common
carrier microwave fixed licensee category includes some large entities.
355. Offshore Radiotelephone Service. This service operates on
several UHF television broadcast channels that are not used for
television broadcasting in the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico. There are presently approximately 55 licensees in this
service. We are unable to estimate at this time the number of licensees
that would qualify as small under the SBA's small business size
standard for Cellular and Other Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite). Under that SBA small business size standard, a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. Census data for
2007, which supersede data contained in the 2002 Census, show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated that year. Of those 1,383, 1,368
had fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more than 100 employees.
Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
356. 39 GHz Service. The Commission created a special small
business size
[[Page 33939]]
standard for 39 GHz licenses--an entity that has average gross revenues
of $40 million or less in the three previous calendar years. An
additional size standard for ``very small business'' is: An entity
that, together with affiliates, has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size standards. The auction of the 2,173
39 GHz licenses began on April 12, 2000 and closed on May 8, 2000. The
18 bidders who claimed small business status won 849 licenses.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that 18 or fewer 39 GHz
licensees are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
357. Local Multipoint Distribution Service. Local Multipoint
Distribution Service (``LMDS'') is a fixed broadband point-to-
multipoint microwave service that provides for two-way video
telecommunications. The auction of the 986 LMDS licenses began and
closed in 1998. The Commission established a small business size
standard for LMDS licenses as an entity that has average gross revenues
of less than $40 million in the three previous calendar years. An
additional small business size standard for ``very small business'' was
added as an entity that, together with its affiliates, has average
gross revenues of not more than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. The SBA has approved these small business size
standards in the context of LMDS auctions. There were 93 winning
bidders that qualified as small entities in the LMDS auctions. A total
of 93 small and very small business bidders won approximately 277 A
Block licenses and 387 B Block licenses. In 1999, the Commission re-
auctioned 161 licenses; there were 32 small and very small businesses
winning that won 119 licenses.
358. 218-219 MHz Service. The first auction of 218-219 MHz spectrum
resulted in 170 entities winning licenses for 594 Metropolitan
Statistical Area (MSA) licenses. Of the 594 licenses, 557 were won by
entities qualifying as a small business. For that auction, the small
business size standard was an entity that, together with its
affiliates, has no more than a $6 million net worth and, after federal
income taxes (excluding any carry over losses), has no more than $2
million in annual profits each year for the previous two years. In the
218-219 MHz Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and Order, we
established a small business size standard for a ``small business'' as
an entity that, together with its affiliates and persons or entities
that hold interests in such an entity and their affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues not to exceed $15 million for the preceding three
years. A ``very small business'' is defined as an entity that, together
with its affiliates and persons or entities that hold interests in such
an entity and its affiliates, has average annual gross revenues not to
exceed $3 million for the preceding three years. These size standards
will be used in future auctions of 218-219 MHz spectrum.
359. 2.3 GHz Wireless Communications Services. This service can be
used for fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital audio broadcasting
satellite uses. The Commission defined ``small business'' for the
wireless communications services (``WCS'') auction as an entity with
average gross revenues of $40 million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ``very small business'' as an entity with average gross
revenues of $15 million for each of the three preceding years. The SBA
has approved these definitions. The Commission auctioned geographic
area licenses in the WCS service. In the auction, which was conducted
in 1997, there were seven bidders that won 31 licenses that qualified
as very small business entities, and one bidder that won one license
that qualified as a small business entity.
360. 1670-1675 MHz Band. An auction for one license in the 1670-
1675 MHz band was conducted in 2003. The Commission defined a ``small
business'' as an entity with attributable average annual gross revenues
of not more than $40 million for the preceding three years and thus
would be eligible for a 15 percent discount on its winning bid for the
1670-1675 MHz band license. Further, the Commission defined a ``very
small business'' as an entity with attributable average annual gross
revenues of not more than $15 million for the preceding three years and
thus would be eligible to receive a 25 percent discount on its winning
bid for the 1670-1675 MHz band license. One license was awarded. The
winning bidder was not a small entity.
361. 3650-3700 MHz band. In March 2005, the Commission released a
Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and Order that provides for
nationwide, non-exclusive licensing of terrestrial operations,
utilizing contention-based technologies, in the 3650 MHz band (i.e.,
3650-3700 MHz). As of April 2010, more than 1270 licenses have been
granted and more than 7433 sites have been registered. The Commission
has not developed a definition of small entities applicable to 3650-
3700 MHz band nationwide, non-exclusive licensees. However, we estimate
that the majority of these licensees are Internet Access Service
Providers (ISPs) and that most of those licensees are small businesses.
362. 24 GHz--Incumbent Licensees. This analysis may affect
incumbent licensees who were relocated to the 24 GHz band from the 18
GHz band, and applicants who wish to provide services in the 24 GHz
band. For this service, the Commission uses the SBA small business size
standard of ``Cellular and Other Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except satellite),'' which is 1,500 or fewer employees. We believe
that there are only two licensees in the 24 GHz band that were
relocated from the 18 GHz band, Teligent and TRW, Inc. It is our
understanding that Teligent and its related companies have fewer than
1,500 employees, though this may change in the future. TRW is not a
small entity. Thus, only one incumbent licensee in the 24 GHz band is a
small business entity.
363. 24 GHz--Future Licensees. With respect to new applicants in
the 24 GHz band, the size standard for ``small business'' is an entity
that, together with controlling interests and affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues for the three preceding years not in excess of
$15 million. ``Very small business'' in the 24 GHz band is an entity
that, together with controlling interests and affiliates, has average
gross revenues not exceeding $3 million for the preceding three years.
The SBA has approved these small business size standards. These size
standards will apply to a future 24 GHz license auction, if held.
3. International Service Providers
364. Satellite Telecommunications. Since 2007, the SBA has
recognized satellite firms within this revised category, with a small
business size standard of $15 million. The most current Census Bureau
data are from the economic census of 2007, and we will use those
figures to gauge the prevalence of small businesses in this category.
Those size standards are for the two census categories of ``Satellite
Telecommunications'' and ``Other Telecommunications.'' Under the
``Satellite Telecommunications'' category, a business is considered
small if it had $15 million or less in average annual receipts. Under
the ``Other Telecommunications'' category, a business is considered
small if it had $25 million or less in average annual receipts.
365. The first category of Satellite Telecommunications ``comprises
establishments primarily engaged in providing point-to-point
telecommunications services to other
[[Page 33940]]
establishments in the telecommunications and broadcasting industries by
forwarding and receiving communications signals via a system of
satellites or reselling satellite telecommunications.'' For this
category, Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were a total of
512 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this total, 464 firms
had annual receipts of under $10 million, and 18 firms had receipts of
$10 million to $24,999,999. Consequently, we estimate that the majority
of Satellite Telecommunications firms are small entities that might be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
366. The second category of Other Telecommunications ``primarily
engaged in providing specialized telecommunications services, such as
satellite tracking, communications telemetry, and radar station
operation. This industry also includes establishments primarily engaged
in providing satellite terminal stations and associated facilities
connected with one or more terrestrial systems and capable of
transmitting telecommunications to, and receiving telecommunications
from, satellite systems. Establishments providing Internet services or
voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) services via client-supplied
telecommunications connections are also included in this industry.''
For this category, Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were a
total of 2,383 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this total,
2,346 firms had annual receipts of under $25 million. Consequently, we
estimate that the majority of Other Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by our action.
4. Cable and OVS Operators
367. Cable and Other Program Distribution. Since 2007, these
services have been defined within the broad economic census category of
Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that category is defined as follows:
``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating
and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text,
sound, and video using wired telecommunications networks. Transmission
facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of
technologies.'' The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for this category, which is: all such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 955 firms in this previous category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 939 firms employed 999 or fewer employees, and 16
firms employed 1000 employees or more. Thus, under this size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered small and may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
368. Cable Companies and Systems. The Commission has developed its
own small business size standards, for the purpose of cable rate
regulation. Under the Commission's rules, a ``small cable company'' is
one serving 400,000 or fewer subscribers, nationwide. Industry data
indicate that, of 1,076 cable operators nationwide, all but 11 are
small under this size standard. In addition, under the Commission's
rules, a ``small system'' is a cable system serving 15,000 or fewer
subscribers. Industry data indicate that, of 1,076 cable operators
nationwide, all but eleven are small under this size standard. In
addition, under the Commission's rules, a ``small system'' is a cable
system serving 15,000 or fewer subscribers. Industry data indicate
that, of 7,208 systems nationwide, 6,139 systems have under 10,000
subscribers. Thus, under this second size standard, most cable systems
have 10,000--19,999 subscribers. Thus, under this second size standard,
most cable systems are small and may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
369. Cable System Operators. The Act also contains a size standard
for small cable system operators, which is ``a cable operator that,
directly or through an affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer than 1
percent of all subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated
with any entity or entities whose gross annual revenues in the
aggregate exceed $250,000,000.'' The Commission has determined that an
operator serving fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be deemed a small
operator, if its annual revenues, when combined with the total annual
revenues of all its affiliates, do not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate. Industry data indicate that, of 1,076 cable operators
nationwide, all but ten are small under this size standard. We note
that the Commission neither requests nor collects information on
whether cable system operators are affiliated with entities whose gross
annual revenues exceed $250 million, and therefore we are unable to
estimate more accurately the number of cable system operators that
would qualify as small under this size standard.
370. Open Video Services. The open video system (``OVS'') framework
was established in 1996, and is one of four statutorily recognized
options for the provision of video programming services by local
exchange carriers. The OVS framework provides opportunities for the
distribution of video programming other than through cable systems.
Because OVS operators provide subscription services, OVS falls within
the SBA small business size standard covering cable services, which is
``Wired Telecommunications Carriers.'' The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category, which is: all such firms
having 1,500 or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 955 firms in this previous category that
operated for the entire year. Of this total, 939 firms employed 999 or
fewer employees, and 16 firms employed 1000 employees or more. Thus,
under this second size standard, most cable systems are small and may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice. In addition, we
note that the Commission has certified some OVS operators, with some
now providing service. Broadband service providers (``BSPs'') are
currently the only significant holders of OVS certifications or local
OVS franchises. The Commission does not have financial or employment
information regarding the entities authorized to provide OVS, some of
which may not yet be operational. Thus, again, at least some of the OVS
operators may qualify as small entities.
5. Internet Service Providers
371. Internet Service Providers. Since 2007, these services have
been defined within the broad economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that category is defined as follows:
``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating
and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text,
sound, and video using wired telecommunications networks. Transmission
facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of
technologies.'' The SBA has developed a small business size standard of
1,500 or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data from 2007,
there were 3,188 firms in this category, total, that operated for the
entire year. Of this total, 3,144 firms had employment of 999 or fewer
employees, and 44 firms had employment of 1000 employees or more.
Consequently, we estimate that the majority of these firms are small
entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to this Notice.
6. Other Internet-Related Entities
372. Internet Publishing and Broadcasting and Web Search Portals.
[[Page 33941]]
Our action may pertain to interconnected VoIP services, which could be
provided by entities that provide other services such as email, online
gaming, web browsing, video conferencing, instant messaging, and other,
similar IP-enabled services. The Commission has not adopted a size
standard for entities that create or provide these types of services or
applications. However, the Census Bureau has identified firms that
``primarily engaged in (1) publishing and/or broadcasting content on
the Internet exclusively or (2) operating Web sites that use a search
engine to generate and maintain extensive databases of Internet
addresses and content in an easily searchable format (and known as Web
search portals).'' The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for this category, which is: all such firms having 500 or fewer
employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were 2,705
firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 2,682 firms employed 499 or fewer employees, and 23 firms
employed 500 employees or more. Consequently, we estimate that the
majority of these firms are small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
373. Data Processing, Hosting, and Related Services. Entities in
this category ``primarily * * * provid[e] infrastructure for hosting or
data processing services.'' The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for this category; that size standard is $25 million or less
in average annual receipts. According to Census Bureau data for 2007,
there were 8,060 firms in this category that operated for the entire
year. Of these, 7,744 had annual receipts of under $24,999,999.
Consequently, we estimate that the majority of these firms are small
entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
374. All Other Information Services. The Census Bureau defines this
industry as including ``establishments primarily engaged in providing
other information services (except news syndicates, libraries,
archives, Internet publishing and broadcasting, and Web search
portals).'' Our action pertains to interconnected VoIP services, which
could be provided by entities that provide other services such as
email, online gaming, web browsing, video conferencing, instant
messaging, and other, similar IP-enabled services. The SBA has
developed a small business size standard for this category; that size
standard is $7.0 million or less in average annual receipts. According
to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were 367 firms in this category
that operated for the entire year. Of these, 334 had annual receipts of
under $5.0 million, and an additional 11 firms had receipts of between
$5 million and $9,999,999. Consequently, we estimate that the majority
of these firms are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
7. Other Entities
375. Responsible Organizations (RespOrgs). Toll-free numbers are
assigned on a first-come, first-served basis by entities referred to as
``Responsible Organizations'' or ``RespOrgs.'' These entities, which
may or may not be telephone companies, have access to the SMS/800
database, which contains information regarding the status of all toll-
free numbers. RespOrgs are certified by the SMS/800 database
administrator, which manages toll-free service. Most RespOrgs are
telephone carriers or companies. Other companies that apply for RespOrg
status are enhanced voice mail providers, VoIP carriers, call tracking
and marketing analytics firms, or vanity number firms. Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard
specifically for RespOrgs. There are 404 RespOrgs certified by SMS/800.
Consequently, we estimate that there are not more than 404 RespOrgs
that are small entities.
4. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements for Small Entities
376. The transition to a simplified contribution system could
affect all telecommunications providers, including small entities, and
may include new administrative processes. The Commission seeks comment
on various reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements
that may apply to all telecommunications providers, including small
entities. We seek comment on any costs and burdens on small entities
associated with the proposed rules, including data quantifying the
extent of such costs or burdens.
377. Apportioning Revenues from Bundled Services. Under the current
Fund contribution system, revenues from telecommunications offerings
are subject to contribution assessment while revenues from information
services and consumer-premises equipment (CPE) are excluded from the
contribution base. A telecommunications provider must therefore
apportion its revenues between telecommunications and non-
telecommunications sources for purposes of contribution assessment.
Telecommunications providers can currently apportion their bundled
revenues pursuant to two safe harbor methods established by the
Commission. In addition to the safe harbors, a telecommunications
provider could apportion its bundled revenues using any reasonable
alternative method. In the Notice, we seek comment on ways to simplify
the apportionment of bundled offerings. We seek comment on a bright-
line rule that codifies a modified version of the two safe harbors. If
adopted, this change would affect how telecommunications providers
apportion and report revenues from bundled services.
378. Contributions for Services with an Interstate
Telecommunications Component. We seek comment on what revenues should
be assessed to the extent we choose to exercise our permissive
authority over services that provide interstate telecommunications. We
seek comment on whether we could and should require contributions on
the full retail revenues of an information service that provides
interstate telecommunications. We also seek comment on whether to
assess only the telecommunications (i.e., the transmission) component
and, if so, how we would we determine what portion of the integrated
service revenues should be associated with the transmission component.
We also ask whether we should craft a rule, or safe harbor, that
provides for assessment of a certain percentage of retail revenues of
information services with a telecommunications (transmission)
component. If adopted, this change would affect all providers of
services that contain an interstate telecommunications component.
379. Allocating Revenues Between Inter- and Intrastate
Jurisdictions. We also seek comment on whether the Act compels us to
only assess a portion of revenues associated with services that operate
interstate, intrastate, or internationally. In the Notice, we seek
comment on whether to (1) adopt a rule that requires all providers
subject to contributions to report and contribute on all revenues
derived from assessable services rather than require providers to
allocate revenues between the interstate and intrastate jurisdictions;
(2) adopt a bright line rule for how companies should allocate revenues
between jurisdictions for broad categories of services; or (3) find
that for USF contribution purposes, revenues from such services should
be reported as 100 percent interstate. If adopted, this change would
affect how telecommunications providers allocate and report mixed
jurisdiction revenues.
[[Page 33942]]
380. Contribution Obligations of Wholesalers and Their Customers.
We seek comment on modifying the existing Fund contribution methodology
to assess value-added revenues rather than end-user revenues. Under a
value-added approach, each telecommunications provider in a service
chain would contribute based on the value it ``adds'' to the service.
Alternatively, we seek comment on whether we should mandate greater
specificity in contributor certifications to their wholesalers. If
adopted, this change would affect how revenues are reported.
381. Reporting Prepaid Calling Card Revenues. In the Notice, we
seek comment on adopting a rule to require prepaid calling card
providers to report and contribute on all end-user revenues, and who
should be deemed the end user for purposes of such a rule. We seek
comment on rules standardizing the reporting of prepaid calling card
revenues. We propose rules requiring all telecommunications providers
(as well as telecommunications carriers) to register with the
Commission, and rules requiring entities that provide
telecommunications to others for resale to check the registration
status of the their customers. We believe these rules will provide
reporting entities with enhanced certainty regarding their
contributions obligations. If adopted, this change would affect
telecommunications providers that are wholesalers and resellers of
prepaid calling cards.
382. International Telecommunications Providers. We seek comment on
eliminating the exemption for international-only providers and limited
international revenues exemption (LIRE)-qualifying providers. We also
seek comment on modifying the LIRE exemption by requiring LIRE-
qualifying providers to contribute on at least a portion of its
revenues. If adopted, this change would affect international-only
telecommunications providers and telecommunications providers who may
have previously relied on the LIRE exemption.
383. Reforming the De Minimis Exemption. The Commission has
authority to exempt a carrier or class of carriers from Fund
contribution requirements if their contributions would be de minimis.
Currently, de minimis status is determined on a providers' annual
contribution amount. In the Notice, we seek comment on simplifying the
exemption by basing it on a provider's annual assessable revenues. This
should simplify the process by which entities may determine if they
qualify for the de minimis exception. If adopted, this change would
affect de minimis telecommunications providers.
384. Assessing Contributions Based on Connections. In this Notice,
we seek comment on whether we should adopt a contribution system based
on connections. Under a connections-based system, providers could be
assessed based on the number, speed, or capacity of connections to a
communications network provided to customers. Providers would
contribute a set amount per connection, regardless of the revenues
derived from that connection. We seek comment on whether a connections-
based approach would better meet our proposed goals of promoting
efficiency, fairness, and sustainability in the Fund, as well as other
goals identified by commenters. If adopted, this change would affect
all telecommunications providers.
385. Assessing Contributions Based on Numbers. We also seek comment
on whether we should adopt a contributions system based on numbers.
Under a numbers-based system, in its simplest form, providers would be
assessed based on their count of North American Numbering Plan
telephone numbers. There would be a standard monthly assessment per
telephone number, such as $1 per month, with potentially higher and
lower tiers for certain categories of numbers based on how these
numbers are assigned or used. The monthly assessment per number would
be calculated by applying a formula based on the USF demand requirement
and the relevant count of numbers, however that term is defined. We
seek comment on whether a numbers-based approach would better meet our
proposed goals of promoting efficiency, fairness, and sustainability in
the Fund, as well as other goals identified by commenters. If adopted,
this change would affect all telecommunications providers.
386. Assessing Contributions Based on a Hybrid Methodology With a
Numbers Component. In this Notice, we also seek comment on whether we
should consider a hybrid approach that combines a telephone numbers
component with a connections component. Under such an approach,
providers could be assessed a flat fee for each assessable NANP
telephone number and assessed a fee based on the connection for
services not associated with a NANP telephone number. We seek comment
on whether a hybrid approach would better meet our proposed goals for
reforming the contributions methodology. If adopted, this change would
affect all telecommunications providers.
387. Pass-Through of USF Contributions as a Separate Line Item
Charge. In this Notice, we seek comment on ways to improve the
transparency for customers relating to the amount of universal service
contribution charges that are being passed through by the providers to
their customers. We seek comment on whether to: (1) Require greater
clarity on customer bills regarding how the USF charge was calculated;
(2) require providers to disclose at initiation of service the amount
of the quoted rate or assessable units would be USF-assessable; and (3)
if we were to adopt either of these rules, apply them to all customers,
or limit the rules to mass market customers. We seek comment on whether
to prohibit contributors from recovering contribution costs as a
separate line item on the customer bill. We also seek comment on
whether we should take steps to ensure that contributions are made by
contributors that become insolvent, specifically by requiring
contributors that recover their contribution obligation from end-users
to segregate those end-user payments in dedicated trust accounts for
the sole benefit of the USF. Finally, we propose to level the playing
field between incumbent LECs and competitive LECs by adopting a rule
that would prohibit competitive ETCs from recovering USF contribution
costs for their Lifeline offerings from Lifeline subscribers. If
adopted, this change would affect competitive telecommunications
providers that serve Lifeline customers.
388. Other Reporting Changes. We propose requiring all
telecommunications providers (as well as telecommunications carriers)
to register with the Commission, and propose rules requiring
registrants that provide telecommunications to others for resale to
check the registration status of their customers. We also propose that
telecommunications providers file electronically their quarterly and
annual Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet, with a fee for those
that file by paper. We believe these rules will provide reporting
entities enhanced certainty regarding their contribution obligations.
5. Steps Taken To Minimize the Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered
389. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant,
specifically small business, alternatives that it has considered in
reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four
alternatives (among others): ``(1) the establishment of
[[Page 33943]]
differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take
into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the
clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and
reporting requirements under the rules for such small entities; (3) the
use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for such small
entities.''
390. As indicated in the Notice, we seek to reform the contribution
system. We believe our proposed rules will provide reporting entities
enhanced certainty regarding their contribution obligations, which is
especially important for small businesses that may not have the
resources of larger business to comply with complex rules.
391. We believe that adopting a simplified and clearly defined
apportionment method will provide greater predictability to all
telecommunications providers and customers. The Notice seeks comment on
a modified version of the two safe harbors available for apportioning
revenues from bundled service offerings. We believe that providing a
bright line rule for providers reduces the administrative burden for
small entities.
392. We seek comment on whether we should modify the contribution
methodology to assess ``value-added'' revenues rather than ``end user''
revenues. Under this approach, each telecommunications provider in a
service value chain (including both wholesalers and resellers) would
contribute based on the value in the providers adds to the service. We
also seek comment on modifying the current reseller certification
process to provide greater clarity regarding contribution obligations
when wholesale inputs are incorporated into other services that are not
telecommunications services. We believe that either of these approaches
would simplify the reporting process for all parties, and provide
greater certainty. For each approach, we seek comment on ways to
streamline the overall reporting requirements for all parties. In
addition, these potential rule changes would increase the Commission's
administration and oversight of the contributions system in the
wholesaler-reseller context.
393. We believe that our registration and deregistration proposals
for all parties required to file the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet will help ensure that the Commission's FCC Form 499-A Filer
Database is current and complete. One of the purposes of registration
is that it allows the Commission to better monitor registered providers
for compliance with our rules and regulations. In addition, a filer
registration requirement provides transparency to the public, making
available important information including the relevant regulatory
contact information. We recognize that the proposed registration and
deregistration process may impose a small one-time burden on parties
that were not previously required to register, but we believe the
benefit of having a current and complete database may outweigh the
burden.
394. We seek comment on modifying the de minimis exemption to base
the threshold on assessable revenues rather than the amount of
contributions. We believe this will simplify the contributions system
and reduce the administrative burden for small entities. We also seek
comment on whether this proposal might also reduce the reporting
obligations and regulatory uncertainty for de minimis
telecommunications providers that have growing revenues. Specifically,
we seek comment on whether to make it optional for a telecommunications
provider to file quarterly Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets for
a year after which the provider qualifies as de minimis. We believe
these changes might simplify the reporting obligations of small
entities and reduces their administrative burden.
395. We seek comment on updating the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheets (FCC Forms 499-A and 499-Q) and its instructions.
Specifically, we seek comment on whether we should modify the process
by which these forms are revised by soliciting public comment from
interested parties prior to adopting revisions to the forms or the
instructions. We believe these changes would provide greater clarity to
contributors and simplify compliance and the administration of the
contributions process.
396. We note that in past contribution reform proceedings some
parties have proposed alternative contribution methodologies based on
numbers, connections, or a combination of numbers and connections. To
the extent that parties believe that alternative systems would better
promote our goals for contribution reform, we seek comment on the
benefits of such systems relative to our proposed improved revenues
system and ask for specific proposals on how such systems could be
implemented.
397. The Notice seeks comment from all interested parties. The
Commission is aware that some of the proposals or approaches under
consideration may impact small entities. Small entities are encouraged
to bring to the Commission's attention any specific concerns they may
have with the proposals or approaches outlined in the Notice. We invite
comment on how these proposals or approaches might be made less
burdensome for small entities but still in keeping with our goals for
contribution reform. We also invite commenters to discuss the benefits
of such changes on small entities and to weigh these benefits against
the burdens for telecommunications providers that might also be small
entities. The Commission expects to consider the economic impact on
small entities, as identified in comments filed in response to the
Notice, in reaching its final conclusions and taking action in this
proceeding.
6. Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the
Proposed Rules
398. None.
C. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
399. This document contains proposed new or modified information
collection requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing
effort to reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and the
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to comment on the information
collection requirements contained in this document, as required by the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. In addition,
pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law
107-198, see 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), we seek specific comment on how we
might further reduce the information collection burden for small
business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
D. Filing Requirements
400. Comments and Reply Comments. Pursuant to Sec. Sec. 1.415 and
1.419 of the Commission's rules, interested parties may file comments
and reply comments. Comments on the proposed rules are due on or before
July 9, 2012 and reply comments are due on or before August 6, 2012.
Written comments on the Paperwork Reduction Act proposed information
collection requirements must be submitted by the public, Office of
Management and Budget (OMB), and other interested parties on or before
August 6, 2012. All filings should refer to CC Docket No 06-122 and GN
Docket No. 09-51. Comments may be filed using: (1) the Commission's
Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS), (2) the Federal Government's
eRulemaking Portal, or (3) by filing paper copies.
[[Page 33944]]
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 54
Communications Common Carriers, Reporting and Record Keeping
Requirements, Telecommunications, Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Proposed Rules
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 54, as follows:
PART 54--UNIVERSAL SERVICE
1. The authority citation for part 54 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154 (i), 201, 205, 214, 219, 220,
254, 303(r), and 1302 unless otherwise noted.
2. Amend Sec. 54.706 by adding paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) to
read as follows:
Sec. 54.706 Contributions.
* * * * *
(f) Registration Requirements. Every common carrier subject to the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and every entity required to
submit a Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet shall register with the
Commission in accordance with the provisions of 47 CFR 64.1195(a)
through (c) and the Instructions to the Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet within thirty days of the commencement of provision of
service.
(g) Deregistration Requirements. If a registrant stops providing
interstate and international telecommunications to others, it shall
deregister with the Commission within thirty days of its last provision
of telecommunications. To deregister, a registrant must comply with the
Instructions to the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet.
(h) Customer Confirmation Requirements. A telecommunications
carrier or provider providing telecommunications to other carriers or
providers shall have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether a
customer that is required to register has in fact registered with the
Commission prior to offering service to that customer.
3. Amend Sec. 54.711 by adding paragraphs (d) and (e) to read as
follows:
Sec. 54.711 Contributor reporting requirements.
* * * * *
(d) Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet Revisions. The Wireline
Competition Bureau shall annually issue a Public Notice seeking comment
on the Telecommunications Reporting Worksheets and accompanying
instructions. No later than 60 days prior to the annual filing
deadline, the Wireline Competition Bureau shall issue a Public Notice
attaching the finalized Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet and
instructions.
(e) Electronic Filings. Reporting entities must file the
Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet electronically. The
Administrator shall assess a $25 fee on reporting entities for filing
paper copies of the quarterly Telecommunications Reporting Worksheet.
The Administrator shall assess a $50 fee on reporting entities for
filing paper copies of the annual Telecommunications Reporting
Worksheet. The Administrator shall not assess a paper-filing fee on
reporting entities that electronically file their Telecommunications
Reporting Worksheet, but such entities must also submit either a paper
or electronic certification attesting to the accuracy of the
information reported therein under penalty of perjury.
4. Amend Sec. 54.712 by adding paragraph (b) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.712 Contributor recovery of universal service costs from end
users.
* * * * *
(b) Lifeline Subscribers. Eligible telecommunications carriers
covered by Sec. Sec. 69.131 and 69.158 are subject to the limitations
on universal service end user charges set forth therein. All other
eligible telecommunications carriers shall not recover federal
universal service contribution costs from Lifeline services to Lifeline
subscribers. This limitation does not apply to services to Lifeline
subscribers that are not supported by Lifeline, such as per-minute or
other additional charges beyond the service for which the customer
receives Lifeline support.
5. Amend Sec. 54.713 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.713 Contributor's failure to report or to contribute.
* * * * *
(b) If a universal service fund contributor fails to make full
payment of the monthly amount established by the contributor's
applicable Form 499-A or Form 499-Q, or the monthly invoice provided by
the Administrator, on or before the date due, the payment is
delinquent. Late fees, interest charges, and penalties for failure to
remit any payment by the date due shall apply regardless of whether the
obligation to pay that amount is appealed or otherwise disputed unless
the Administrator or the Commission (pursuant to Sec. 54.719) finds
the disputed charges are the result of clear error by the
Administrator. All such delinquent amounts shall incur from the date of
delinquency, and until all charges and costs are paid in full, interest
at the rate equal to the U.S. prime rate (in effect on the date of the
delinquency) plus 3.5 percent, as well as administrative charges of
collection and/or penalties and charges permitted by the applicable law
(e.g., 31 U.S.C. 3717 and implementing regulations).
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2012-13611 Filed 6-6-12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P